Trump Wins 2024 Election with Broader Coalition and First Popular Vote Victory

In his third bid for the presidency, Donald Trump clinched a decisive victory over Kamala Harris in the 2024 election. Not only did he secure 312 Electoral College votes, but for the first time, he also won the national popular vote, defeating Harris by 1.5 percentage points. His success was fueled by a more diverse voter coalition compared to his earlier campaigns, as outlined in a new Pew Research Center study examining the 2024 electorate.

Among Latino voters, Trump made significant inroads, narrowing the gap considerably. While Joe Biden had defeated him among Hispanics by a wide margin in 2020 (61% to 36%), the 2024 figures were much closer, with Harris winning 51% and Trump securing 48%. This nearly even split suggests Trump made notable progress with this key demographic.

Black voter support for Trump also increased substantially. In 2020, he received just 8% of the Black vote. By 2024, that figure had climbed to 15%. Although Harris maintained majority support among Black Americans, the shift toward Trump signals an important change in voting behavior.

Asian American voters showed similar trends. While Harris earned the support of 57% of Asian voters, Trump won 40%. In comparison, Biden had captured 70% of the Asian vote in 2020, with Trump garnering only 30%. The narrowed margin in 2024 indicates Trump’s growing appeal among this group as well.

According to Pew, these shifts were mainly due to changes in voter turnout between 2020 and 2024 rather than widespread switching of party loyalty. Most voters stuck with the party they supported in the previous election. However, Trump gained from increased turnout among his 2020 supporters and an edge among new voters who did not participate in the 2020 election. This new voter group was significantly more diverse than those who voted in both years.

Despite Trump’s improved performance among various groups, many of the entrenched voting patterns that have characterized American politics for decades persisted. One of the most prominent was the divide in educational attainment. Trump continued to dominate among voters without a four-year college degree, widening his advantage to 14 percentage points (56% to 42%), double the margin he achieved in 2016. In contrast, Harris outperformed Trump among college-educated voters, winning 57% to his 41%. However, her lead was smaller than Biden’s margin in 2020.

The urban-rural divide also deepened. Trump captured rural voters by a massive 40-point margin, with 69% of rural residents backing him compared to just 29% for Harris. Meanwhile, voters in urban areas largely supported Harris, with 65% favoring her and 33% choosing Trump.

Religion continued to influence voter behavior. Pew found that nearly two-thirds of Americans who attend religious services at least monthly (64%) voted for Trump. In contrast, Harris was favored by 56% of those who attend services less frequently, while 43% of that group chose Trump.

Voter retention and turnout differences also played a critical role in Trump’s win. A larger portion of Trump’s 2020 supporters (89%) turned out again in 2024, compared to 85% of Biden’s 2020 voters. Additionally, among those who didn’t vote in 2020 but did in 2024, 54% supported Trump, while 42% voted for Harris.

Between the two elections, voter loyalty held steady for most. “About 85% of those who backed Trump in 2020 did so again in 2024,” Pew reported. Only 11% of his previous supporters did not vote in 2024, and 4% switched sides or supported another candidate. Harris retained the backing of 79% of Biden’s 2020 voters, but a slightly higher 15% of them didn’t vote, and 6% either chose Trump or someone else.

New and returning voters – those who had been eligible in 2020 but didn’t vote – also leaned toward Trump when they participated in 2024. Among this group, which includes those who were too young to vote in 2020, 14% voted for Trump and 12% for Harris. This indicates a modest advantage for Trump among first-time or returning voters.

Overall, voting behavior between 2020 and 2024 showed both consistency and change. About 75% of eligible adults repeated their 2020 behavior – either voting for the same party or sitting out both elections. The remaining quarter changed course by switching party allegiance, voting in 2024 after not voting in 2020, or abstaining in 2024 after voting in the previous election.

Despite the high stakes, Harris might not have gained significantly from a broader turnout. When Pew asked nonvoters how they would have voted, responses were nearly even: 44% said they would have backed Trump, while 40% said Harris. This contrasts with 2020, when nonvoters showed a clear preference for Biden over Trump (46% to 35%).

This suggests that even with full voter participation in 2024, the final result likely wouldn’t have changed much. Pew noted that in 2020, a full turnout would likely have increased Biden’s margin of victory, unlike in 2024 when the nonvoter pool leaned more evenly between both parties. “Democrats have held an edge among nonvoters in prior elections dating back to at least the 1960s,” Pew stated, “though there is some evidence this advantage had declined in recent elections.”

Among naturalized citizens – immigrants who have become U.S. citizens – support was nearly split. Harris won 51% of their votes, while Trump captured 47%. This marked a significant shift from 2020, when Biden had led this group by 21 points (59% to 38%). In the 2024 electorate, naturalized citizens accounted for 9% of all voters.

Trump also gained ground with male voters, especially younger men. Men overall favored Trump by a 12-point margin (55% to 43%), a notable increase from 2020 when the gender divide was narrower. Among men under 50, the race was nearly even in 2024, with 49% supporting Trump and 48% backing Harris. In 2020, this group had favored Biden by 10 points (53% to 43%).

Despite historically high voter engagement in recent elections, many Americans remain disengaged. The 2024 turnout rate stood at 64%, the second-highest since 1960, trailing only the 2020 turnout. Still, about 26% of eligible voters had no record of voting in any of the last three national elections. These nonparticipants were disproportionately younger and less likely to have college degrees than consistent voters.

Another notable development was the growth in early in-person voting. In 2024, 32% of voters cast their ballots in person before Election Day, up from 27% in 2020. Meanwhile, 34% voted in person on Election Day itself.

Pew’s analysis paints a complex picture of the 2024 election: while traditional voting patterns held firm in many areas, Trump’s outreach to more diverse demographics, combined with targeted voter turnout strategies, enabled him to secure a broader coalition and his first-ever win in the national popular vote.

Supreme Court Backs Trump in Narrowing Blocks on Birthright Citizenship Ban

In a significant ruling on Friday, June 27, 2025, the U.S. Supreme Court sided with President Donald Trump by allowing the administration to limit nationwide judicial orders that had been preventing the enforcement of his controversial policy to end automatic citizenship for U.S.-born children of undocumented immigrants and foreign visitors. This decision marks a crucial moment in Trump’s broader efforts to impose more restrictive immigration rules.

The 6-3 decision, with the court’s liberal justices in dissent, now returns the case to the lower courts. These courts are tasked with determining how this ruling should be applied in practice. While the Supreme Court did not directly address whether the birthright citizenship ban itself is constitutional, the judgment nonetheless clears a procedural hurdle for Trump’s policy to potentially advance further.

The Trump administration’s request to the high court did not focus on a definitive ruling about the legality of denying citizenship to children born in the U.S. under these circumstances. Instead, the administration argued that lower courts had overstepped their authority by issuing universal injunctions, which blocked the policy from taking effect across the entire country during ongoing litigation.

Justice Amy Coney Barrett, writing for the majority, challenged the legitimacy of these broad, nationwide court orders. She argued that such actions go beyond the judicial powers granted by Congress. “Some say that the universal injunction ‘give[s] the Judiciary a powerful tool to check the Executive Branch,’” she wrote. “But federal courts do not exercise general oversight of the Executive Branch; they resolve cases and controversies consistent with the authority Congress has given them. When a court concludes that the Executive Branch has acted unlawfully, the answer is not for the court to exceed its power, too.”

This reasoning reflects the court’s growing discomfort with the expansive power lower courts have used in recent years to block major federal policies nationwide. Justices and legal scholars have increasingly scrutinized the use of nationwide injunctions, particularly in cases involving contentious policies from both Democratic and Republican administrations.

Justice Sonia Sotomayor, a liberal member of the court, issued a strongly worded dissent. Speaking directly from the bench, she expressed profound opposition to the ruling, describing it as a judicial failure with severe consequences. She stated that the decision was a “travesty” and warned that it would “cause chaos for the families of all affected children.”

The court’s ruling was among six released on the final day of its current term, highlighting the importance and urgency of the decisions being made. The ruling stops short of validating Trump’s executive order but does reduce the ability of lower courts to impose sweeping national blocks while the legality of such orders is being debated.

The use of nationwide injunctions has long sparked criticism from both Democratic and Republican leaders. These types of judicial orders, which halt the implementation of policies across the country, are intended to prevent potential harm while lawsuits proceed. However, critics argue they give disproportionate influence to individual judges and undermine the democratic process.

The broader issue underlying this legal battle is whether Trump has the authority to eliminate birthright citizenship for certain groups of U.S.-born children. The executive order signed by Trump on his return to office aims to deny citizenship to those born on American soil if neither parent is a U.S. citizen or legal permanent resident.

Trump’s policy is part of a sweeping immigration agenda that seeks to reduce both legal and illegal immigration. His administration has previously moved to ban travelers from over a dozen nations, accelerate deportations—particularly of individuals suspected of gang affiliation from countries like Venezuela—limit refugee admissions, and strip legal protections from over half a million migrants residing in the U.S.

The order to end birthright citizenship sparked immediate legal backlash. Twenty-two states and numerous immigrant advocacy organizations filed lawsuits, arguing that the move conflicts with the U.S. Constitution and previous rulings from the courts.

Central to the argument is the interpretation of the 14th Amendment, which was ratified after the Civil War. This amendment established citizenship rights for formerly enslaved individuals and stated that “all persons born or naturalized in the United States, and subject to the jurisdiction thereof” are citizens. This clause was designed to overrule the Supreme Court’s infamous Dred Scott v. Sandford decision, which had denied Black Americans the right to citizenship.

Trump and his supporters contend that the children of undocumented immigrants and temporary visitors are not truly “subject to the jurisdiction” of the United States because their parents lack legal status. Based on this interpretation, they believe these children do not qualify for automatic citizenship.

However, this view is strongly opposed by most constitutional experts, legal scholars, and immigration advocates. They argue that Trump’s interpretation would require a dramatic re-reading of the 14th Amendment and goes against long-standing legal precedent. In particular, they point to the Supreme Court’s 1898 ruling in United States v. Wong Kim Ark, which upheld that a child born in the United States to immigrant parents—who were not citizens—was nonetheless an American citizen. Wong Kim Ark was born in San Francisco to parents who were subjects of the Chinese Emperor, yet the court affirmed his citizenship under the 14th Amendment.

This precedent forms a central pillar in the opposition’s legal challenge. Critics argue that excluding certain children born in the U.S. from citizenship sets a dangerous precedent and opens the door to broader exclusions based on ancestry or parentage.

The high court’s latest decision does not determine whether Trump’s executive order will ultimately stand. Instead, it allows the policy to be more easily implemented by lifting the universal injunctions that had previously blocked it across the country. This procedural win makes it harder for opponents to prevent enforcement of the order while they continue their legal fight.

Moving forward, the legal battle over birthright citizenship is likely to return to the lower courts, where judges will weigh constitutional arguments in greater detail. Given the Supreme Court’s reluctance to address the constitutional question directly in this instance, it remains to be seen how and when the justices might eventually rule on the core issue of whether children born on U.S. soil to undocumented parents can be denied citizenship.

For now, Trump and his supporters have scored a procedural victory that may allow the policy to take effect in parts of the country—unless lower courts find other grounds to block it. However, the controversy is far from over, and with lawsuits continuing to unfold across multiple jurisdictions, the future of birthright citizenship in America remains uncertain.

Supreme Court Ruling Alters Presidential Powers and Judicial Oversight Dynamics

The U.S. Supreme Court’s ruling on a case tied to birthright citizenship, delivered on Friday, extends its implications well beyond President Donald Trump. This significant decision reshapes the boundaries of presidential power and judicial checks, granting expanded authority not only to Trump but to future occupants of the Oval Office.

The decision’s core impact is the curbing of the judiciary’s ability to impose nationwide blocks on presidential actions. The ruling weakens the longstanding role of lower federal courts in restraining the executive branch. Whether this development is seen as a victory or a threat largely depends on political perspective. Currently, Republicans view it as a success, while Democrats express concern. These reactions will likely reverse should a Democrat hold the presidency in the future.

Importantly, the court did not directly address whether Trump’s proposal to redefine birthright citizenship is constitutional. Trump has long championed the idea of ending automatic citizenship for children born on U.S. soil to non-citizen parents. This effort, which immigration hardliners frame as a fight against “anchor babies,” aims to prevent individuals from gaining citizenship through birth when their parents are in the country unlawfully. Supporters argue it would close a loophole that shields unauthorized immigrants from deportation by virtue of their citizen children.

However, critics assert that Trump’s position violates the Fourteenth Amendment, which declares, “All persons born or naturalized in the United States, and subject to the jurisdiction thereof, are citizens of the United States.” They argue that even undocumented immigrants fall under U.S. jurisdiction while residing in the country, and thus their children should be granted citizenship.

While the debate over birthright citizenship remains unresolved, lower courts have consistently ruled against the Trump administration on the matter. Those decisions have been appealed, and the issue may return to the Supreme Court in the near future. But Friday’s ruling focused not on birthright citizenship itself, but rather on the authority of district courts to issue what are known as “universal injunctions.”

The court, in a 6-3 decision, ruled that district courts can no longer enforce such nationwide injunctions that prevent implementation of federal actions beyond the immediate parties involved in a lawsuit. This majority consisted of the Court’s six conservative justices, three of whom were nominated by Trump during his first term, effectively outvoting the three liberal justices.

Justice Amy Coney Barrett, writing for the majority, stated, “A universal injunction can be justified only as an exercise of equitable authority, yet Congress has granted federal courts no such power.” She expressed concern that allowing judges to issue such broad blocks could lead to an imbalance of power, warning against what she described as an “imperial judiciary” that could overstep its constitutional limits. In contrast, she cautioned against those who, like Justice Ketanji Brown Jackson, might try to limit presidential power by overly empowering the courts.

This decision favors not only the current president but future presidents as well, empowering them to act without immediate fear of blanket judicial halts. Yet it also opens the door to potential legal confusion, where executive orders might be enforced in some states and blocked in others—at least until the Supreme Court provides a definitive ruling.

President Trump, reacting swiftly to the ruling, made a brief appearance in the White House briefing room. He declared the ruling to be “a monumental victory for the constitution, the separation of powers and the rule of law.” For Trump and his allies, the decision represents a crucial win in the ongoing clash between the executive branch and the judiciary. Figures like Stephen Miller have frequently condemned judicial decisions that countered Trump-era policies, accusing judges of orchestrating a “judicial coup.”

Justice Sonia Sotomayor authored the main dissent, delivering a passionate rebuttal to the majority’s logic. She declared, “No right is safe in the new legal regime the Court creates,” and added, “Today, the threat is to birthright citizenship. Tomorrow, a different administration may try to seize firearms from law-abiding citizens or prevent people of certain faiths from gathering to worship.” Her dissent emphasized the dangers of granting unchecked power to the executive branch, suggesting that it could undermine rights previously assumed to be protected.

Sotomayor also challenged the Trump administration’s underlying motive in shifting focus to injunctions, arguing it was a diversion due to the administration’s inability to succeed on the core legal issue. She wrote, “Trump had an impossible task in light of the Constitution’s text, history, this Court’s precedents, federal law, and Executive Branch practice.”

Unlike her conservative peers, Sotomayor chose to grapple directly with the constitutionality of altering birthright citizenship. She suggested that the administration’s maneuvering around universal injunctions was an attempt to circumvent the likely defeat of its limited interpretation of citizenship rights.

Interestingly, even among the majority, some expressed concern about the ruling’s practical consequences. Justice Brett Kavanaugh, though aligned with the conservative majority, flagged the complexities of implementing such a fragmented legal framework across the country. He noted that during the period when various legal challenges are playing out, it is problematic to have a “patchwork scheme” where a federal statute or executive order may be enforceable in some states but not in others.

Kavanaugh warned, “There often (perhaps not always, but often) should be a nationally uniform answer on whether a major new federal statute, rule, or executive order can be enforced throughout the United States during the several-year interim period until its legality is finally decided on the merits.” He added, “It is not especially workable or sustainable or desirable to have a patchwork scheme, potentially for several years, in which a major new federal statute or executive action of that kind applies to some people or organizations in certain States or regions, but not to others.”

These concerns underscore the broader implications of the ruling. While it strengthens the hand of the president and limits judicial overreach, it could also introduce significant legal inconsistency and uncertainty throughout the country. As such, it reflects one of the most far-reaching recalibrations of the balance of power between the executive and judicial branches in recent memory.

The birthright citizenship issue remains unresolved and contentious, but this Supreme Court decision is likely to shape presidential authority and legal challenges for years to come. Whether it leads to greater efficiency or increased constitutional friction will depend on how both current and future leaders wield the power this ruling has now affirmed.

House Votes to Deport Noncitizens Convicted of Driving Drunk

The House on Friday passed legislation to deport noncitizens convicted of drunken driving, reported Breitbart.

The legislation, the Jeremy and Angel Seay and Sergeant Brandon Mendoza Protect Our Communities from DUIs Act, was introduced by Rep. Barry Moore, R-Ala., in honor of a couple from his district who were killed by a migrant drunken driver while they were riding a motorcycle.

“Their lives were cut short by the senseless act,” Moore told the Alabama Daily News. “Tragedies like this are not uncommon across this country.”

Republicans overwhelmingly supported the bill, while 160 Democrats opposed the measure.

China Edges Closer to B-2 Rival as U.S. Deploys Stealth Bomber Against Iran

In a stunning demonstration of military capability, the United States recently used its stealth B-2 Spirit bomber to target Iran’s most fortified nuclear facility—marking an unprecedented application of air power. While this headline-grabbing move captured global attention, another significant development has been unfolding quietly in the shadows: China appears to be progressing with its own stealth bomber program. Satellite images dated May 14, 2025, obtained by The War Zone, captured a strikingly large, stealthy aircraft with a flying wing design at a covert test site near Malan in China’s Xinjiang region.

The mysterious aircraft, which resembles a drone, is believed to be a high-altitude, long-endurance (HALE) platform. Analysts say its appearance outside newly constructed hangars suggests it could be part of a broader technological ecosystem involving China’s next-generation stealth projects such as the H-20 bomber and the J-36 fighter jet. Experts have estimated the aircraft’s wingspan to be roughly 52 meters—or about 170 feet—placing it in the same size category as the U.S. B-2 Spirit.

Though the sighting points to an impressive feat in aviation, questions persist about whether China’s technological leap was entirely indigenous. A shadow from the past resurfaces in this context, involving a man who was once an integral part of America’s stealth program. In 2005, former Northrop engineer Noshir Gowadia was arrested for leaking top-secret U.S. defense information to China and other foreign nations. His betrayal may have sown the seeds for the capabilities now visible in China’s burgeoning stealth aircraft arsenal.

Gowadia, born in Bombay (now Mumbai), joined Northrop in the 1960s. During his time with the company, he played a critical role in the development of the B-2’s revolutionary low-observable propulsion and stealth technology. After leaving Northrop in 1986, Gowadia went on to launch his own consulting firm. However, by 2004, federal investigators were scrutinizing his activities after classified infrared suppression documents were discovered in a furniture shipment addressed to him. The FBI’s findings indicated something far more alarming than a paperwork mishap.

According to Popular Mechanics, Gowadia had made several trips to China between 2003 and 2004, during which he allegedly handed over sensitive details about stealth technology. In return, he received approximately $110,000 over a span of three years. The FBI acted decisively in October 2005, raiding his home in Maui, Hawaii, and seizing 500 pounds of material that included paper documents and electronic storage devices.

“Gowadia had spent two decades at the aerospace and defense contractor Northrop (now Northrop Grumman) where he was instrumental in designing the stealth propulsion system for the B-2 Spirit bomber, one of the most revolutionary military technologies in generations,” the report stated. “He once had top security clearance and taught university classes in advanced aeronautical principles.”

Initially, Gowadia denied any wrongdoing, but eventually he submitted a written confession. “On reflection, what I did was wrong to help the PRC make a cruise missile. What I did was espionage and treason,” he admitted. His acknowledgment of guilt left little ambiguity about the gravity of his actions. In 2010, he was convicted on 14 counts under both the Arms Export Control Act and the Espionage Act. The following year, he was sentenced to 32 years in prison. Today, he remains incarcerated at the supermax federal penitentiary in Florence, Colorado.

Despite the conviction, the case continues to generate controversy. Gowadia’s son, Ashton Gowadia, has steadfastly maintained his father’s innocence. He alleges that vital pieces of evidence were withheld during the trial and that the FBI shaped the entire narrative to ensure a conviction. While these claims persist, the consensus among security experts is that the damage was already irreversible.

The intelligence compromised by Gowadia seems to have accelerated China’s access to advanced stealth capabilities. Observers now see a direct link between his betrayal and the technological maturity reflected in China’s recent aviation developments. The newly spotted aircraft near Malan bears key design similarities to the B-2 Spirit, particularly in its flying wing structure and its apparent ability to reduce radar cross-section, both hallmarks of American stealth design.

Though full operational details about the Chinese craft remain classified or speculative, its dimensions and structure hint at more than just a surveillance role. The aircraft could potentially be a manned bomber, a large autonomous drone, or a flexible platform capable of carrying advanced payloads for both reconnaissance and strike missions. With projects like the H-20 long-range stealth bomber reportedly in development for over a decade, the emergence of this HALE-like aircraft reinforces speculation that China is close to unveiling its own version of the B-2.

The geopolitical implications of this development are profound. As the U.S. continues to maintain a technological edge with proven platforms like the B-2, the emergence of a near-peer Chinese equivalent represents a shift in the balance of strategic air power. The B-2 remains the only operational stealth bomber in the world with long-range strike capabilities and the ability to penetrate the most heavily defended airspaces. However, if China succeeds in fielding a similar craft, it could significantly alter the equation of deterrence and response in any future conflict scenario.

China has remained tight-lipped about the aircraft spotted near Malan. No official statements have been released, nor have any details been published in state-controlled media. Nonetheless, defense analysts agree that this sighting adds weight to growing concerns about China’s rapid advancements in military aerospace technology. These developments are especially notable given the country’s past reliance on reverse-engineering foreign systems. With help from figures like Gowadia, China’s journey to achieving true stealth capabilities may have gained crucial momentum.

In retrospect, the full scope of Gowadia’s betrayal goes beyond the man himself. It exposed vulnerabilities in America’s defense industrial security and provided adversarial powers with a shortcut to catching up. The fallout from his actions is now playing out in satellite images, in foreign hangars, and perhaps soon in global airspace.

As China edges closer to deploying a stealth bomber that could stand shoulder-to-shoulder with the B-2, the world is witnessing a new era of aerial warfare defined not just by innovation, but also by the lingering consequences of espionage.

US Strikes on Iran’s Nuclear Sites Caused Limited Damage, Say Intelligence Assessments

Recent United States military strikes on three of Iran’s nuclear facilities did not achieve their goal of fully dismantling the country’s nuclear program, according to a preliminary intelligence evaluation. The report, described by seven individuals familiar with its findings, indicates that while damage was done, the effect of the strikes is estimated to have delayed Iran’s progress by only a few months.

The evaluation was produced by the Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA), which serves as the Pentagon’s intelligence branch. It relied on battle damage assessments carried out by US Central Command following the strikes. According to one source, the analysis remains ongoing and may evolve as more intelligence is gathered. However, the early conclusions contradict assertions made by President Donald Trump and his administration regarding the effectiveness of the attacks.

President Trump has claimed that the strikes “completely and totally obliterated” Iran’s nuclear enrichment infrastructure. Secretary of Defense Pete Hegseth echoed this sentiment, saying, “Iran’s nuclear ambitions have been obliterated.” Yet, two individuals briefed on the assessment stated that Iran’s stockpile of enriched uranium was not destroyed. One of them added that the centrifuges “are largely intact.” Another source mentioned that the enriched uranium may have been removed from the targeted sites before the strikes occurred.

“So the (DIA) assessment is that the US set them back maybe a few months, tops,” said one of the sources.

Despite acknowledging the existence of the assessment, the White House firmly disagreed with its conclusions. Press Secretary Karoline Leavitt said in a statement to CNN, “This alleged assessment is flat-out wrong and was classified as ‘top secret’ but was still leaked to CNN by an anonymous, low-level loser in the intelligence community. The leaking of this alleged assessment is a clear attempt to demean President Trump, and discredit the brave fighter pilots who conducted a perfectly executed mission to obliterate Iran’s nuclear program. Everyone knows what happens when you drop fourteen 30,000 pound bombs perfectly on their targets: total obliteration.”

While attending the NATO summit in the Netherlands, Trump dismissed CNN’s report in a Truth Social post, calling the operation “one of the most successful military strikes in history,” and claiming, “The nuclear sites in Iran are completely destroyed!”

Hegseth, also at the summit, clarified on Wednesday that the assessment was “a top secret report; it was preliminary; it was low confidence.” He suggested that the leak was politically motivated and said the FBI was investigating to identify the source of the leak.

The Pentagon continues to describe the strikes as an “overwhelming success.” Nonetheless, sources familiar with the matter emphasized that it is still early for a definitive analysis of the strikes’ effects. Intelligence gathering is ongoing, including within Iran itself.

Leading up to the US action, Israel had already been targeting Iranian nuclear sites. However, Israeli officials indicated they required US-deployed bunker buster bombs to complete the mission. American B-2 bombers dropped over a dozen such bombs on the Fordow Fuel Enrichment Plant and the Natanz Enrichment Complex. Yet, the bombs did not entirely destroy the centrifuges or the enriched uranium, according to the sources. The DIA concluded that damage was largely limited to aboveground facilities, including power infrastructure and buildings used in uranium metal conversion for potential weapons.

The Israeli evaluation also indicated that Fordow suffered less damage than initially anticipated. However, Israeli officials believe the combined strikes from both nations delayed Iran’s nuclear program by two years. They note that this delay assumes Iran can rebuild without interference—something Israel vows to prevent. It’s important to note that Israeli officials had already estimated a two-year delay before the US operation took place.

Hegseth reaffirmed the administration’s stance in a statement to CNN, saying, “Based on everything we have seen — and I’ve seen it all — our bombing campaign obliterated Iran’s ability to create nuclear weapons. Our massive bombs hit exactly the right spot at each target and worked perfectly. The impact of those bombs is buried under a mountain of rubble in Iran; so anyone who says the bombs were not devastating is just trying to undermine the President and the successful mission.”

On Tuesday, Trump reiterated his confidence in the strikes, stating, “I think it’s been completely demolished,” and “Those pilots hit their targets. Those targets were obliterated, and the pilots should be given credit.”

When asked about the potential for Iran to rebuild, Trump responded, “That place is under rock. That place is demolished.”

Despite these confident assertions, Trump acknowledged that current intelligence is “inconclusive” and said more information is expected from Israel. Speaking from the sidelines of the NATO summit in The Hague, he admitted, “The intelligence was very inconclusive. The intelligence says we don’t know. It could have been very severe.”

While the administration projects confidence, Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff Dan Caine adopted a more cautious tone. He stated on Sunday that, given the ongoing nature of the damage assessment, it was “way too early” to determine whether Iran’s nuclear capabilities had been fully neutralized.

Republican Representative Michael McCaul, former chairman of the House Foreign Affairs Committee, also struck a measured note. When asked by CNN, he declined to support Trump’s statement that Iran’s nuclear program had been “obliterated.” He explained, “I’ve been briefed on this plan in the past, and it was never meant to completely destroy the nuclear facilities, but rather cause significant damage. But it was always known to be a temporary setback.”

Weapons expert Jeffrey Lewis, a professor at the Middlebury Institute of International Studies, reviewed commercial satellite images of the strike zones. He concurred that Iran’s nuclear program had not been eradicated. “The ceasefire came without either Israel or the United States being able to destroy several key underground nuclear facilities, including near Natanz, Isfahan and Parchin,” Lewis said. He noted that Parchin, a nuclear complex near Tehran, remains capable of helping Iran quickly reestablish its program. “These facilities could serve as the basis for the rapid reconstitution of Iran’s nuclear program.”

Classified briefings scheduled for both the Senate and the House were postponed on Tuesday. Sources said the all-Senate briefing was rescheduled for Thursday, while the House briefing also faced delays, with no immediate explanation or revised date provided.

Representative Pat Ryan, a Democrat from New York, commented on X that “Trump just cancelled a classified House briefing on the Iran strikes with zero explanation. The real reason? He claims he destroyed ‘all nuclear facilities and capability;’ his team knows they can’t back up his bluster and BS.”

The capability of the US’ Massive Ordnance Penetrator bombs to effectively destroy Iran’s deeply buried nuclear sites has long been in question, particularly concerning the Fordow and Isfahan facilities. In fact, the US used Tomahawk missiles from a submarine against Isfahan, rather than deploying bunker buster bombs. One source explained this choice by noting that Isfahan’s lower levels are even deeper underground than Fordow’s and likely beyond the bomb’s reach.

Further complicating the picture, US officials believe Iran may possess undisclosed nuclear facilities that were not targeted and remain fully operational, according to two sources familiar with the intelligence.

Zohran Mamdani Secures Democratic Mayoral Nod, Defeats Cuomo in Stunning Primary Upset

Assemblymember Zohran Mamdani is poised to clinch the Democratic nomination for mayor after former Governor Andrew Cuomo conceded late Tuesday night following the initial round of ranked-choice voting. The early results sent shockwaves through the city’s political landscape as Mamdani, a 33-year-old Democratic socialist, pulled off an unexpected lead against the much older and more established Cuomo.

Mamdani’s campaign successfully energized younger voters and newcomers to the political process, establishing a robust ground operation that surpassed all competitors. Despite Cuomo’s significant name recognition and his campaign spending more than three times as much as Mamdani’s, the assemblyman surged ahead. With 95% of precincts reporting two hours after polls closed at 9 p.m., Mamdani was the first-choice candidate for 44% of voters, while Cuomo garnered 36%. City Comptroller Brad Lander followed with 11%.

Just after midnight, Mamdani took the stage at his election night celebration on a Long Island City rooftop brewery, where he received a hero’s welcome. “Today, eight months after launching this campaign with the vision of a city that every New Yorker could afford, we have won,” Mamdani declared. “I will be the mayor for every New Yorker, whether you voted for me, for Gov. Cuomo or felt too disillusioned by a long, broken political system to vote at all. I will fight for a city that works for you, that is affordable for you, that is safe for you.”

The ranked-choice system played in Mamdani’s favor, especially due to Lander’s public endorsement of him as a second-choice pick. This alignment meant Lander’s supporters were likely to boost Mamdani in subsequent tabulation rounds. “Together, we are sending Andrew Cuomo back to the suburbs,” Lander said at his own campaign event.

Although Cuomo conceded the primary, he and incumbent Mayor Eric Adams have already petitioned to appear on the general election ballot in November as independent candidates.

According to preliminary data, Mamdani led citywide with 43.5% of more than 990,800 votes cast across the five boroughs. Cuomo’s campaign headquarters at the Carpenters Union building on Manhattan’s west side saw a surprise appearance from the former governor. “I want to applaud the Assemblyman for a really smart and good and impactful campaign. Tonight was his night. He deserved it. He won,” Cuomo stated, accompanied by his daughters and son-in-law. He also shared that he had personally called Mamdani to congratulate him.

Mamdani began primary day with a 5:40 a.m. press conference in Astoria Park before heading to Jackson Heights to meet voters. “We are approaching the dawn of a new era in New York City,” he said that morning. “We are turning the page on the corrupt politics of the past that made this the most expensive city in the United States of America.”

As vote counts trickled in during the evening, Mamdani’s supporters gathered at the brewery to watch the results, while most of his volunteers were at various watch parties organized by allied groups. The mood was jubilant. “I am in a little bit of a state of disbelief,” said Gabbi Zutrau, a social media strategist for the campaign.

“It is such a historic moment for us as Muslims, as South Asians, as immigrants, as New Yorkers,” said Saman Waquad, president of the Muslim Democratic Club of New York. “The way Zohran has brought people together in this campaign has been so incredibly beautiful.”

Janos Marton, a former candidate for Manhattan district attorney who helped canvass for Mamdani, noted the campaign’s ability to energize diverse voter bases. “It was clear that he was bringing new people in — South Asians, Muslims, young people — and that was true on Staten Island, where I live, and I guess it was across the city too,” Marton remarked.

Other candidates trailed significantly behind. Former Comptroller Scott Stringer conceded shortly after polls closed, and City Council Speaker Adrienne Adams received just 4% of the vote. Several others — including Zellnor Myrie, Michael Blake, Whitney Tilson, Jessica Ramos, Paperboy Prince, and Selma Bartholomew — secured less than 1% each.

In other races, incumbent Public Advocate Jumaane Williams defended his seat against Assemblymember Jenifer Rajkumar. Manhattan Borough President Mark Levine held a substantial lead in the comptroller race over Brooklyn Councilmember Justin Brannan, who conceded later that evening.

The results released Tuesday night reflect only ballots cast in person or those received and scanned by June 20. The Board of Elections will not release the full ranked-choice tabulation until at least July 1. Affidavit ballots and corrected absentee ballots returned by July 14 will also be included in the final tally, with certified results expected thereafter.

Mamdani’s upset victory over Cuomo marked a powerful rebuke of the political establishment. Cuomo had initially entered the race as a frontrunner, capitalizing on his extensive political résumé and asserting his experience as a counter to both the Trump administration and what he portrayed as city mismanagement. Despite not residing in New York City for decades, Cuomo adopted a “Rose Garden” strategy, keeping a low profile while letting his well-funded campaign and outside groups, including the $25 million-backed Fix the City PAC, dominate the media space with anti-Mamdani messaging.

Nevertheless, Mamdani prevailed. Currently serving his third term in the New York State Assembly, he drew support through viral social media content and a ground game driven by 50,000 volunteers who knocked on over a million doors across the five boroughs. His campaign promises included fare-free buses, rent freezes on stabilized units, and municipal grocery stores in underserved neighborhoods.

Mamdani and Lander co-endorsed one another to maximize the ranked-choice system’s potential, even appearing together on The Late Show with Stephen Colbert on the eve of the primary. Lander’s visibility grew after he was arrested by ICE officers while escorting immigrants from a routine court hearing.

The Working Families Party had backed a progressive slate topped by Mamdani and Lander. Adrienne Adams, their third endorsed candidate, addressed her supporters in Southeast Queens, saying: “We made people stand up and take note who this campaign was and why we were here and made people realize there really is somebody in this race that really does care about me.”

Elsewhere in the city, several borough-level contests saw decisive outcomes. In The Bronx, incumbent Borough President Vanessa Gibson fended off City Councilmember Rafael Salamanca. In Brooklyn, Borough President Antonio Reynoso retained his seat, defeating cannabis executive Khari Edwards. Manhattan’s borough presidency went to State Senator Brad Hoylman-Sigal, who beat Councilmember Keith Powers.

Manhattan and Brooklyn also held district attorney races. Incumbents Alvin Bragg and Eric Gonzalez won re-election easily. These contests, tied to the state judicial system, were not subject to ranked-choice voting.

All 51 City Council seats were up for election, many facing heated primary contests. In Brooklyn, Councilmember Shahana Hanif beat challenger Maya Kornberg, while Alexa Aviles triumphed over Ling Ye. In Manhattan, Chris Marte maintained a lead over Elizabeth Lewinsohn and Jess Coleman. In The Bronx, Councilmember Pierina Sanchez dominated former Councilman Fernando Cabrera.

Although the full results and ranked-choice redistribution won’t be finalized until July, the early data suggests that Zohran Mamdani has not only won the Democratic nomination but has also reshaped New York City’s political conversation heading into November’s general election.

Yale and UConn Secure Spots in Latest Global University Rankings

Two of Connecticut’s premier institutions have earned spots on the list of the world’s top universities, according to the latest rankings from U.S. News and World Report. In the newly released 2025-2026 edition of the “Best Global Universities” rankings, which evaluated more than 2,250 universities from over 100 countries, Yale University emerged as a top 10 global contender, while the University of Connecticut also made its mark with a place in the overall list.

These rankings are formulated by analyzing several key performance indicators. The methodology considers global and regional academic reputations as well as research productivity, including metrics such as scholarly publications and citation rates. Each university receives a global score based on how well it performs across these indicators. This approach enables a standardized assessment of institutions across the globe.

Yale University earned an impressive position, ranking ninth among more than 2,000 global universities. Situated in New Haven, the Ivy League school achieved a global score of 86. This score is a reflection of its strong academic and research performance, as assessed by the various indicators used by U.S. News and World Report.

In addition to its overall ranking, Yale also performed exceptionally well in several academic subject areas. It was ranked No. 5 globally in psychiatry and psychology, No. 6 in immunology, No. 7 in arts and humanities, No. 8 in endocrinology and metabolism, and No. 9 in clinical medicine. These subject-specific accolades highlight the university’s specialized strengths and global influence in key fields of study.

Yale’s research credentials were further underlined by its high rankings in research reputation categories. The university was ranked No. 9 globally for research reputation and No. 7 for regional research reputation. These results demonstrate the institution’s standing not just in the United States, but also in the broader international academic community.

The university was also recognized for its scholarly output. Yale placed among the top 50 in two crucial research indicators: the total number of scholarly papers published in influential academic journals and the number of highly cited papers that rank among the top 1% most cited worldwide. These achievements emphasize the breadth and impact of Yale’s academic contributions.

Among the top 10 institutions globally, Yale is one of seven universities based in the United States. The other American institutions in the top tier include Harvard University, Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT), Stanford University, the University of California Berkeley, the University of Washington Seattle, and Columbia University. These universities share the global stage with prominent institutions from the United Kingdom, such as the University of Oxford, the University of Cambridge, and University College London.

The University of Connecticut also made it onto the global rankings list, coming in at No. 292. UConn shares this ranking with three other notable institutions: Durham University in the United Kingdom, Soochow University in China, and Université de Bordeaux in France.

UConn was awarded a global score of 59.1. While this score places it significantly below Yale in the overall rankings, it still underscores UConn’s role as a key contributor to global academia. The university also received recognition in specific academic disciplines. It was ranked No. 52 globally in ecology and No. 94 in space science, highlighting areas in which UConn is making notable contributions on the global academic stage.

In terms of research reputation, UConn’s strongest performance was in the category of regional research reputation, where it was ranked No. 85. This reflects the university’s growing recognition within its region for quality research and academic output.

The rankings methodology employed by U.S. News and World Report uses a detailed and data-driven approach. A total of 13 indicators are used to measure academic performance and research strength. These include global research reputation, regional research reputation, number of publications, books, and conference papers. Additional indicators measure normalized citation impact, total citations received, and the number of publications among the top 10% most cited.

The methodology also evaluates the percentage of a university’s publications that fall into the top 10% most cited category. International collaboration plays an important role as well, with separate indicators assessing collaboration relative to the institution’s country and overall international partnerships. Finally, rankings consider the number and percentage of highly cited papers that are among the top 1% globally.

According to the methodology, the rankings are based on a combination of these data points and metrics. Much of the data is derived from a global academic reputation survey conducted by Clarivate, an analytics firm specializing in academic and research insights. This ensures a comprehensive and transparent assessment of each university’s global standing.

The results highlight not only academic excellence but also the importance of international visibility and collaborative research. Both Yale and UConn’s presence in the rankings reflects the broader global influence of Connecticut’s higher education institutions.

The inclusion of both universities in the 2025-2026 “Best Global Universities” list reinforces Connecticut’s academic significance on the world stage. While Yale’s top 10 ranking showcases its continued excellence and leadership in global education and research, UConn’s placement in the top 300 reflects its upward trajectory and specialized strength in fields like ecology and space science.

These rankings serve as a valuable resource for prospective international students, academic professionals, and policymakers looking to understand the landscape of global higher education. They offer a clear picture of where institutions stand in relation to their peers and provide insights into the areas in which they excel.

By earning spots on the global stage, both Yale and UConn continue to affirm their roles as influential centers of learning and research. Their inclusion also highlights the diverse academic environment that exists within the state of Connecticut.

Yale’s achievements, including being in the top 10 for several key academic subjects and research indicators, underscore its long-standing tradition of excellence. Meanwhile, UConn’s solid performance in specific areas and its recognition for regional research reputation suggest a bright future and continued growth.

In summary, these rankings affirm the global competitiveness of Connecticut’s universities and reflect their contributions to the academic and research communities both locally and internationally.

US Issues Terror Alert Amid Rising Tensions Over Israel-Iran Conflict

Secretary of Homeland Security Kristi Noem has released a National Terrorism Advisory System (NTAS) Bulletin warning of an elevated threat environment throughout the United States due to the nation’s direct involvement in the escalating conflict between Israel and Iran. While there are currently no verified, specific, or credible threats aimed at the US homeland, officials are urging vigilance as tensions continue to rise in the Middle East.

Secretary Noem emphasized the government’s responsibility to ensure public safety during these volatile times. “It is our duty to keep the nation safe and informed, especially during times of conflict,” she stated. Highlighting the dangers associated with the unfolding Israel-Iran confrontation, she added, “The ongoing Israel-Iran conflict brings the possibility of increased threat to the homeland in the form of possible cyberattacks, acts of violence, and antisemitic hate crimes.”

The advisory went into effect on June 22, 2025, and is set to expire on September 22, 2025, at 11:59 PM ET. Authorities are encouraging citizens to promptly report any suspicious activities or potential threats to local police, FBI Field Offices, or the nearest Fusion Center. In emergencies, individuals should contact 911.

The Department of Homeland Security’s bulletin highlights several key concerns contributing to the elevated risk. One of the primary dangers involves the likelihood of cyber intrusions targeting American infrastructure. These attacks may come from pro-Iranian hacktivists or individuals and groups with direct affiliations to the Iranian government. Their typical targets are unsecured American networks and internet-connected devices.

The Department also raised concerns about Iran’s historical commitment to retaliate against American officials deemed responsible for the death of Qassem Soleimani, the high-ranking Iranian military commander killed in a US airstrike in January 2020. This long-standing objective has remained an active element of Iranian foreign policy and intelligence operations, suggesting potential threats to US leadership or government infrastructure.

In addition to cyber threats, there is a growing fear of physical acts of violence within the United States. The bulletin mentions that if Iran’s leaders issue a religious decree urging retaliation against US targets, it could significantly increase the probability that individuals loyal to the Iranian regime might resort to violence on American soil. Such a ruling might inspire lone actors to conduct attacks, even without direct orders or links to foreign terrorist organizations.

Past incidents also play a role in shaping this alert. The bulletin recalls that since 2020, US law enforcement has managed to prevent several potentially deadly plots backed by Iran. Additionally, attempts by the Iranian regime to eliminate critics of the government residing within the United States have been thwarted. These failed operations underscore the ongoing intent and capability of Iran to pursue its enemies, even within foreign borders.

Another concerning element cited in the bulletin is the pattern of anti-Semitic and anti-Israel sentiment motivating previous terrorist attacks within the United States. The ongoing strife between Israel and Iran could further inflame such hostility, potentially triggering more attacks carried out by individuals influenced by extremist ideologies. The Department warns that the current environment could serve as a catalyst for those looking to act on their hatred against the Jewish community, pro-Israel supporters, or American governmental and military symbols.

Foreign terrorist organizations have also responded vocally to the Israel-Iran conflict. Groups such as HAMAS, Lebanese Hizballah, the Houthis, and the Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine have issued media statements since the beginning of the confrontation. Some of these statements have explicitly called for violence against US personnel and facilities located in the Middle East, presenting yet another layer of threat to American interests abroad.

Domestically, there is concern that such international calls for action could inspire violent extremists and hate crime offenders to target Jewish institutions, synagogues, community centers, pro-Israel events, or even federal buildings and personnel. The Department emphasized that any individual or group associated, or even perceived to be associated, with these entities might be at risk of becoming a target.

In addition to issuing warnings, the Department of Homeland Security has provided resources and guidance to help the public stay safe. Authorities encourage the public to remain attentive to instructions and updates from local officials and emergency personnel.

On the cybersecurity front, the Department’s Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency (CISA) continues to offer guidance and tools for bolstering the defenses of US digital infrastructure. This includes practical steps for securing networks, identifying vulnerabilities, and preparing organizations for possible cyberattacks.

For those who witness any suspicious behavior or encounter potential threats—whether physical or digital—the DHS encourages reporting through the Nationwide Suspicious Activity Reporting (SAR) Initiative. This collaboration between DHS, the FBI, and local law enforcement aims to detect and prevent terrorism and other criminal activity before it escalates. The campaign reiterates its familiar slogan: “If You See Something, Say Something®.” Authorities urge the public to promptly report suspicious activity or threats of violence—including those made online—directly to local law enforcement, the FBI, or a Fusion Center.

As tensions in the Middle East continue to escalate, US officials remain alert to the possibility that these international hostilities could spill over into the homeland in the form of cyber disruptions, ideological violence, or targeted hate crimes. Although there are no immediate threats at this time, the government stresses the importance of public awareness and cooperation.

The current NTAS Bulletin is part of the Department’s broader efforts to prepare Americans for emerging threats while reassuring them that law enforcement and national security agencies are actively monitoring the situation. By staying informed and vigilant, officials hope to reduce the chances of any planned attacks succeeding.

The alert concludes by reminding citizens that while the threat level has risen due to international conflict, prompt action, public cooperation, and intelligence sharing can help prevent incidents and maintain safety across the country. The government is urging all individuals and communities to take part in safeguarding the homeland by remaining observant, proactive, and informed.

The NTAS Bulletin will remain in effect until September 22, 2025. Until then, local, state, and federal agencies will continue to evaluate and respond to developments both at home and abroad to ensure the continued safety of the American people.

Three H-1B Indian Workers Denied US Entry for Overstaying in India

Three Indian professionals holding H-1B visas have been denied entry into the United States and had their visas revoked by US authorities after staying in India longer than permitted. All three were found to have exceeded the allowed duration of stay outside the US, with one individual away for nearly three months and the others for even longer. Despite presenting documentation that justified their prolonged absence and letters of support from their employers, they were still denied entry and asked to return to India.

One of the individuals involved shared details of the incident in a message that has since gained traction on social media.

The message, circulating widely with the title “H-1B visas cancelled in Abu Dhabi,” opens with a revealing account of the ordeal: “We had a particularly tough situation in US immigration in Abu Dhabi.” The sender explained that “authorities revoked H-1B visa and denied port entry for three candidates, including me, for staying in India for more than two months.”

This situation unfolded at the Abu Dhabi International Airport, which hosts a US Customs and Border Protection (CBP) Preclearance facility. This preclearance service allows travelers to complete US immigration and customs inspections before even boarding their flight to the United States. It is one of the few locations outside of North America that provides this service, effectively turning it into a US border checkpoint.

Even though the affected individuals had documentation in hand to explain their stay in India, including proof of emergencies and employer-approved leave, their explanations were not enough to sway immigration officers. The worker stated, “Even after showing all the proof of emergency and approval emails from the company, the CBP still revoked their visas.”

He went on to explain that the visa was canceled under a specific provision: “Attorney denied entry and put a cancelled seal on visa with reason pursuant to 41.122(h)(3) seal and sent us back to India.” The message also provided an important caution for others on H-1B visas, emphasizing the importance of not staying out of the US for too long. “The maximum permissible stay outside the US is 60 days for H-1B holders with what he called a valid reason,” the message noted, adding that it’s much safer to limit foreign travel to between 30 and 40 days to avoid unnecessary complications with reentry.

To better understand the implications of such an action, it is helpful to look at the function and rules surrounding the H-1B visa. The H-1B is a non-immigrant visa issued by the United States to allow employers to bring in skilled foreign workers temporarily. These workers are generally employed in specialized fields such as information technology, engineering, medicine, and business. For a foreign worker to obtain this visa, their employer must sponsor them by filing a Labor Condition Application (LCA) with the US Department of Labor and then petitioning the US Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) for approval.

The H-1B visa typically permits the worker to reside in the US for up to six years. However, employers can request extensions by filing Form I-129, a petition requesting the US government to continue the worker’s stay. Despite these options, being away from the US for extended periods without a proper reason or without continuous employment can be viewed by immigration authorities as a violation of visa terms.

Reactions to this incident were swift and emotional on social media, especially on the platform Threads, where a page named “nris_adda” highlighted the story with the caption, “Very sorry to hear this.” The post drew a range of responses from users, revealing divided opinions about who was at fault and what lessons others should draw from the incident.

One user expressed both sympathy and a practical takeaway: “Sadly, the worst experiences you will have are at the Canadian borders and the pre-Clearance facilities (Shannon, Abu Dhabi). Best to avoid those ports. Of course, the officers acted lawfully but failed to see the extenuating circumstances. Very sad.”

However, not all comments were empathetic. Another user took a more critical stance: “There is no need to be in India for 3 months if you are working in the USA.” This comment underlined the notion that extended stays outside the US might naturally raise red flags with immigration officers, regardless of personal circumstances.

A more judgmental comment pointed to a broader cultural observation: “Indians have a tendency to break rules and cry when there are repercussions. Visa is a privilege, not a right. If it clearly states you cannot stay for over 60 days, why do it and then fuss when denied entry?”

Another user echoed this sentiment, laying blame squarely on the visa holders themselves: “Ignorance is not an excuse. They have to blame only their carelessness.”

This case underscores a critical lesson for H-1B visa holders: awareness of and strict adherence to immigration guidelines is crucial. Even with the right paperwork and employer support, decisions at ports of entry rest with US immigration officers, who have broad discretion to revoke visas if they believe terms have been violated.

While the CBP acted within its legal boundaries, the lack of flexibility shown in a case involving emergency leave has sparked debate about the balance between enforcement and empathy. Still, as the experience of these three Indian workers demonstrates, the burden of proof lies heavily with the traveler, and even that may not always suffice.

The incident serves as a stark reminder of how vulnerable non-immigrant visa holders can be to sudden changes in their immigration status due to procedural misunderstandings or misinterpretations. For those relying on H-1B status to live and work in the US, maintaining continuous compliance with visa rules—even during trips abroad—is essential.

In conclusion, the revocation of H-1B visas for these three individuals reveals the strict scrutiny applied at US preclearance locations, especially when travelers are returning from extended stays outside the country. Their case highlights the need for both caution and awareness when navigating the complex landscape of US immigration, particularly under a non-immigrant visa.

Trump Administration Fires Majority of Voice of America Journalists, Ending an Era of U.S.-Funded Global News

In a sweeping move that effectively ends most operations of the U.S.-funded international broadcaster Voice of America (VOA), the administration of  President Donald Trump has fired hundreds of journalists, citing deep-rooted inefficiencies, waste, and political bias. The mass dismissals have wiped out nearly all remaining staff at the organization, marking the end of an 83-year-old institution that once stood as a beacon of American journalism abroad.

Established during World War II as a counter to Nazi propaganda, Voice of America has long functioned as a key tool of U.S. public diplomacy, offering independent news coverage in dozens of languages to countries with restricted or no press freedoms. But on Friday, the Trump-appointed leadership of VOA announced the termination of 639 employees, stating that the action was necessary to fulfill the administration’s promise to downsize the federal government.

“Today, we took decisive action to effectuate President Trump’s agenda to shrink the out-of-control federal bureaucracy,” said Kari Lake, who had been appointed by Trump to head VOA. Her announcement confirmed the mass firings, which followed months of internal uncertainty and political tensions.

Steve Herman, VOA’s chief national correspondent, described the sweeping staff cuts as “a historic act of self-sabotage.” For Herman and other veteran journalists within the organization, the decision dismantles an institution with a legacy of promoting press freedom and truth in places where such ideals are often under siege.

Among those terminated were members of the Persian-language service, a team that had recently been recalled to work after Israel launched strikes on Iran. However, their return to duty was short-lived. According to the Associated Press, several of the Persian reporters had stepped outside for a cigarette break on Friday when the termination notices were issued. Upon returning, they were denied re-entry to the building.

The scale of the dismissals has been staggering. Since March, over 1,400 employees — more than 85% of the agency’s staff — have lost their positions. Only 50 individuals are expected to remain on board across VOA, the Office of Cuba Broadcasting, and the U.S. Agency for Global Media (USAGM), which oversees and funds VOA and other similar outlets.

The decision to eliminate most of VOA’s workforce aligns with a March directive issued by Trump ordering the maximum possible elimination of VOA and USAGM within the boundaries of the law. The presidential order marked the culmination of a long campaign by Trump and his allies to rein in federally funded media outlets, which they accused of harboring left-leaning biases and straying from their original missions.

A group of three VOA journalists who have been involved in ongoing litigation to prevent the network’s closure issued a joint statement responding to the latest wave of firings. “It spells the death of 83 years of independent journalism that upholds US ideals of democracy and freedom around the world,” they wrote. The statement reflects deep concern that the dismantling of VOA undermines a historic American commitment to supporting free expression across the globe.

VOA, along with related outlets such as Radio Free Europe and Radio Free Asia, has earned a reputation for providing reliable and independent news coverage in regions notorious for media suppression. Its reporters have operated in hostile environments like China, Russia, Cambodia, and North Korea, often at great personal risk, to bring credible journalism to audiences otherwise subjected to state propaganda.

Despite the international praise VOA has garnered over the years, critics within the U.S. have accused the agency of political bias. Dan Robinson, a former VOA correspondent, wrote in an opinion piece last year that the organization had turned into a “hubris-filled rogue operation often reflecting a leftist bias aligned with partisan national media.” This perception appears to have fueled support within conservative political circles for scaling back or completely defunding VOA and similar outlets.

Trump’s antagonism toward VOA fits into his broader narrative of opposition to U.S. media institutions. Throughout his presidency, Trump repeatedly criticized major media organizations, labeling them as “fake news” and encouraging his supporters to distrust mainstream journalism. He also pushed for defunding other federally supported public media, including National Public Radio (NPR) and the Public Broadcasting Service (PBS), arguing that they too displayed political bias and no longer served the public interest.

While Trump’s efforts to cut public media funding faced resistance in Congress, his appointees were able to implement substantial administrative changes within USAGM. By replacing leadership and pushing forward with aggressive layoffs, the administration sought to reshape or dismantle media entities it viewed as adversarial or inefficient.

The closure of VOA’s core operations, however, is not without consequences. It marks a significant shift in how the United States engages in international broadcasting and public diplomacy. For decades, Voice of America has represented an American commitment to the free flow of information and the power of factual journalism in confronting authoritarian regimes. The agency’s motto, “A free press matters,” now hangs in stark contrast to the dismantling of its newsroom.

Kari Lake defended the decision, stating that the layoffs were an overdue response to internal dysfunction and mismanagement. The administration, she emphasized, aimed to “restore credibility and focus” to U.S. global media operations. However, critics view the mass firings not as a course correction, but as an ideological purge that sacrifices an essential democratic institution.

As the dust settles, the future of VOA remains deeply uncertain. With only a fraction of its workforce remaining and its global operations gutted, many fear that its ability to fulfill its original mission has been permanently compromised.

In a media landscape increasingly divided along political lines, the demise of a respected international broadcaster like VOA sends troubling signals about the United States’ commitment to defending press freedom, both at home and abroad. For the journalists who once worked there, and for the global audiences who depended on its coverage, the closures represent not just a bureaucratic change, but the end of an era.

Steve Herman’s words continue to resonate: the dismantling of VOA is indeed “a historic act of self-sabotage” — one that may not be easily reversed.

America’s Soaring National Debt Crosses $37 Trillion, Threatens Economic Stability and Public Programs

The United States has reached a new fiscal milestone that is causing deep concern among economists, lawmakers, and financial experts alike. The national debt has surpassed $37 trillion, raising the alarm as the federal government edges closer to a crisis where merely servicing this debt could consume nearly $1 trillion annually. This level of interest payments, if left unchecked, poses a serious threat to the federal budget and the government’s ability to maintain vital services.

As of June 20, the U.S. government’s debt exceeds the total annual output of the American economy. In other words, the country owes more than it produces in a year. The Congressional Budget Office (CBO) warns that without significant policy changes, this debt load could skyrocket even further, reaching an astonishing 156% of the Gross Domestic Product (GDP) by the year 2055.

The primary engine behind this growing debt is the persistently high annual budget deficit, which currently hovers around $2 trillion. This deficit is being driven by a combination of escalating government spending and a lack of sufficient growth in tax revenues. The imbalance is growing so severe that nearly one-quarter of all federal tax income is now being directed solely toward paying interest on the national debt.

This is not just a numbers game — the consequences for everyday Americans are very real. With so much money being spent on interest, less funding is available for key programs like Social Security, Medicare, national defense, and infrastructure. These are services and systems that millions of Americans depend on for their well-being, and the strain on their budgets is growing.

The danger isn’t limited to potential cutbacks in government programs. Economists caution that an unsustainable debt trajectory could also stifle private investment. As more government borrowing absorbs available capital in the financial markets, less is left for businesses and individuals seeking loans. This crowding-out effect can result in higher interest rates, reduced investment in innovation and expansion, and a slowdown in job creation.

The CBO paints a troubling picture if debt growth continues unchecked. It estimates that U.S. GDP could shrink by $340 billion over the next decade under the weight of this debt. Such a decline could lead to the loss of approximately 1.2 million jobs, in addition to hindering wage growth across all sectors of the economy.

Another complicating factor is the upward trend in interest rates. As the government borrows more, global investors are increasingly demanding higher yields in exchange for taking on the perceived risk of financing America’s deficits. These higher returns raise the overall cost of borrowing — not just for the federal government, but also for American businesses and households.

This domino effect can ripple through the economy, impacting everything from mortgage rates to corporate borrowing costs. As the cost of credit climbs, economic growth becomes harder to sustain. For a country already burdened by debt, such pressures could significantly deepen the fiscal hole.

There is also a mounting fear of a broader fiscal crisis. Should investors begin to doubt the U.S. government’s capacity to manage its obligations, the reaction could be swift and severe. A loss of confidence might trigger a sudden spike in interest rates, a collapse in the value of the dollar, or even a broader financial panic. Any of these outcomes would likely result in global economic turbulence, given the central role of the U.S. dollar and economy in international markets.

Despite these concerns, the U.S. economy is still showing some signs of growth. However, that growth is slowing. Economic forecasts suggest a modest GDP expansion of just 1.4% to 1.6% this year. At the same time, unemployment figures are beginning to inch upward, and inflation remains stubbornly above the Federal Reserve’s target range. These economic conditions make the path forward more precarious.

With tighter margins and less room for policy missteps, the government’s fiscal management is under increasing scrutiny. Experts across disciplines — from economists to business leaders — are issuing more urgent warnings. Past statements from public figures such as Elon Musk are beginning to appear prophetic. The Tesla CEO has been among those highlighting the unsustainable trajectory of America’s debt. As the evidence continues to mount, their cautions carry more weight.

“If the U.S. continues down this path, it won’t just be future generations paying the price,” the article warns, adding that “the reckoning could arrive much sooner.”

The choices ahead are not easy. Any meaningful effort to reverse the debt surge will likely require painful trade-offs, including higher taxes, cuts to popular programs, or a restructuring of the federal budget altogether. Yet, many lawmakers remain divided on how best to proceed, complicating the prospect of immediate action.

For now, America finds itself at a pivotal crossroads. The $37 trillion debt mark is more than a symbolic threshold — it represents a pressing challenge with real-world implications for economic growth, public services, and national security. Without decisive policy changes, the U.S. may be heading toward a future where rising debt becomes an anchor on prosperity rather than a tool for it.

In short, the mounting debt, growing interest obligations, and rising risks have created a sense of urgency that is hard to ignore. The longer the nation waits to address its fiscal imbalance, the narrower the window becomes to avert serious economic consequences.

Pentagon Unveils Details of Stealth Bombing Campaign on Iranian Nuclear Sites, Hailing “Operation Midnight Hammer” as Historic

WASHINGTON, D.C. – The U.S. military’s overnight assault on Iran’s nuclear infrastructure has been described as the largest B-2 bomber mission ever conducted, delivering what defense officials say was crippling damage to key targets. In a rare public briefing on Sunday, Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff Gen. Dan Caine disclosed fresh insights into the covert operation, officially named Operation Midnight Hammer.

“This was one of the most classified and intricately coordinated missions we’ve ever executed,” Gen. Caine told reporters at the Pentagon, referring to the U.S. strikes on Iran’s nuclear facilities at Fordow, Natanz, and Isfahan. “Very few within Washington were even aware of the plan’s timing or operational scope.”

According to Caine, seven B-2 Spirit stealth bombers departed from Whiteman Air Force Base in Missouri under the cover of night, with a parallel group dispatched westward over the Pacific to create a diversion. The 18-hour eastward journey required multiple aerial refueling sessions as the aircraft flew across the Atlantic, through the Mediterranean, and into the Middle East.

Accompanied by fighter escorts and support planes, the strike package carried out what Caine described as a “precisely timed and synchronized maneuver” involving midair rendezvous and deception strategies. “This level of coordination was unprecedented,” he emphasized, presenting a map that detailed the aircraft’s flight path and timeline.

Deception and Precision: The Strike Timeline

At approximately 5 p.m. Eastern Time on Saturday, as the B-2s approached Iranian airspace, a U.S. Navy submarine launched over 24 Tomahawk cruise missiles toward the Isfahan complex. Meanwhile, fighter jets secured the airspace ahead, ensuring a clear path for the bombers.

At around 6:40 p.m. ET — 2:10 a.m. Sunday in Iran — the lead B-2 released two GBU-57 Massive Ordnance Penetrators (MOPs), known colloquially as “bunker busters,” onto the Fordow facility. Over the next half hour, a total of 14 MOPs were dropped on Fordow and Natanz. The Tomahawks impacted Isfahan shortly afterward.

Caine confirmed that the operation went undetected by Iranian defenses. “No missiles were fired at our aircraft, and Iranian fighters never took off. Our element of surprise held throughout,” he stated.

In total, more than 125 U.S. aircraft contributed to the operation, including bombers, fighter jets, tankers, and surveillance units. Over 75 precision-guided munitions were deployed, resulting in what the Pentagon calls “extensive destruction.”

“Initial damage assessments indicate all three sites have suffered significant structural and functional losses,” said Caine, while noting that comprehensive evaluations are ongoing.

U.S. Forces on High Alert for Potential Iranian Response

Caine warned that any retaliation from Iran or its allied militias would be met with swift consequences. “Our readiness posture is elevated, and any misstep by Iran would be an ill-advised and dangerous move. We will defend our interests,” he said.

Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth, who stood beside Caine during the press conference, echoed the sentiment, describing the mission as an “overwhelming and calculated triumph.” He emphasized that the operation specifically avoided targeting Iranian personnel or civilian infrastructure.

“This was a mission with a singular purpose: to dismantle the core of Iran’s nuclear ambitions,” Hegseth said. “The president’s directive was clear and decisive, and our forces executed it flawlessly.”

Hegseth highlighted the historical scope of the mission, calling it the longest-range B-2 deployment since 2001 and the first use of the GBU-57 MOP in combat. “Our bombers struck and returned undetected,” he said. “This was a global demonstration of American stealth, strategy, and strength.”

Trump Applauds Operation, Warns of Escalation

President Donald Trump formally announced the airstrikes on Saturday evening and followed up with a televised address, flanked by Hegseth, Vice President J.D. Vance, and Secretary of State Marco Rubio. He praised the military’s efforts, stating the targets were “completely and totally obliterated.”

Trump reiterated his commitment to preventing Iran from acquiring nuclear weapons and warned of a broader campaign should Tehran refuse to engage in meaningful diplomacy.

“If Iran chooses not to make peace, we are prepared to dismantle remaining targets with speed and precision,” the president declared. “No military force on earth could have carried out what happened tonight. Not even close.”

As international observers assess the implications of the strike, questions loom over whether Iran will respond militarily or seek diplomatic offramps. Meanwhile, Washington stands firm, signaling that this mission was only the beginning if its demands remain unmet.

Trump Hails Strike on Iran Nuclear Sites, Warns of Future Military Action

In a nationally televised address on Saturday evening, President Donald Trump described the recent U.S. airstrikes on Iranian nuclear facilities as a “remarkable military achievement” and cautioned that additional operations could follow unless Tehran agrees to a peace deal on Washington’s terms.

Speaking from the Cross Hall of the White House, Trump stated that the objective of the operation was to dismantle Iran’s ability to enrich uranium and eliminate what he called the “nuclear threat from the world’s leading sponsor of terrorism.” Flanked by Vice President J.D. Vance, Secretary of State Marco Rubio, and Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth, the president declared the mission an overwhelming success.

“Tonight, I can inform the world that Iran’s major nuclear sites have been effectively neutralized,” Trump said, referring to strikes on the Fordow, Natanz, and Isfahan facilities. According to Trump, those locations were “completely and totally obliterated” in coordinated U.S. attacks.

The announcement came just hours after Trump revealed the offensive via his Truth Social account. The airstrikes, carried out amid rising tensions in the region, mark a significant escalation in U.S. involvement in the conflict between Iran and Israel that has intensified over the past two weeks.

In a follow-up social media post, Trump issued a stern warning to Iran, stating that any form of retaliation would be met with overwhelming force. “This must end,” he wrote. “Either there is peace, or Iran will face consequences far more devastating than anything seen in recent days. Tonight’s strike targeted the hardest site. Others remain in our sights if peace talks fail.”

Trump offered no clear definition of what a “satisfactory” peace agreement with Iran would entail. He reiterated his longstanding position that Iran must not be allowed to develop nuclear weapons or continue uranium enrichment under any circumstances.

Citing reports from Fox News and The New York Times, officials confirmed that six precision “bunker-buster” bombs were deployed against the Fordow site, which lies deep underground in a fortified mountain facility. Defense Secretary Hegseth and Pentagon officials are expected to provide further details on the strikes at a briefing scheduled for Sunday morning.

During his remarks, Trump noted he had spoken with Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu following the operation, emphasizing close coordination between the two allies. “We acted in unison,” he said. The White House also released images from the Situation Room showing top national security officials, including CIA Director John Ratcliffe, Joint Chiefs Chairman Gen. Dan Caine, and White House Chief of Staff Susie Wiles, monitoring the mission alongside the president.

The strike follows Trump’s earlier suggestion that the U.S. would give Iran two weeks to pursue diplomatic channels before initiating military action. Despite that statement, the abrupt nature of the operation has stirred debate in Washington over executive war powers.

While Republican leaders largely backed the president’s decision, some lawmakers questioned its legality, citing the lack of congressional authorization. “This is unconstitutional,” posted Rep. Thomas Massie (R-Ky.) on X. Rep. Warren Davidson (R-Ohio) echoed the concern, saying, “Even if the decision proves strategically sound, its constitutional basis is highly questionable.”

The White House has not yet responded to inquiries regarding these constitutional concerns.

As global leaders and defense analysts continue to assess the ramifications of this strike, the world watches to see whether Iran will escalate the conflict or move toward a negotiated resolution.

GOP Tax Plan Could Deepen Struggles for Low-Income Families, Warns CBO

Low-income families and children would be among the most affected groups under the Republicans’ proposed One Big Beautiful Bill Act, according to the nonpartisan Congressional Budget Office (CBO). While the bill promises substantial benefits for affluent Americans, it would reduce support for some of the nation’s most vulnerable populations.

To fund the extension of the 2017 Trump-era tax cuts, Republicans in both chambers of Congress aim to scale back several essential safety net programs, including healthcare, food aid, and financial assistance. These changes would impact millions of American children.

Currently, more than 37 million children receive healthcare through Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP). CHIP covers pregnant women and children slightly above the Medicaid poverty line. Combined, these programs provide coverage to nearly half of all children in the United States, ensuring vital prenatal care, facilitating over 40% of U.S. births and nearly half of rural births, and supporting millions of children through adolescence.

Under the Republican plan, states would be allowed to impose waiting periods before families can enroll in CHIP and penalize them for missing premium payments by locking them out of the program. Additionally, the bill proposes a nationwide Medicaid work requirement for the first time. Though the House version claims to exempt parents, Allison Orris of the Center on Budget and Policy Priorities (CBPP) notes, “What we’ve seen from past experience with work requirements is that exemptions are not always effective.”

Senate Republicans take it a step further, requiring even part-time work from parents of children over 14. Kevin Corinth of the conservative American Enterprise Institute (AEI) argues that this may benefit families: “If [parents’] earnings go up because they’re complying, that actually could be good for the kids. Because there is good research showing that, when parents work and we get more earnings coming into the household, that can improve current and future outcomes [for children].”

However, critics believe these requirements create more red tape. “When there’s more red tape, we know that it’s harder for families,” explains Joan Alker, who leads the Center for Children and Families at Georgetown University. “To see these kinds of cuts is very, very scary.”

Despite these criticisms, House Speaker Mike Johnson’s office defended the proposals, stating, “Republicans are protecting and strengthening Medicaid for American citizens who need and deserve it by rooting out waste, fraud, and abuse.” On NBC’s Meet the Press, Johnson also declared, “There are no Medicaid cuts in the Big, Beautiful Bill. We’re not cutting Medicaid.”

However, the CBO estimates that the House bill would reduce federal Medicaid spending by approximately $800 billion over the next decade. The Commonwealth Fund suggests that one in five children could lose Medicaid coverage under this plan. Alker warns that the proposed changes would push states into making tough choices between reducing services or raising taxes. “Governors are gonna have to do the dirty work,” she says, adding that the Senate’s version would likely impose even greater burdens on states.

CBO research indicates that childhood Medicaid coverage correlates with increased adult earnings and higher tax contributions, potentially offsetting the cost of the program. “Increasing children’s enrollment in Medicaid would reduce the future federal deficit by between roughly $800 and $3,400 per child per year of enrollment,” the CBO found.

Beyond healthcare, Republicans are targeting food assistance. The House bill proposes substantial changes to the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP), or food stamps, which currently helps over 15 million U.S. children afford groceries. Katie Bergh, a senior policy analyst at CBPP, said the House proposal represents “the deepest cut to food assistance in history.”

The bill would expand existing work requirements under SNAP. “Research has repeatedly shown that this doesn’t increase people’s employment. It doesn’t increase their earnings. It just cuts people off of SNAP and leaves them hungry,” Bergh argues.

In total, the House plan would cut over $290 billion from SNAP over the next 10 years. Bergh estimates this would “eliminate or substantially reduce” food support for more than 2 million children. The plan would also require states to fund between 5% and 25% of SNAP costs, a shift Bergh and others worry could prompt some states to reduce benefits, limit eligibility, or exit the program entirely. CBO notes that as a result, children could also lose access to free school meals, which are automatically tied to SNAP enrollment.

Overall, CBO estimates the poorest households would lose about $1,600 annually under the GOP proposal—mainly due to reductions in programs like Medicaid and SNAP. In contrast, the wealthiest Americans would gain an average of $12,000 per year. Disputing the analysis, House Republicans insist that “the biggest beneficiaries of this [bill] will be low- and middle-income Americans,” according to Speaker Johnson.

The Senate’s plan closely aligns with the House’s in imposing work requirements and shifting costs to states.

On the tax side, Senate Republicans propose modest improvements to tax benefits for families, including the Child and Dependent Care Tax Credit. Sarah Rittling, executive director of First Five Years Fund, welcomed this move, saying, “Expanding child care tax credits in the Senate bill is a step in the right direction toward making care more affordable and accessible for families nationwide.”

However, proposed changes to the Earned Income Tax Credit (EITC) and Child Tax Credit (CTC) have raised concerns among researchers. The EITC, a critical anti-poverty measure for low-income working families, would require parents to undergo a burdensome precertification process before claiming the credit. Kevin Corinth of AEI notes that this added requirement could create barriers for families and place further strain on the IRS, which has already suffered staffing reductions.

The current Child Tax Credit allows families to deduct up to $2,000 per child from their tax bill. The House bill would raise this to $2,500 but maintains income requirements that limit access for low-income households. Megan Curran, policy director at Columbia University’s Center on Poverty and Social Policy, points out that the proposal would make it even harder for families to qualify. The House plan would disqualify an estimated 4.5 million children by requiring both parents to have Social Security numbers. The Senate version, by contrast, would require only one parent to have a Social Security number, though it’s unclear how many children that would still exclude.

The bill would also preserve the existing rule that blocks the lowest-income families from receiving the full credit. “Under current policy, a two-adult, two-child family needs at least $36,000 [in income] in order to get the full [credit],” Curran explains. “That’s 1 in 4 kids nationwide who are left out of the full credit.” If the credit is raised, that same family would need $48,000 in income to qualify. “As a result, under the House Reconciliation Bill, 1 out of every 3 children would be left out of the full credit nationwide,” Curran adds.

While many countries provide child benefits to all families, Curran emphasizes that “we exclude the families with lower and moderate incomes. And those are children who arguably could really benefit from this type of investment the most.”

In 2021, Congress briefly expanded the CTC to cover the lowest-income families, cutting child poverty nearly in half during its six-month duration. Curran argues such investments pay for themselves. “Every dollar that you spend on the child tax credit in an expanded form that reaches all kids would return at least $10 a year,” she says. The return comes in the form of better health, improved academic outcomes, higher lifetime earnings, and increased tax contributions.

H-1B Techie’s Green Card Dreams Derailed by Suspected Fake Job Applicants

An H-1B visa holder working in the United States was recently hit with an unexpected and troubling setback from his employer—one that had nothing to do with his performance or qualifications, but rather with a suspicious surge of job applications. This tech professional, who shared his story online, is currently in his second year of employment as an Artificial Intelligence/Machine Learning Engineer at a financial technology firm. His journey toward permanent residency in the U.S. was progressing until it was suddenly halted under questionable circumstances.

The company had initially planned to sponsor his green card under the “Data Scientist II” role—the same designation under which he was hired back in 2022. Everything seemed to be on track until earlier this month when the company’s immigration team suddenly decided to pause the PERM labor market process. The reason? They had received over 400 applications for the job opening posted as part of the labor certification requirement. Surprisingly, not a single interview was conducted before this abrupt decision was made.

According to the employee, the company feared that the sheer volume of applications could potentially trigger an audit by the U.S. Department of Labor. Such audits are often lengthy and complex, and companies typically prefer to avoid them due to the bureaucratic complications they entail. The techie also acknowledged a flaw in the process, admitting that the job description provided for the PERM process was vague and didn’t accurately represent the kind of work he actually performs.

In the time since the original PERM application process began, the H-1B worker has even received a promotion. He now holds the position of AI/ML Engineer III. With this new role, his employer has opted to restart the green card process from scratch, which includes preparing a new job posting and going through the labor market testing phase again.

But what’s more alarming about this entire episode is what it reveals about an emerging and disturbing trend. The unusually high number of applications received for the Data Scientist II role may not be entirely genuine. In fact, another user on social media highlighted the presence of an account on the platform X (formerly Twitter) that has been actively urging individuals to flood PERM job postings with applications. The account even boasted about the outcome of the exact scenario that this tech worker experienced, sharing celebratory posts whenever companies were forced to pull back from the green card sponsorship process due to overwhelming applicant numbers.

There appears to be a coordinated effort among some individuals online to disrupt the green card processes of H-1B visa holders by artificially inflating the number of applicants for labor certification jobs. Some of these users are openly admitting that they are applying for positions under the PERM process for which they are not remotely qualified. Their objective is not to secure the job, but to sabotage the path to permanent residency for foreign workers.

“This is weaponizing a system that is already skewed against immigrants,” one observer noted. U.S. citizens who participate in these tactics face no legal repercussions. They are allowed to apply for any job, even if they do not meet the qualifications or do not intend to accept the position if offered. As a result, the real cost is borne by the H-1B visa holders, who are already navigating a complex and uncertain immigration landscape.

For many foreign workers, the PERM process is an essential step toward obtaining a green card, which in turn provides a sense of security and stability in the U.S. However, the system requires the sponsoring employer to demonstrate that there are no qualified U.S. workers willing and available to take the job. This is typically done by advertising the job and allowing a window of time for applicants to respond. If qualified U.S. workers do apply, or if the volume of responses is unusually high, the process may be paused or even abandoned entirely, as companies fear scrutiny or delays from federal audits.

In this particular case, the flood of over 400 job applications—none of which resulted in interviews—has raised serious questions about the legitimacy of those applications. The affected H-1B techie, who had followed all the legal and professional steps to advance his career and permanent residency in the U.S., finds himself back at square one.

The employer’s decision to pause the PERM process and start anew might appear as a procedural reset, but it represents a significant emotional and professional setback for the worker. Not only does it delay his green card timeline, but it also places his future in the U.S. in jeopardy, especially given the limited duration of H-1B visas and the uncertainty involved in annual renewals.

This growing trend of sabotaging PERM listings could have far-reaching implications for the broader immigrant community in the U.S. It exposes a vulnerability in the labor certification system—one that can be exploited without consequence to deliberately derail the aspirations of skilled foreign workers.

The techie’s story highlights how a system designed to balance opportunities for domestic workers and foreign talent can be manipulated to serve exclusionary agendas. While immigration processes have always been subject to regulatory checks, this new wave of deliberate disruption is unprecedented in its scale and intent.

As the techie’s experience circulates online, it has sparked broader conversations about the fairness and resilience of the current immigration system. Supporters of H-1B workers argue that reform is urgently needed—not only to streamline the green card process but also to safeguard it from bad-faith actors who misuse the system for political or personal motives.

In the meantime, individuals like the AI/ML engineer at the center of this story are left to pick up the pieces and start over. Despite his qualifications, promotion, and proven contributions to his employer, he now faces yet another uphill battle to secure his place in a country he has already begun to call home.

There is little legal recourse for H-1B workers in such scenarios. The immigration system allows domestic applicants to flood listings without accountability, while foreign workers face strict scrutiny at every stage. In essence, those looking to derail green card sponsorships can do so freely, but the consequences fall squarely on the shoulders of the immigrants affected.

As one observer succinctly put it, “There is no legal trouble for anyone who is applying for these jobs. But for an H-1B techie chasing a secure future in the US, he pays a heavy price.”

Trump Considers Joining Israeli Strikes on Iran as Tehran Seeks Talks

President Donald Trump announced on Wednesday that he is deliberating whether the United States should participate in Israeli military strikes on Iran. He also claimed that Iranian officials had approached the U.S. seeking negotiations to resolve the intensifying conflict.

Trump made these remarks while observing the installation of a new flagpole at the White House. Indicating growing impatience, he emphasized that his tolerance for Tehran’s actions had already worn thin and reiterated his demand for Iran’s complete and unconditional capitulation. “My patience had already run out,” he declared, adding once again his call for the Islamic republic’s “unconditional surrender.”

Addressing reporters from the South Lawn, Trump responded ambiguously when asked if he had made a final decision on launching American airstrikes. “I may do it, I may not do it. I mean, nobody knows what I’m going to do,” he said, maintaining his characteristically unpredictable stance.

The escalating situation follows Israeli military actions targeting Iran, including reports that one of Israel’s drones was downed over Iranian territory. Despite the rising tensions, Trump pointed to Iran’s growing difficulties as a sign that the country was feeling pressure. “I can tell you this, that Iran’s got a lot of trouble, and they want to negotiate,” Trump stated.

According to the president, Iranian officials had even proposed dispatching envoys to the White House to open discussions focused on Tehran’s nuclear ambitions, hoping such talks could put an end to Israel’s continuing air campaign. However, Trump appeared dismissive of the proposal’s timing. “I said it’s very late to be talking. We may meet. There’s a big difference between now and a week ago, right? Big difference,” he remarked.

Still, Trump acknowledged the gravity of Iran’s overture, describing the offer as a bold move on Tehran’s part. “They’ve suggested that they come to the White House. That’s, you know, courageous, but it’s, like, not easy for them to do,” he said. Despite calling it “very late,” Trump did not rule out the possibility of engagement. When asked directly whether it was too late for negotiations, he replied, “Nothing is too late.”

This moment marks a significant shift in Trump’s approach to Iran. During his presidency, he initially favored a diplomatic strategy aimed at curbing Tehran’s nuclear program, seeking a new deal to replace the 2015 agreement he had withdrawn from in 2018. However, with Israel’s recent air assaults now in their sixth day, Trump appears to be aligning more closely with America’s key Middle Eastern ally, signaling a willingness to consider military measures.

In parallel, U.S. Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth addressed lawmakers on Capitol Hill on Wednesday, confirming that the Pentagon is supplying President Trump with potential strategies regarding Iran. However, he stopped short of revealing whether the U.S. military intended to participate directly in Israeli-led strikes.

Hegseth’s comments came during a hearing before the Senate Armed Services Committee, the final installment in a series of sometimes confrontational sessions with legislators. Throughout the hearings, he has faced questions on a range of topics, including his controversial use of encrypted messaging app Signal for sensitive military communications earlier this year and the Pentagon’s policies on transgender troops.

During his testimony, Hegseth emphasized that the Pentagon was taking extensive precautions to safeguard American forces stationed in West Asia. “Maximum force protection” is being implemented, he confirmed. However, he made it clear that the decision to escalate militarily rested solely with President Trump.

One potential course of action under discussion is the provision of a powerful “bunker buster” bomb to Israel. Such a weapon would enable Israeli forces to strike deeply buried Iranian nuclear sites. However, deploying this bomb would necessitate the involvement of a U.S. B-2 stealth bomber and its pilot, a step that would bring the United States directly into the conflict. Hegseth offered no details about whether such an action was imminent or likely.

Meanwhile, Iran’s Supreme Leader Ayatollah Ali Khamenei publicly rejected the notion of surrender. In a stern warning aimed at Washington, he vowed never to capitulate and cautioned that U.S. intervention could lead to severe consequences. Khamenei stated that Iran would “never surrender” and warned of “irreparable damage” should the United States choose to get involved in the confrontation.

Trump’s rhetoric and the White House’s increased openness to military involvement underscore the shifting dynamics in U.S. foreign policy toward Iran. The administration, once focused on re-negotiating nuclear terms, is now appearing more inclined toward the use of force. Yet even as he threatens military options, Trump continues to leave the door to diplomacy ajar, albeit narrowly.

By highlighting Iran’s proposed diplomatic outreach, Trump portrays the regime as desperate and vulnerable, yet at the same time, he emphasizes that any resolution would come on America’s terms. This dual strategy of pressure and ambiguity—while maintaining a veneer of openness to negotiation—reflects a characteristic Trumpian approach to foreign crises.

The possibility of U.S. engagement in Israeli military actions represents a dramatic escalation in regional tensions. It would also mark a decisive turn from previous American positions that often aimed to avoid direct conflict in the Middle East. Now, as Israel intensifies its campaign and Iran signals a potential willingness to talk, the world watches closely to see whether Trump’s next move will be diplomatic, military, or—as is often the case with him—something entirely unpredictable.

US Military Ramps Up Aerial Activity in Europe Amid Escalating Iran-Israel Tensions

In the past three days, no fewer than 30 US military aircraft have been redeployed from bases across the United States to Europe, as confirmed by flight tracking data analyzed by BBC Verify. The specific aircraft involved are all military tanker planes, which are primarily used for in-air refueling of combat aircraft such as fighter jets and bombers.

These tankers, especially the KC-135 Stratotankers, have made stopovers at American airbases located in Spain, Scotland, and England. Flight monitoring service Flightradar24 documented that at least seven of these aircraft had transited through these European bases.

This notable increase in military aviation movement coincides with rising tensions between Iran and Israel. The conflict flared up following an Israeli operation conducted last Friday, which officials in Tel Aviv claimed was aimed at dismantling Iran’s nuclear development program.

Although there is no official confirmation linking these US aircraft movements directly to the Israel-Iran conflict, military experts believe the timing and nature of the deployments are significant. Justin Bronk, a senior analyst at the Royal United Services Institute (RUSI), remarked to BBC Verify that the air tanker activity is “highly unusual.” He further noted that the redeployments are “highly suggestive” of preparations by the United States to implement contingency plans that could potentially involve “intensive combat operations” in the region in the near future.

All seven tankers tracked have since moved onward, with most flying east of Sicily by Tuesday afternoon, based on available tracking data. While six of the aircraft had undisclosed destinations, one was confirmed to have landed on the Greek island of Crete.

Adding further perspective, Vice-Admiral Mark Mellett, former chief of the Irish Defence Forces, suggested the aircraft movements may form part of a wider US strategy centered around “strategic ambiguity.” According to him, this tactic could be designed to pressure Iran into making concessions during ongoing negotiations regarding its nuclear program.

The timeline of recent developments is also telling. Israel’s initial strike on Iranian nuclear sites occurred on Friday, only one day after a deadline set by US President Donald Trump for Iran to come to an agreement on suspending its nuclear initiatives had lapsed.

Parallel to the increased air traffic, there are reports indicating that the US has repositioned the USS Nimitz aircraft carrier. Previously stationed in the South China Sea, the Nimitz is now reportedly en route to the Middle East. Reuters reported that a scheduled engagement involving the carrier in Vietnam was canceled due to what the US embassy in Hanoi described as an “emergent operational requirement.”

Data from MarineTraffic, a platform that tracks maritime movements, showed that the USS Nimitz was last observed navigating the Malacca Strait toward Singapore early Tuesday. This warship not only transports a squadron of fighter jets but is also accompanied by multiple guided missile destroyers, forming a powerful naval task force.

Further reinforcing its presence in the region, the US has deployed multiple advanced fighter jets—including F-16s, F-22s, and F-35s—to various bases across the Middle East. According to three defense officials who spoke to Reuters, the tanker planes relocated to Europe are capable of refueling these jets during prolonged operations.

On Tuesday, US Vice-President JD Vance added fuel to the speculation of increased American involvement in the region. In a social media post, he suggested that the US may take direct military action to support Israel’s offensive against Iran’s nuclear capabilities. “Trump may decide he needs to take further action,” he stated, referring to potential efforts to dismantle Iran’s nuclear program.

Iran’s nuclear infrastructure is known to include two key underground enrichment facilities. One is at Natanz, a site already targeted by Israeli forces. The second is Fordo, located deep within a mountain near the city of Qom. Penetrating the hardened Fordo site would likely require the use of the GBU-57A/B Massive Ordnance Penetrator (MOP), according to two senior Western military officers who spoke to BBC Verify.

These “bunker buster” bombs weigh an enormous 30,000 pounds (13,600 kilograms) and are capable of piercing up to 200 feet (60 meters) of reinforced concrete. The only aircraft in the US military arsenal that can carry such a weapon is the B-2 Spirit stealth bomber.

Recently, the United States stationed a B-2 bomber squadron at its base on Diego Garcia, an island strategically located in the Indian Ocean. Though the island is situated approximately 2,400 miles from Iran’s southern coast, military analysts argue that this distance places Iran well within operational reach.

Air Marshall Greg Bagwell, a former deputy operations chief with the Royal Air Force, explained the strategic advantage of using Diego Garcia as a launch point. “You would be able to maintain a sustained operation from [Diego Garcia] far more efficiently,” he told BBC Verify. “You could literally have them round the clock operating.”

However, the most recent satellite images of Diego Garcia no longer show the presence of B-2 bombers on the island. This discrepancy has raised eyebrows among defense analysts. Vice-Admiral Mellett said, “I would expect to see the bombers on the island ahead of any operation targeting Iran,” adding that their absence represents “a missing piece of the jigsaw.”

Air Marshall Bagwell concurred with this observation but pointed out that B-2 bombers are capable of undertaking 24-hour missions and could theoretically launch a strike from the continental United States itself if the President were to authorize an attack.

“They’ve taken away any means for Iran to now defend itself,” Bagwell concluded. “Which obviously leaves any military or even the nuclear targets pretty much at the mercy of whatever Israel wants to do to it.”

As the situation continues to evolve, the flurry of military activity by the US—both aerial and naval—has added a new layer of complexity to the ongoing Iran-Israel tensions. Whether these moves signal preparations for a potential military campaign or serve as a calculated warning remains uncertain. Nonetheless, the rapid redeployment of tanker aircraft, stealth bombers, fighter jets, and naval assets suggests that Washington is readying itself for a broad range of contingencies.

Fall-Related Deaths Among Older Americans Surge, With White Seniors Most Affected

A recent report by the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) reveals a troubling rise in unintentional fall-related deaths among older adults in the United States, with white seniors representing the vast majority of these fatalities. The study, released on Wednesday, indicates that between 2003 and 2023, the death rates from falls have significantly increased across all senior age groups.

According to the CDC’s findings, the mortality rate due to falls climbed by more than 70% for individuals aged 65 to 74 over the 20-year period. For those aged 75 to 84, the rate rose by more than 75%. The most dramatic rise was seen among adults 85 and older, where the rate more than doubled. This alarming trend underscores the growing risk older Americans face from what might seem like simple accidents.

“Falls continue to be a public health problem worth paying attention to,” commented Geoffrey Hoffman, a University of Michigan researcher not involved in the CDC study. He added, “It’s curious that these rates keep rising.” Hoffman, who has extensively studied elderly fall patterns, emphasized the importance of understanding the increasing death rates and their implications for public health.

The CDC did not delve into specific reasons for the rising rates, but many experts suggest a combination of contributing factors. One explanation could be that as medical examiners and doctors become more precise in determining causes of death, they are increasingly identifying falls as the root cause. Another contributing factor may be the aging population in the U.S., with more people living well into their 80s and beyond — ages where the repercussions of a fall are more likely to prove fatal.

In 2023 alone, more than 41,000 Americans of retirement age died due to unintentional falls. This figure represents the most recent year for which comprehensive data from death certificates are available. These deaths accounted for roughly 1 out of every 56 deaths among older Americans that year. The analysis underscores how common and deadly falls have become for the elderly.

The data further reveal that over half of the 41,000 fall-related deaths occurred among individuals aged 85 and older. Within this oldest age bracket, white Americans made up an overwhelming 87% of the fatalities. This racial disparity is particularly noteworthy and somewhat unexpected, given that health statistics often show minority groups facing greater health risks.

Hoffman pointed to this inversion of typical health disparities, saying, “Kind of a flip of the traditional disparity lens.” He explained that in most categories of illness and injury, people of color are usually overrepresented. However, in the case of fatal falls, white seniors are disproportionately affected.

The consequences of falling extend beyond the fall itself. They often lead to severe injuries such as head trauma or broken bones, which can result in permanent disability. In many cases, a fall may also set off a series of health complications that can accelerate decline and lead to death. Contributing factors to falls can include impaired vision or hearing, weakened balance, and side effects from medications that may cause dizziness or confusion.

Interestingly, the rate of fall-related deaths varied widely across different states in 2023. Wisconsin topped the list with the highest death rate from falls, followed by Minnesota, Maine, Oklahoma, and Vermont. In stark contrast, Alabama had the lowest rate, with Wisconsin’s numbers being more than five times higher.

Experts suggest that climate may partly explain these regional discrepancies. Cold weather and icy conditions in states like Wisconsin and Minnesota could increase the risk of falls among the elderly. But weather alone does not fully account for the differences. Other possible factors include varying levels of accuracy and consistency in how falls are reported and whether they are officially listed as the cause of death.

“We’ve yet to unravel why you see such differences in state rates,” said Hoffman, noting the complexity of factors behind the state-by-state variation. His comments reflect the ongoing challenge researchers face in understanding the full scope of what contributes to fatal falls and why certain populations are more at risk.

Another mystery that remains unresolved is why white seniors, particularly those aged 85 and older, are dying from falls at significantly higher rates than their counterparts in other racial and ethnic groups. In this oldest age group, white Americans experience death rates from falls that are two to three times higher than those of other racial demographics. Black seniors, notably, had the lowest death rate from falls in the same age group.

This pattern goes against the broader trend seen in most public health data, where racial minorities often bear a higher burden of disease and injury. The reasons behind this particular trend are still unclear, and more research is needed to explore social, environmental, and medical factors that may be at play.

Despite the uncertainties, there are measures that can help prevent falls and reduce risk. One of the most effective recommendations from experts is staying physically active. Regular exercise can improve balance, strength, and coordination — all critical for fall prevention. Physical activity also plays a key role in maintaining bone density and joint flexibility, which can help the body withstand and recover from a fall if one does occur.

The growing rate of fall-related deaths among seniors highlights a pressing public health concern. As Americans continue to live longer, addressing fall prevention becomes increasingly important. Better understanding the underlying causes — from physiological changes to social and environmental factors — is essential for developing targeted interventions and strategies that can help save lives.

In summary, the CDC’s report sheds light on a silent but deadly threat facing aging Americans: unintentional falls. With rates climbing sharply over two decades and disproportionately affecting white seniors, the findings call for greater attention and action. More research is needed to fully grasp the complex web of factors contributing to this trend, but experts agree on one thing — staying active and vigilant can make a significant difference.

Global Perception of the American Dream Shifts Amid Trump’s Immigration Crackdown

For generations, people around the world viewed the United States as a beacon of opportunity and inclusion. However, recent developments, particularly President Donald Trump’s aggressive stance on immigration, have prompted widespread reassessment of this ideal. With protests erupting across Los Angeles, on college campuses, and within religious communities, many are reconsidering the once-cherished notion of pursuing the American dream.

According to Edwin van Rest, CEO of Studyportals—a platform that monitors real-time interest from international students considering studying abroad—the current sentiment from Washington signals exclusion. “The message coming from Washington is that you are not welcome in the United States,” he said. His organization’s data shows that international interest in studying in America has dropped to its lowest point since the COVID-19 pandemic. He added, “The fact is, there are great opportunities elsewhere.”

America has long cultivated a romanticized image of itself as a land open to immigrants. While this vision remains powerful, the truth has always been more complex, with race and ethnicity playing significant roles in determining who is truly welcomed. Despite this, the allure of America has endured, powered in part by a strong economy that continues to attract millions each year. This influx has driven the population past 340 million.

Yet, signs from various industries such as tourism, education, entertainment, and trade suggest that the dream is fading for foreigners who once flocked to the U.S. for a better life. A recent Pew Research Center survey, conducted between January and April, revealed that public opinion of the U.S. declined over the past year in 15 of the 24 countries polled.

Trump and many of his followers argue that undocumented migrants pose a risk to national security, employment, and cultural identity. However, his sweeping immigration policies have also affected individuals legally present in the country, making even prospective tourists hesitant about visiting. Adding to the unease is Trump’s global trade war and his stance against international students who support pro-Palestinian causes—moves that are hard to forget among those abroad who once dreamed of participating in America’s tradition of free speech and opportunity.

An Australian Reddit user, Duncan Greaves, encapsulated this global sentiment when advising someone contemplating a U.S. vacation: “The chances of something truly horrific happening are almost certainly tiny… Basically it’s like the Dirty Harry quote: ‘Do you feel lucky?’”

Ironically, Trump himself is closely connected to immigration. Not only has he married two immigrants—Ivana Trump from what is now the Czech Republic and Melania Trump from Slovenia—but his grandfather, Friedrich Trump, was an immigrant from Germany. During a recent Oval Office meeting, German Chancellor Friedrich Merz even presented Trump with a framed copy of his grandfather’s birth certificate. Friedrich Trump had emigrated from Germany in 1885 amid war and economic hardship.

After building a fortune in the U.S. and obtaining citizenship, Friedrich Trump tried to return to Germany but was expelled for failing to fulfill military service obligations. In a letter to Luitpold, prince regent of Bavaria, he wrote, “Why should we be deported? This is very, very hard for a family. What will our fellow citizens think if honest subjects are faced with such a decree — not to mention the great material losses it would incur.”

These details reflect both the promise and the precariousness of the immigrant experience—something the Trump family has personally encountered.

Immigration has undeniably reshaped American culture and demographics. In 2024, immigration drove U.S. population growth to its highest rate in 23 years, pushing the total to over 340 million, according to the U.S. Census Bureau. Nearly 2.8 million more people immigrated to the country in 2024 than in the previous year, partly due to revised methods that now include individuals admitted for humanitarian reasons. Net international migration was responsible for 84% of the nation’s 3.3 million-person increase.

In fact, immigration was the sole driver of population growth in 16 states that would have otherwise seen declines, according to the Brookings Institution.

Still, views on immigration remain deeply divided. While many Americans see it as a source of talent and labor, Trump has long regarded it as an “invasion.” Since returning to the White House, he has implemented an expansive immigration crackdown that has tested the boundaries of presidential authority. His administration has often found itself at odds with federal judges over actions that include deporting individuals, revoking visas, and transferring deportees to third countries.

Unlike during his first term, Trump has not shied away from controversial immigration policies this time around. Immigration has become his top issue in public opinion polls, solidifying his standing among Republicans and reflecting a broader change in public sentiment.

A survey conducted in June by The Associated Press-NORC Center for Public Affairs Research showed that 46% of U.S. adults approved of Trump’s immigration policies—nearly 10 percentage points higher than his ratings on the economy or trade. Notably, the poll was conducted before protests began in Los Angeles and did not include questions about Trump’s decision to deploy military forces there.

While the United States continues to be seen as an economic superpower, its global image is shifting. Pew’s polling indicates that more people now view China as the world’s top economy. Whether Trump’s policies will lead to a tangible decline in international students and others who once looked to America for safety and opportunity remains uncertain.

Studyportals, based in the Netherlands, reported a significant drop in interest among international students. Weekly pageviews for U.S. degree programs fell by half from January 5 to the end of April. If this pattern continues, the U.S. could lose even more ground to competing nations like the United Kingdom and Australia.

“International students and their families seek predictability and security when choosing which country to trust with their future,” said Fanta Aw, CEO of NAFSA, an organization representing international educators. “The U.S. government’s recent actions have naturally shaken their confidence in the United States.”

The changing global perspective on the United States is evident. What was once seen as the ultimate destination for personal freedom and opportunity is now viewed with increasing skepticism. The American dream, while not entirely extinguished, is being reconsidered by those abroad—many of whom are now setting their sights on other nations where they feel more welcome, more secure, and more hopeful.

US Raises Travel Advisory for India to Level 2, Citing Crime and Terrorism Risks

The United States has recently updated its travel advisories ahead of the anticipated summer travel surge, and India, one of the world’s most populated countries, has been given a revised security classification. The U.S. State Department has now raised its travel warning for India to a Level 2 advisory, encouraging travelers to maintain heightened awareness while visiting the country.

In the updated notice, the department urged Americans to be cautious during their stay in India, citing concerns over crime and terrorism. The advisory clearly states, “Exercise increased caution in India due to crime and terrorism. Some areas have increased risk.” It points to incidents such as rape, violent crimes, and terrorism as notable threats. Tourist destinations and areas with high foot traffic are considered potential targets, and travelers are advised to be vigilant when visiting such places.

The travel advisory also identifies specific regions that American citizens are strongly discouraged from visiting. These include parts of eastern Maharashtra, northern Telangana, and western West Bengal. The State Department explained that these areas are especially risky because American authorities do not have direct access to them in case of emergencies. “Due to the risks, U.S. government employees working in India must obtain special authorization to travel to these areas,” the department clarified.

In addition to identifying high-risk areas, the advisory also includes guidelines on how visitors should conduct themselves to stay safe and respectful. American travelers are encouraged to comply with Indian laws and customs at all times. This includes restrictions on certain technologies and advice for personal safety. The State Department highlighted that devices such as GPS trackers and satellite phones are banned in India. Women are advised to avoid traveling alone, and all travelers are recommended to exercise the same caution they would in any unfamiliar foreign country.

Moreover, the State Department gave some areas the most severe warning possible. Jammu and Kashmir, for instance, has been labeled as a Level 4 risk area, meaning “Do Not Travel.” The advisory mentions that this region frequently experiences civil unrest and terrorist activity. The area lies along the Line of Control separating India and Pakistan, and tourist destinations like Srinagar, Gulmarg, and Pahalgam in the Kashmir Valley are also included in the warning.

Other parts of India have also received the Level 4 designation. Certain regions in central and eastern India, for example, are known for activities by political extremists. These groups have carried out terrorist attacks targeting law enforcement, paramilitary personnel, and government officials. Such incidents increase the level of danger and make these areas highly unsafe for visitors.

The northeastern state of Manipur has similarly been categorized under Level 4. According to the advisory, the area has witnessed considerable violence and displacement of communities in recent times. This ongoing instability makes it particularly hazardous for foreign travelers.

Furthermore, the advisory advises Americans to reconsider travel to several states in northeastern India. Insurgent groups in these regions have carried out bombings and other forms of violence, creating an unpredictable security environment. While not under the highest threat level, these areas still pose a significant risk and should be approached with caution.

The U.S. Embassy in India is situated in the capital, New Delhi. It serves as the primary point of contact for American citizens in the country and is tasked with providing consular assistance during emergencies or other travel-related issues. Given the current travel advisory, American visitors are strongly encouraged to stay connected with the embassy during their time in India and to register their travel plans when possible.

In sum, the updated travel advisory for India reflects a complex landscape of safety concerns, ranging from urban crime to political violence and terrorism. While the overall country has been classified under a Level 2 advisory—suggesting travelers should “exercise increased caution”—multiple regions within India are considered extremely dangerous and should be avoided altogether. These designations are based on recent developments, ongoing threats, and limited access for emergency assistance in some areas.

By updating this advisory, the United States aims to provide its citizens with clear and timely information that can help them make informed decisions when planning international travel. As always, the priority remains the safety and well-being of U.S. nationals abroad. Travelers are reminded to remain alert, follow local laws and customs, and heed the recommendations laid out by the State Department.

Experts Question Feasibility and Ethics Behind Trump-Branded Smartphone Initiative

Experts are casting serious doubt on the Trump Organization’s claim that its new smartphone, marketed as being entirely made in the United States, can realistically be built domestically. Industry professionals argue that it is currently “virtually impossible” for such a product to be wholly manufactured in the US, especially on the scale required for commercial launch.

The proposed smartphone, which is gold in color and priced at $499 (approximately £367.50), has triggered skepticism from analysts and critics alike. One analyst conveyed to the BBC that the phone’s production claim is largely implausible under present technological and economic circumstances. Furthermore, concerns have arisen about the ethical implications of what appears to be another business initiative leveraging President Donald Trump’s name.

Meghan Faulkner, communications director for Citizens for Responsibility and Ethics in Washington, openly criticized the venture, stating, “It’s unbelievable that the Trump family has created yet another way for President Trump to personally profit while in office.”

In addition to the handset, the initiative includes a new mobile service that will carry a monthly fee of $47.45—a figure that symbolically references Trump’s roles as both the 45th and 47th President of the United States. Trump has publicly stated that he has placed his business ventures into a trust overseen by his children, while the White House has consistently maintained that he makes decisions in the best interest of the American public.

However, Faulkner noted that this new business project introduces familiar ethical dilemmas. These include the possibility that individuals or entities might subscribe in hopes of currying favor with the president, as well as potential conflicts of interest as Trump may influence regulations in the very industry where his family now holds a commercial stake.

Despite declaring the phone will be manufactured in the US, the Trump family has not disclosed which company will be responsible for the production. During an interview on “The Benny Show” podcast, Eric Trump implied that full domestic manufacturing may not be in place for the initial August release, saying, “Eventually, all the phones can be built in the United States of America.”

This ambiguous claim has led technology experts to question the feasibility of such production plans. Many argue that manufacturing smartphones entirely from scratch in the US is not currently viable. Professor Tinglong Dai of Johns Hopkins’ Carey Business School expressed serious skepticism, saying, “They don’t even have a working prototype. It’s extremely unlikely.” He further elaborated, “You would have to have a miracle. You would need to have economies of scale. You would need to have sustainable demand for this kind of product.”

The smartphone initiative also aligns with Trump’s recent public efforts to persuade Apple CEO Tim Cook to move iPhone production for American consumers back to the US. Just last month, Trump threatened to impose a 25% import tax—or more—on iPhones not manufactured within American borders.

Leo Gebbie, an analyst at CCS Insight, noted the logistical challenges involved in making smartphones entirely in the United States, saying that the country “simply does not have the high-tech supply chain” needed for smartphone assembly. This makes a full US-based production timeline by August highly unlikely. However, he allowed for a partial possibility, stating, “It’s possible that the device could be assembled in the US with parts imported from abroad. This might be the most likely outcome that lets the T1 claim American sovereignty.”

Details about the business partner responsible for managing the mobile service and licensing the Trump brand remain scarce. The Trump Organization did not respond to the BBC’s inquiries regarding its business collaborators, ethical criticisms, or specifics behind the “built in the United States” assertion.

In announcing the project, the Trump Organization stated, “Hard-working Americans deserve a wireless service that’s affordable, reflects their values, and delivers reliable quality they can count on.” The plan promises “discounted” international calling for families with members serving abroad in the military. The mobile service also pledges US-based customer support and currently offers the gold-colored handset for pre-order.

This new venture is a continuation of Trump’s longstanding business strategy of licensing his name in exchange for royalties and fees, something he engaged in well before his entry into politics. However, since stepping onto the political stage a decade ago, opportunities to monetize his brand have grown exponentially.

According to his most recent financial disclosure, Trump reported earnings exceeding $600 million last year. These earnings include profits from an array of Trump-branded products such as Bibles, watches, sneakers, and fragrances. Forbes estimated in March that Trump’s net worth had more than doubled from the previous year, now totaling around $5.1 billion. This surge in wealth is partially attributed to his loyal base of supporters, who have boosted the valuation of Truth Social, Trump’s social media platform. Forbes noted that Truth Social accounted for about half of Trump’s total net worth in the past year.

Public reaction to the Trump-branded smartphone has been mixed, especially on social media. While some potential buyers expressed enthusiasm, others ridiculed the concept. One user on X (formerly Twitter) asked, “Where do I have to wait in line to buy the new Trump phone?” In contrast, critics mocked the design and made humorous references to Trump’s personal communication style, joking that all texts from the phone might appear in capital letters.

Meanwhile, Trump has also faced protest from critics accusing him of corruption, particularly as he hosts events such as cryptocurrency galas that raise additional concerns about conflicts of interest. The broader debate over Trump’s financial entanglements continues to attract attention, particularly in light of his growing wealth and expanding business ventures.

In terms of the mobile industry landscape, the US market is primarily dominated by three major carriers: AT&T, Verizon, and T-Mobile, all of which offer monthly service plans starting below $40. A number of smaller mobile virtual network operators (MVNOs) also exist, leasing capacity from the big players to serve niche customer segments with either lower prices or customized plans.

According to a 2024 report by the Federal Communications Commission, the largest of these MVNOs have fewer than 10 million subscribers. One notable example is Mint Mobile, which was once backed by actor Ryan Reynolds. T-Mobile acquired Mint Mobile in 2023 for $1.35 billion, with Reynolds reportedly owning a 25% stake. That share may have netted the actor as much as $300 million from the sale.

As Trump continues to expand his branding empire, questions over the practicality, legality, and ethics of such endeavors remain unresolved. Whether this new smartphone project proves to be a commercial success or another political flashpoint remains to be seen.

American Catholics Express Optimism Over First U.S.-Born Pope Leo XIV

Just over a month into Pope Leo XIV’s historic papacy as the first pontiff born in the United States, a fresh poll reveals that American Catholics are embracing their new religious leader with considerable enthusiasm. The survey, conducted by The Associated Press-NORC Center for Public Affairs Research, indicates that nearly two-thirds of American Catholics hold a “very” or “somewhat” favorable opinion of Pope Leo. In contrast, only a small minority—fewer than 1 in 10—express unfavorable views. Meanwhile, around 3 in 10 American Catholics say they don’t know enough about him to form an opinion.

Outside the Catholic community, many Americans are still evaluating Pope Leo’s leadership, but the overall sentiment among those who do have an opinion is largely positive. The poll shows that 44% of U.S. adults view the new pope favorably, while about the same percentage say they haven’t yet formed an opinion. Again, just 1 in 10 adults report an unfavorable impression.

This wave of support cuts across political and ideological lines, which is particularly significant given the current polarization within the church. As Pope Leo vows to foster unity within the Catholic community, people from various backgrounds and beliefs are expressing hope for what his tenure might bring.

Terry Barber, a 50-year-old Catholic from Sacramento, California, and a Democrat, believes Pope Leo could lead the Church toward a more inclusive future. “I’m optimistic. Certainly, the first pope from the United States is significant,” Barber remarked. “Since he worked under the previous pope, I’m sure he has similar ideas, but certainly some that are original, of his own. I’m looking forward to seeing what, if any changes, come about under his leadership.”

The poll highlights Pope Leo’s broad bipartisan appeal. Roughly half of Democrats view him favorably, while about 4 in 10 Republicans and independents share that sentiment. Interestingly, Republicans appear more hesitant to form an immediate opinion—about half of them say they don’t know enough about the pope, compared to about 4 in 10 Democrats. Still, members of both parties are equally unlikely to view him negatively, with about 1 in 10 expressing unfavorable views in each group.

Victoria Becude, a 38-year-old Catholic and Republican from Florida, expressed enthusiasm for the pope’s potential influence on American spirituality. “I’m rooting for him,” she said. “I hope that America can get back to faith, and I hope he can do that.”

While political affiliations don’t always match religious leanings, the survey found no significant partisan divide among Catholics in how they perceive Pope Leo. Believers from both liberal and conservative Catholic backgrounds are hopeful that he can help mend divisions that widened during Pope Francis’ tenure.

During a recent prayer, Pope Leo criticized the global surge in nationalist political movements and called for reconciliation and open dialogue—a reflection of his broader promise to position the Catholic Church as a force for peace.

Pope Leo’s record before becoming pontiff also offers some insight into his approach. As Cardinal Robert Prevost, he played a key role in one of Pope Francis’ most notable reforms by allowing women to serve on the Vatican board that evaluates bishop nominations. However, he has also upheld the Church’s position that women cannot be ordained as priests.

Donald Hallstone, a 72-year-old Catholic living in Oregon, sees opportunity in Leo’s stance. “It’d be great to see women in those roles,” he said, referring to leadership positions within the Church. “Women were not excluded in the first centuries.”

At the same time, more conservative Catholics are hoping that Pope Leo will reinforce traditional doctrines, particularly on issues like same-sex marriage and abortion. Becude shares this view to an extent, stating her opposition to same-sex relationships based on her belief that unions should be between a man and a woman—an opinion she notes Pope Leo shares. However, she diverges from official Church teaching on reproductive rights.

“I don’t believe that they should stop women from having abortions,” Becude explained. “We should have our own rights because you don’t know the circumstances behind the reason why a woman would want the abortion in the first place.”

Although Pope Leo has been in office for only a short time, the early signs suggest that public opinion remains fluid, with much depending on how his papacy unfolds. A large segment of Americans, particularly those from other religious traditions, have not yet formed strong views. The poll shows that about half of born-again Protestants, mainline Protestants, and religiously unaffiliated adults haven’t developed an opinion. Still, unfavorable views remain minimal—roughly 1 in 10 in each of these groups.

Age also appears to influence public sentiment. Older Americans, who are statistically more likely to identify as Catholic, tend to view the pope more favorably. About half of Americans aged 60 and above have a positive impression of Pope Leo. In contrast, among adults under 30, only about 4 in 10 express a favorable view. However, even within this younger demographic, unfavorable opinions are rare—just around 1 in 10.

Mercedes Drink, a 31-year-old from the pope’s hometown of Chicago who now lives in Minnesota, identifies as part of the “religious nones”—those who consider themselves atheist, agnostic, or affiliated with no particular religion. Despite not being a practicing Catholic, Drink sees Pope Leo as a potential agent of change. “It’s cool; I like him because he brings something different,” she said.

“As a young woman, I hope that he can bring change … considering who he is, he brings something new to the table. I hope he opens the world’s eyes to modernizing the church, bringing more people in, having more diversity.”

Whether Pope Leo will fulfill these hopes remains to be seen, but for now, his unique background and early signals have sparked widespread interest and optimism across diverse segments of American society. From lifelong Catholics to curious outsiders, many are watching closely to see how this historic papacy will shape the future of the Catholic Church.

Google Begins Wider Rollout of AI Mode in U.S. Without Labs Sign-Up

Google has officially begun rolling out its AI Mode to users across the United States, fulfilling the announcement made during the Google I/O event. The feature, previously only accessible through Search Labs opt-in, now appears to be gradually becoming available to a broader user base, with no sign-up required. As of yesterday, signs of the rollout have started appearing, suggesting that the company is pushing this experience to users across the country.

According to reports, if you access Google Search in the United States while signed out or using incognito mode, you should now be able to access AI Mode. This observation marks the beginning of the promised rollout. Screenshots circulating online show that the new functionality is now appearing in users’ search interfaces, even without being enrolled in Labs. The appearance of the feature under these conditions supports the claims that the new AI Mode is becoming active for general use.

Google had previously made its intentions clear in a statement during the I/O developer conference. The company said, “we’re rolling out AI Mode in the U.S. — no Labs sign-up required.” This simple announcement carries major implications for how users interact with search. The key change is that the “AI Mode” tab, which was initially available only to those who voluntarily enabled the feature in Search Labs when it launched in March, is now showing up for users by default.

This new tab, prominently displayed in the search interface, marks a significant transition. Initially, users had to explicitly opt into the experimental feature through Labs, which was Google’s testing environment for early adopters of AI-driven enhancements in search. The move to eliminate the sign-up barrier indicates Google’s confidence in the functionality and readiness to make it a mainstream part of the search experience.

One immediate implication of this rollout is its effect on website traffic analytics. Because AI Mode is now part of the regular search interface, its traffic data is expected to be included in the overall web search metrics that Google Search Console provides to webmasters and SEO professionals. This is a notable change from the earlier stages of the feature, where separate data might have been used to evaluate experimental usage.

Patrick Stox, a well-known name in the SEO community, has already reported observing data that appears to come from AI Mode being blended with regular search data in Google Search Console. His observations suggest that the rollout is active and affecting the backend reporting of search performance. He believes the early signs are visible through certain traffic trends and patterns emerging in the analytics tools webmasters rely on.

The integration of AI Mode into general search results means that website owners may not be able to separate traffic from AI-enhanced results and standard search listings. This could impact how they interpret and optimize for different types of search experiences. For marketers and content creators, understanding user behavior in this new context will become increasingly important.

Stox is not alone in seeing signs of the feature going live. Others in the digital marketing and SEO community have also reported seeing AI Mode in action on their systems. These confirmations from multiple sources lend credibility to the idea that the rollout has entered a meaningful phase, reaching a sizable portion of users across the country.

Although Google has not issued a new statement following the start of the rollout, the original announcement and the observable changes on the platform speak for themselves. The fact that AI Mode is appearing for users not enrolled in Labs means Google has crossed a threshold in the deployment process. This is no longer a limited experiment; it is becoming a standard part of the Google Search experience in the United States.

AI Mode brings with it an updated user interface and altered behavior in how search results are delivered. Instead of presenting users with a simple list of blue links, AI Mode leverages Google’s generative AI capabilities to provide more summarized, conversational, and contextual answers at the top of the results page. This approach is part of Google’s broader vision of transforming search from a query-based tool into an AI-powered assistant capable of understanding complex prompts and delivering synthesized information.

While the full impact of AI Mode is still unfolding, the current signs indicate that this is a foundational shift in how search operates. For now, it appears to be live for an increasing number of U.S. users, and it’s likely to reach everyone soon if it hasn’t already. Google’s move also aligns with broader trends in the tech industry, where AI integration is increasingly seen as essential to maintaining competitive advantage and user engagement.

There are still unanswered questions about how AI Mode will evolve, especially concerning how it will affect website traffic, content visibility, and advertising strategies. However, with Google making it part of the default experience, stakeholders across the digital ecosystem will need to adapt quickly.

For now, the key takeaway is that AI Mode is no longer restricted to experimental access via Search Labs. As Google stated, “we’re rolling out AI Mode in the U.S. — no Labs sign-up required.” That statement is no longer just a promise—it is now a reality. Whether users are signed in, logged out, or browsing in incognito mode, many are seeing the new tab labeled “AI Mode” appear in their search interface.

The official confirmation via functionality, combined with supporting observations from experts like Patrick Stox and other users, confirms that Google’s AI Mode has entered a significant phase of deployment. As the experience becomes standard across the United States, the broader implications for SEO, analytics, and content strategy will continue to unfold.

In summary, the AI Mode that started as a March experiment is now seeing a wide release. With no further sign-up required, it’s becoming a default feature for many, marking a new era in the evolution of search.

Manhunt in Minnesota After Lawmaker Assassinated and Others Targeted in Politically Motivated Shooting

Authorities in Minnesota have launched a large-scale manhunt for 57-year-old Vance Boelter, the suspect accused of carrying out a deadly politically driven shooting that claimed the life of a prominent state legislator and injured another lawmaker and their spouse. The events have sparked statewide alarm and condemnation, as police continue their efforts to locate and apprehend the individual responsible for what Governor Tim Walz has called an “assassination.”

According to Governor Walz, the attacks were not random but instead appear to have been intentional and ideologically driven. Among the victims were State Representative Melissa Hortman, the highest-ranking Democrat in the Minnesota House of Representatives, and her husband. Both were fatally shot in what Walz described as a deliberate and politically motivated act of violence. “It was a politically motivated assassination,” Governor Walz said, emphasizing the gravity and targeted nature of the attack.

Adding to the gravity of the situation, Democratic State Senator John Hoffman and his wife were also shot by the same suspect, Walz confirmed. Fortunately, both Senator Hoffman and his wife survived the assault. Their survival has brought some relief amid what many are calling one of the most brazen and chilling acts of political violence the state has seen in recent history.

The suspect, Vance Boelter, reportedly approached the homes of his targets dressed in the uniform of a police officer, which enabled him to get close to the lawmakers and catch them off guard. Witnesses and police officials say that a man appearing to be a law enforcement officer exited Representative Hortman’s residence and opened fire on law enforcement officers who had responded to the scene. After firing shots, the suspect managed to flee the location. His ability to impersonate a police officer and use a vehicle resembling a law enforcement car allowed him to temporarily evade capture.

Authorities are still trying to clarify Boelter’s official employment status. However, based on information available from a company website, Boelter had previously worked in the security field. This background may explain his access to uniforms and his knowledge of law enforcement protocols, which he appears to have used to his advantage during the attack and subsequent escape.

Investigators made a disturbing discovery when they searched Boelter’s abandoned vehicle. Inside, they found handwritten documents that amounted to what they described as a hit list. This list contained nearly 70 names of individuals, the majority of whom are either Democratic political figures or individuals known for their support of abortion rights. Among the most recognizable names included in the list are U.S. Representative Ilhan Omar and U.S. Senator Tina Smith, both of whom represent Minnesota at the federal level.

The revelation of such a list has sent shockwaves throughout the Minnesota political community, especially among Democratic lawmakers and progressive leaders who now find themselves wondering whether they are also at risk. The presence of so many high-profile figures on the list, including two members of Congress, has added urgency to the investigation and to the ongoing efforts to locate and arrest Boelter before he can attempt to harm anyone else.

Law enforcement agencies are working around the clock to locate the suspect, coordinating with federal partners such as the FBI and the Department of Homeland Security. Security has been increased for those named in the suspect’s writings, and some lawmakers have reportedly been placed under temporary protective custody while the situation unfolds.

The attack has raised significant concerns about political extremism and the growing threats faced by elected officials. Governor Walz spoke about the dangers of political violence and the need to protect democratic institutions from such threats. His comments reflected the seriousness of the incident and the fear that it has generated across the political spectrum. “This was not a random act of violence,” Walz stated. “This was targeted. This was an assassination attempt on elected officials of this state.”

The emotional impact of the attack has been widespread. Representative Hortman was not just a leading figure in the state’s legislative efforts but also a well-respected voice on progressive issues. Her sudden and violent death has left colleagues and constituents in mourning. Senator Hoffman and his wife, though recovering, are said to be in a state of shock.

Community leaders and advocacy groups have also expressed outrage and sadness over the events. Calls for increased security measures at the homes and offices of public officials have grown louder, as have demands for a comprehensive investigation into how Boelter obtained access to weapons, law enforcement-style uniforms, and a replica police vehicle.

Authorities have not released further details about the nature of the writings found in Boelter’s car beyond the mention of the names, but they have acknowledged that the documents provide clear insight into his motives and ideological beliefs. Some officials have said off the record that the writings included strong political language and references to contentious national issues such as reproductive rights, immigration, and gun control.

Public safety officials are urging anyone with knowledge of Boelter’s whereabouts or who may have seen anything suspicious around the time of the attacks to come forward. The public has also been warned not to approach the suspect if they see him, as he is considered armed and extremely dangerous. A reward is being offered for information that leads to his capture.

The investigation continues to evolve rapidly, with state and federal agents pursuing leads across multiple jurisdictions. The discovery of the hit list has expanded the case from a state-level investigation into a broader probe with national implications. Members of Congress, particularly those named in the documents, have begun receiving enhanced security briefings and adjustments to their personal safety protocols.

While no further attacks have occurred since the initial incident, authorities are operating under the assumption that Boelter remains a significant threat until apprehended. Political leaders across party lines have condemned the attack and urged unity in the face of such violence. Many are calling for an end to inflammatory rhetoric and increased attention to the rise of politically motivated threats in the United States.

In a state known for its political engagement and generally peaceful civic environment, the shocking violence has left an unmistakable scar. Lawmakers and residents alike are grappling with the implications of what it means to live and serve in a time when political differences can become a matter of life and death.

Governor Walz, summing up the gravity of the moment, said, “We will not be intimidated. We will continue to serve. But this is a sobering reminder of the risks that come with public service in today’s climate.”

As the search for Boelter intensifies, Minnesota’s political leaders, law enforcement, and citizens remain on high alert, united in mourning and resolve.

Global Confidence in U.S. Declines Sharply Amid Trump’s Return to Power

The global perception of the United States has taken a significant hit since Donald Trump returned to the presidency, according to a new survey released by the Pew Research Center on June 11. The study highlights a widespread decline in approval for both Trump personally and his policy decisions across numerous countries. Out of the 24 nations surveyed, 15 reported a notable drop in their overall view of the United States.

Trump received his harshest criticism from Mexico, a nation he has frequently criticized and pressured on immigration matters. A staggering 91 percent of Mexicans expressed little or no confidence in Trump to act appropriately in global affairs. This deep skepticism was reflected in the overall image of the United States in Mexico, where public opinion has shifted significantly in a negative direction.

Canada, the United States’ northern neighbor, also exhibited a similar change in perception. Last year, during President Joe Biden’s administration, both Canadians and Mexicans generally held favorable views of the United States. However, that sentiment has reversed sharply with Trump’s return. Trump had previously made provocative comments suggesting that Canada should become the 51st U.S. state, which likely contributed to the souring of public sentiment.

The survey results showed a deteriorating view of the U.S. not only in North America but also across much of Europe. In Poland, an important ally of Ukraine and a country previously supportive of U.S. efforts, opinions of the United States have worsened considerably. This shift comes as Trump has scaled back support for Ukraine and indicated a preference for negotiating with Russia instead of confronting it.

Sweden, a country that joined NATO during Biden’s tenure in response to the Russian invasion of Ukraine, gave the United States the most unfavorable rating among all surveyed countries. Seventy-nine percent of Swedes reported a negative view of the U.S., signaling a dramatic erosion of trust and approval.

When evaluating Trump’s global policies, the survey uncovered widespread disagreement across key issues. Majorities in every country surveyed opposed Trump’s approaches to immigration, climate change, the conflict in Gaza, and the war in Ukraine. Furthermore, personal views of Trump were largely negative. A dominant 80 percent of respondents described him as arrogant, while only 28 percent considered him to be honest.

Still, the Pew Research Center noted that Trump’s current global image is not as dire as it was during his first term in office. In 2017, when Trump succeeded the highly popular Barack Obama, international opinion of him was at its lowest. Although he remains an unpopular figure worldwide, some nations have shown slightly improved views compared to his initial presidency.

One country that stands out in the survey is Israel, which continues to have a very favorable opinion of the United States. Eighty-three percent of Israelis view the U.S. positively, a figure that has even risen slightly under Trump’s current leadership. Israel has benefited from strong U.S. support during the conflict in Gaza, likely contributing to this favorable assessment.

In Africa, Nigeria and Kenya maintained their historically positive opinions of the United States, regardless of who holds the presidency. In India, sentiment toward the U.S. also remained relatively stable, with over half of the population continuing to see the country in a positive light.

Since his return, Trump has embarked on an ambitious and sweeping presidential agenda. He has drastically cut foreign aid and taken aggressive action on deportations. These moves, while aligned with his core supporters, have not done much to improve his standing on the international stage.

Janell Fetterolf, a senior researcher at the Pew Research Center, pointed out that Trump’s standing on economic issues globally is not significantly different from Biden’s. “The past decade has also seen the growing normalization of right-wing populists,” she explained. This normalization may explain why Trump’s negative ratings, though substantial, are not as extreme as during his first term.

The case of Brazil illustrates this trend. There, Trump’s approval has improved from 14 percent during his first term to 34 percent now. Brazil was governed by Jair Bolsonaro, a political ally of Trump, from 2019 to 2022. Although Trump’s support in Brazil remains low, the uptick indicates a broader shift in political attitudes.

The survey also shed light on demographic patterns in Trump’s global support. Generally, men viewed Trump more favorably than women, and individuals with right-wing political leanings expressed more positive opinions of him. However, the data also revealed boundaries to Trump’s influence abroad.

Even among supporters of far-right nationalist parties in countries like Sweden and France, Trump struggled to gain majority support. While these groups were more sympathetic to him than the general public, confidence in Trump still fell short of a majority.

Conducted between January and April, the annual Pew survey involved 28,333 adults across 24 countries. The research offers a sobering picture of the United States’ global reputation under Trump’s leadership and underscores the challenges his administration faces in repairing diplomatic relationships and restoring international trust.

Despite modest improvements in some regions and a less severe perception compared to 2017, Trump’s second term appears to have reignited concerns across much of the world about the direction of U.S. leadership and foreign policy. The study shows a persistent gap between Trump’s actions and global expectations, with many foreign populations remaining wary of his intentions and capabilities.

With issues like climate change, global migration, and geopolitical conflict dominating headlines, the survey’s findings indicate that Trump’s positions continue to isolate the United States from many of its traditional allies and global partners. As his presidency progresses, the administration’s ability to address these concerns may play a decisive role in determining whether U.S. favorability can rebound on the world stage.

In sum, while Trump’s current international image is not quite as low as it was during his first term, the decline in global confidence in both him and the United States is clear. This shift signals the continued influence of his policies and rhetoric on the country’s international standing, potentially shaping the geopolitical landscape for years to come.

Senate Republicans Divided Over Trump Agenda Spending Amid Musk Criticism and Deficit Concerns

Senate Republicans are wrestling with major internal divisions over how to reduce the cost of a House-approved bill that aims to advance  President Donald Trump’s legislative agenda. The legislation, which has been slammed by billionaire Elon Musk as a “mountain of disgusting pork,” has drawn widespread criticism from fiscal conservatives for failing to make meaningful cuts to the federal deficit.

Responding to nervous investors in the bond market and Musk’s pointed remarks, Republican lawmakers are now exploring previously untouched areas of the federal budget—including Medicare, defense, and the Federal Reserve—for potential savings. Just weeks ago, these areas were considered politically untouchable.

However, every new idea seems to be generating new controversy within the party.

Senator Josh Hawley of Missouri has taken a firm stance against any reductions to Medicare spending, even though proponents argue the cuts would be limited to curbing “waste, fraud and abuse.” Expressing his reservations, Hawley stated, “I don’t like this idea of fiddling with Medicare at all. I think it’s a bad idea. We should not do that. I’ve counseled against it.”

Hawley suggested a different route for saving money, asking, “How about instead we cap the price [Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services] is paying for prescription drugs? Why touch Medicare?”

Other GOP members are turning their attention to Medicare Advantage, the program that allows private insurers to provide Medicare benefits. Some senators believe the program is being exploited by questionable health care providers and is costing the federal government unnecessarily.

Senator Roger Marshall of Kansas highlighted a proposal by Senator Bill Cassidy of Louisiana that targets overbilling by insurance companies participating in Medicare Advantage. This measure could save as much as $275 billion. “No one is more concerned about our national debt than I am. I would like to cut more money on this bill. If it was up to me, we would be going from $7 trillion a year to $6.5 trillion,” Marshall said, aiming for a $500 billion reduction over the next ten years.

Another contentious proposal involves trimming defense spending. Though the House version of the bill includes $150 billion in new funds for the Pentagon—primarily for projects like Trump’s proposed “Golden Dome” missile defense system—many conservatives argue that the defense budget is bloated and needs downsizing.

Senator Rand Paul of Kentucky has been particularly vocal, accusing pro-defense colleagues of using Trump’s bill as a vehicle for excessive military expenditures. “It’s a frustration for those of us who think it ought to be about fiscal restraint and/or cutting taxes, or both. It ends up becoming a spending bill, and the spending is $150 billion on top of [what] they were already increasing the military” in regular appropriations, Paul said.

“If you’re fiscally conservative, you have to be fiscally conservative everywhere. You can’t be for blowing the budget out on the military,” Paul argued.

Marshall echoed this view, remarking, “I’m one of the few Republicans that thinks that defense has more than enough money.”

Nonetheless, any suggestion to cut the Pentagon’s budget is likely to meet resistance from powerful Senate figures. Senate Armed Services Committee Chair Roger Wicker of Mississippi and Defense Appropriations Chair Mitch McConnell of Kentucky have both insisted that Trump’s proposed military budget is insufficient. Earlier this year, Wicker pushed for $175 billion in new defense funds but later accepted the lower $150 billion figure as the bare minimum.

Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth is expected to face intense scrutiny from McConnell on Trump’s defense budget request in the coming days.

Meanwhile, Senator Ted Cruz of Texas has offered a highly ambitious plan: halting interest payments to banks for deposits held at the Federal Reserve. Cruz argues this would save the federal government $1 trillion over the next decade. However, the banking industry is already pushing back hard. According to Bloomberg News, strategists at JPMorgan Chase & Co. warn that ending these payments would destabilize financial markets, casting serious doubt on the feasibility of Cruz’s proposal.

Some of the most controversial cuts in the House-passed bill—nearly $800 billion in Medicaid spending and $267 billion in reductions to the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP)—have hit roadblocks in the Senate. Senators Susan Collins of Maine, Lisa Murkowski of Alaska, and Jerry Moran of Kansas have all raised concerns about the social impact of such reductions.

In addition, several senators are pushing back against provisions in the bill that would immediately end renewable energy tax credits. These tax breaks are seen as vital for clean energy investments in Republican-leaning states like West Virginia. If construction on certain projects—such as the Appalachian Regional Clean Hydrogen Hub—doesn’t start before year’s end, those investments could be lost.

Senators Thom Tillis of North Carolina, John Curtis of Utah, and Shelley Moore Capito of West Virginia have all warned that abruptly ending the clean energy tax incentives could hurt their local economies and result in job losses.

On the other side of the debate, fiscal conservatives like Senator Mike Lee of Utah argue that the bill doesn’t go far enough—especially when it comes to denying federal benefits to undocumented immigrants. Lee told The Hill, “We’re talking about Medicaid, we’re talking about EITC, earned income tax credit, child tax credit, and eligibility for claiming the benefits of dependents for income tax purposes. Those things should be benefits available to citizens and lawful permanent residents and not others, not illegal migrants.”

Lee insists the legislation fails to completely bar undocumented migrants from receiving federal benefits and declared, “That’s the problem.”

Senator Rick Scott of Florida is also demanding swift action to eliminate clean energy tax subsidies that were part of President Biden’s Inflation Reduction Act. “We got a fiscal crisis,” Scott said. “We have to balance our budget.”

He added, “We should completely eliminate the Green New Deal, that’s No. 1.”

In the end, Senate Republicans are grappling with competing priorities. Some are focused on deficit reduction through sweeping cuts, while others are trying to protect politically sensitive programs that affect their constituents. With criticism from influential figures like Elon Musk and growing pressure from conservative voters, the GOP faces a delicate balancing act as they attempt to reshape Trump’s legislative blueprint into something fiscally palatable and politically feasible.

City Council Passes Bill Reducing TLC No-Fault Insurance Coverage, Drawing Backlash from Drivers’ Union

In a controversial decision, the New York City Council has approved legislation that limits the Taxi and Limousine Commission (TLC) from mandating more than 200 percent of the no-fault insurance required under New York State law for TLC-licensed vehicles. This translates to a reduction in required insurance coverage for these vehicles from $200,000 to $100,000, given that the state minimum stands at $50,000. The legislation marks a departure from previous requirements and represents a partial victory for rideshare company Uber, which had advocated for reducing the coverage requirement to just the state minimum of $50,000.

The New York Taxi Workers Alliance (NYTWA), an organization representing thousands of drivers across various segments of the for-hire industry, stood alone in publicly opposing the bill. The union pushed back against what it sees as a dangerous rollback of crucial protections for drivers, particularly in light of the industry’s current vulnerabilities and lack of consistent access to Workers’ Compensation.

Reacting to the Council’s decision, NYTWA Executive Director Bhairavi Desai released a strongly worded statement criticizing the vote and the process behind it. “Disappointing news from City Council: they fast-tracked an Uber-lobbied bill to lower no fault insurance coverage for TLC drivers – and meanwhile keep stalling a bill to end unfair deactivations and lift up drivers with real job security,” she said.

The reduction in coverage from $200,000 to $100,000 came as a compromise, with NYTWA’s lobbying efforts helping to prevent a more drastic drop to the state minimum level. Desai pointed out that had Uber’s full proposal been adopted, it would have slashed driver coverage by $150,000. She argued that the savings promoted by Uber were minimal when weighed against the protections drivers would lose. “We couldn’t stop the cut altogether, but we did block Uber from gutting the coverage to $50,000,” she stated.

According to Desai, the drivers who work in the livery sector are only eligible for Workers’ Compensation when they are victims of a crime, and yellow cab owner-drivers have no access to Workers’ Comp at all. This makes no-fault insurance the only safety net in case of injuries for many drivers, including those who lease yellow cabs or drive for Uber and Lyft. If Workers’ Compensation claims are denied or coverage limits are reached, no-fault insurance becomes their last resort.

Desai emphasized the critical role that no-fault insurance plays in protecting these drivers. She said, “Livery drivers are only covered by Workers Compensation when victim of a crime and yellow cab owner-drivers have no Workers Comp at all, so both workforces rely solely on no fault in case of injury, as would Uber/Lyft and yellow cab lease drivers if their Workers Comp is contested or maxed out.”

The bill’s supporters, particularly Uber, argued that reducing insurance coverage would help lower the number of fraudulent insurance claims in which the company is named as a third party. They also suggested that the move could reduce premiums, albeit modestly. However, Desai countered that there was no guarantee the reduction would actually result in lower premium costs for drivers. In fact, she suggested that insurance companies might instead increase liability premiums, nullifying any potential savings.

She called the proposal shortsighted and criticized the notion that a $50 monthly premium reduction – assuming it even materializes – justified exposing drivers to significantly more financial risk. “Uber and its agents argued for drivers to lose $150,000 in coverage to save a measly $50 a month in premium – and even then, with no guarantees that insurance companies won’t just absorb the savings with higher premiums for liability,” Desai said.

She further accused Uber of using drivers as test subjects in an unproven theory that cutting insurance coverage would somehow curb fraud. “So drivers were asked to sacrifice security – all so Uber – which doesn’t even pay for the premium – could test out a theory that lower coverage will reduce fraudulent claims where Uber is named as a third-party,” she remarked.

Desai also highlighted broader structural issues in the for-hire vehicle insurance market. She pointed to the ongoing financial instability in the FHV and taxi insurance sectors and called for systemic reforms rather than piecemeal sacrifices from drivers already operating under precarious conditions. “The insolvency of the FHV/Taxi insurance market and fraudulent claims are serious issues and need new approaches – not more sacrifice by drivers exploited by the system and now at risk from its bankruptcy,” she stated.

Adding to her frustration was the City Council’s failure to act on another piece of legislation – Intro 276 – which would address unfair deactivations of Uber and Lyft drivers. These deactivations can leave drivers without income and unable to cover their ongoing expenses, such as insurance and car loan payments. According to Desai, the lack of progress on this front only compounds the hardship drivers now face with reduced insurance protections.

“Meanwhile, a bill that would give Uber and Lyft drivers security against unfair deactivations – leaving them with no income to pay for the car loan and insurance – is sitting on some corner City Council desk gathering dust,” she said. She also noted the suspicious timing of the Council’s decision, which took place right before the city’s primary elections. “Oh and it’s hard to miss that the vote – and non-vote – all happened just before primary day,” Desai added.

Calling on the Council to prioritize the needs of working-class New Yorkers, she urged lawmakers to pass the long-delayed Intro 276 bill. “If the Council cares about working class New Yorkers, it needs to pass Intro 276 and stop unfair Uber and Lyft deactivations, especially after leaving drivers with even less financial security,” she concluded.

The passing of this bill has sparked a deeper conversation around the balance between cost efficiency for rideshare platforms and the safety nets necessary for the thousands of drivers who keep the industry moving. For now, while the reduction to $100,000 is less severe than the $50,000 Uber had hoped for, it nonetheless represents a step back in coverage – and the drivers who depend on that protection are making it clear they feel abandoned.

Protest Chaos Erupts in Los Angeles Amid Trump’s National Guard Deployment

Tensions boiled over in Los Angeles on Sunday as thousands of protesters flooded the streets in defiance of President Donald Trump’s decision to deploy the National Guard. Demonstrators blocked a major freeway and torched self-driving cars while law enforcement responded with tear gas, rubber bullets, and flash bangs in an effort to disperse the crowds.

The protests, ignited by Trump’s immigration policies and intensified by the Guard’s presence, reached a new level of volatility. As dusk fell, police declared an unlawful assembly, ordering people to leave or face arrest. Although many complied and left the area, some stayed behind and clashed with police. Makeshift barricades were erected across streets, and objects like concrete chunks, rocks, electric scooters, and fireworks were hurled at California Highway Patrol (CHP) officers. Some officers had to retreat under a freeway overpass for safety.

Centered in several downtown blocks, the demonstrations marked the third and most heated day of protests in the city of nearly 4 million residents. The presence of roughly 300 National Guard troops seemed to deepen public outrage and fuel fear among citizens. The troops were tasked specifically with guarding federal properties, including a downtown detention facility that became a focal point for demonstrators.

Los Angeles Police Chief Jim McDonnell acknowledged the strain on his department, stating, “Officers were overwhelmed by the remaining protesters,” and adding that some of the demonstrators were known agitators who regularly attend protests to stir unrest.

Law enforcement arrested dozens of people over the weekend. Among them, one person was detained on Sunday for allegedly throwing a Molotov cocktail at officers, while another individual was taken into custody for ramming a motorcycle into a line of police.

Trump reacted on his social media platform, Truth Social, by urging McDonnell to take a harder line: “Looking really bad in L.A. BRING IN THE TROOPS!!!” He also encouraged the arrest of masked protesters.

Meanwhile, similar unrest unfolded in San Francisco. Police there reported dozens of arrests after a group refused to disperse following a protest near Sansome and Washington streets. The San Francisco Police Department explained via a social media statement that the gathering turned violent, prompting officers to declare it an unlawful assembly. While many participants left, others regrouped near Market and Kearny streets, where they vandalized buildings and damaged a police vehicle.

The disturbances continued to Montgomery Street, where authorities arrested 60 individuals after they failed tocomply with dispersal orders. The department reported three officers injured, with one requiring hospitalization. In their statement, police emphasized, “Individuals are always free to exercise their First Amendment rights in San Francisco but violence — especially against SFPD officers — will never be tolerated.”

Back in Los Angeles, the National Guard’s arrival on Sunday morning escalated the situation further. Clad in riot gear and armed with long guns, troops formed lines while protesters chanted “shame” and “go home.” As tensions rose, law enforcement began dispersing smoke canisters into the crowds. Soon after, the Los Angeles Police Department fired crowd-control rounds, asserting that the demonstrators were violating assembly laws.

The group then took their protest onto the 101 Freeway, blocking traffic for hours until CHP officers eventually cleared the roadway by late afternoon. Not far from this scene, four self-driving Waymo cars were torched, creating massive black smoke plumes and intermittent explosions as the electric vehicles burned. Police later declared an unlawful assembly and shut down multiple downtown blocks.

The evening air was frequently punctuated by the sound of flash bangs as officers attempted to clear remaining pockets of resistance.

Governor Gavin Newsom, a Democrat, formally requested the removal of the National Guard in a letter to Trump on Sunday afternoon. He described the deployment as a “serious breach of state sovereignty” and was in Los Angeles meeting with local officials and law enforcement at the time. Notably, the move marked one of the rare instances in recent decades where a state’s National Guard had been activated without the consent of its governor — a stark escalation in federal response to opposition against mass deportation efforts.

Both Newsom and Los Angeles Mayor Karen Bass blamed Trump’s decision to deploy troops for the intensifying protests. They accused the administration of deliberately heightening tensions rather than prioritizing public safety. “What we’re seeing in Los Angeles is chaos that is provoked by the administration,” said Bass during a press conference Sunday afternoon. “This is about another agenda, this isn’t about public safety.”

Chief McDonnell, however, said the unrest was part of a typical protest escalation cycle, with tensions peaking on the second or third day. He dismissed claims from Trump administration officials that LAPD had failed to support federal authorities during Friday’s demonstrations, which erupted in response to a series of immigration raids. McDonnell emphasized that his department had not been informed about the federal actions in advance and, as a result, had not been able to prepare officers accordingly.

While federal and city authorities exchanged blame, Newsom reiterated that California’s law enforcement agencies were fully capable of managing the situation without federal intervention. He even took a swipe at Trump for celebrating prematurely. The president had posted a congratulatory message following the Guard’s arrival, which Newsom ridiculed given the unfolding chaos.

The tensions across California underscore the fragile state of relations between the federal government and local leadership, especially when it comes to immigration enforcement and protest control. While the White House insists the Guard deployment is necessary to maintain order and protect federal property, state officials argue that it only serves to escalate unrest and provoke further violence.

In both Los Angeles and San Francisco, the weekend’s events were marked by chaos, confrontations, and a deepening divide over how protests and public dissent are handled. As the dust settles, city officials continue to urge peaceful demonstrations, even as fears mount over future escalations.

The unrest shows no signs of abating as calls grow louder for federal forces to withdraw, and local leaders brace for what could be another week of conflict and confrontation.

Elon Musk Calls for New Political Party as Rift with Trump Widens

Tech tycoon Elon Musk has stirred political debate by unveiling the results of an online poll he conducted on his social media platform X, asking whether it was time to form a new political party in the United States. The poll, which quickly went viral, revealed overwhelming support for the idea, with 80 percent of users responding affirmatively.

“The people have spoken,” Musk announced in a widely shared post. “A new political party is needed in America to representthe 80% in the middle! And exactly 80% of people agree. This is fate.”

The move, seen by many as a political statement, comes at a time when the billionaire entrepreneur appears to be distancing himself from President Donald Trump, with whom he once shared a strong public alliance. Musk’s provocative poll was interpreted by some observers as the latest in a string of moves aimed at reshaping the political landscape and appealing to Americans disillusioned by the two dominant parties.

Musk’s call for a centrist political party was not just a whimsical post. The timing of his remarks coincided with an intensifying online campaign against Trump, including a particularly stinging remark that shocked supporters and critics alike: “Without me, Trump would have lost the election.” Musk doubled down on his position shortly afterward by adding, “Such ingratitude.”

These sharp comments appeared to mark a turning point in the relationship between Musk and Trump, which had once seemed firmly rooted in mutual admiration and shared goals. But Trump wasted no time in responding to Musk’s criticism. Taking to his own platform, Truth Social, the president lashed out, accusing Musk of betrayal and hinting at financial retaliation.

“I was always surprised that Biden didn’t do it!” Trump wrote in a scathing post, threatening to revoke federal contracts and subsidies tied to Musk’s companies. He added, “The easiest way to save money in our Budget, Billions and Billions of Dollars, is to terminate Elon’s Governmental Subsidies and Contracts.”

Trump’s remarks alluded to the long-standing financial relationship between the federal government and Musk’s enterprises, including Tesla and SpaceX. These companies have benefited from various government programs, subsidies, and contracts over the years, often drawing scrutiny from both sides of the political aisle.

Despite their current public spat, Musk and Trump were once close political allies. During Trump’s presidency, Musk was a regular presence in Washington. He served on advisory councils, participated in policy discussions, and even made appearances at high-level events. Their political bond deepened over time, particularly as Trump pursued pro-business policies that aligned with Musk’s interests.

Following a narrow escape from an assassination attempt at a Pennsylvania rally in July of the previous year, Trump received a public show of support from Musk, who declared his backing in no uncertain terms. At the time, Musk was not just a supporter; he actively contributed to Trump’s reelection efforts. He established a political action committee, took part in campaign rallies, and assumed a highly visible role in Republican fundraising and strategy.

Musk’s support was evident in his appearances at campaign events, often seen wearing MAGA hats and even traveling with Trump aboard Air Force One. His involvement extended to participating in Cabinet meetings and standing behind Trump during key public moments, including the inauguration.

However, that political closeness has since devolved into open hostility, with both men now trading barbs in public forums. What began as a prominent and seemingly strategic alliance has now become a very public feud, raising questions about its potential impact on the business interests of both parties—and the broader political landscape.

The rift between Musk and Trump seems to reflect deeper tensions in American politics, where alliances are often short-lived and driven by transactional interests. As Musk champions the idea of a centrist alternative to the two major parties, some political analysts see it as an attempt to reposition himself as a new kind of political influencer—one who defies the traditional left-right binary.

His framing of the poll results as evidence of national consensus—“A new political party is needed in America to represent the 80% in the middle!”—suggests that he sees a real opportunity to shape political discourse. At the same time, critics argue that Musk’s approach is more about spectacle than substance and question whether he has the political infrastructure to make a third party viable in the U.S. system.

Still, Musk’s influence is hard to dismiss. With millions of followers on X and control of influential companies such as Tesla and SpaceX, his words carry weight far beyond the digital sphere. And his willingness to publicly challenge Trump—once a political ally—underscores the shifting dynamics of conservative politics, especially as the 2024 election looms.

Trump’s threat to cut off government funding for Musk’s ventures could carry real consequences. SpaceX, for instance, holds critical contracts with NASA and the Department of Defense, while Tesla has received federal incentives for electric vehicle production and infrastructure. The specter of political retaliation introduces uncertainty into those relationships.

Yet it also underscores the risk of public feuds in the high-stakes arena where business and politics intersect. As both men continue to spar, the potential fallout could extend beyond their personal reputations to affect investors, federal agencies, and even voters seeking clarity in a polarized environment.

What remains clear is that the Musk-Trump split is more than a personal disagreement. It represents a clash between two towering personalities—each commanding vast resources and influence—over the direction of American politics. Whether Musk’s call for a new political party gains real momentum remains to be seen, but his latest actions suggest he’s not content to sit on the sidelines.

In an era where political loyalty often shifts with public sentiment and digital platforms can shape national debates overnight, the Musk-Trump rupture is both a reflection of the current moment and a signal of the unpredictable months ahead.

FBI Refocuses on Violent Crime and Immigration Amid Shifting National Security Concerns

When federal agents captured an alleged MS-13 gang leader, Kash Patel stood prominently at the announcement, calling it a move toward restoring “our communities to safety.” The event signaled a marked shift in the FBI’s public focus, away from exclusively high-level national security threats and toward more visible law enforcement targets like gang activity and drug trafficking.

In a subsequent operation, federal authorities showcased a massive seizure of $510 million worth of narcotics headed for the United States. The announcement was made in front of a Coast Guard ship in Florida, where FBI Director Christopher Wray and other law enforcement leaders stood before piles of intercepted drugs. These high-profile appearances are part of a broader strategy to emphasize the FBI’s renewed commitment to tackling violent crime, illegal immigration, and narcotics—issues that are quickly becoming central to its updated mission, according to current and former officials.

The FBI recently revised its official priorities on its website, placing “Crush Violent Crime” at the top of the list. This marks a significant shift toward the law-and-order platform of President Donald Trump, whose administration has focused heavily on illegal immigration, drug cartels, and transnational gangs. Patel, now a key figure in directing the bureau, has made clear his intention to “get back to the basics.” His deputy, Dan Bongino, reinforced that sentiment, saying the agency is returning to “its roots.”

Although some of the bureau’s long-standing priorities remain in place—such as counterintelligence efforts targeting China—the recent pivot indicates a recalibration. The FBI confirmed this in a public statement: “The FBI continuously analyzes the threat landscape and allocates resources and personnel in alignment with that analysis and the investigative needs of the Bureau. We make adjustments and changes based on many factors and remain flexible as various needs arise.”

Recent violent incidents have reinforced the complexity of the threat landscape. One such case involved an Egyptian national who allegedly overstayed his visa and launched a Molotov cocktail attack in Colorado while shouting “Free Palestine.” The FBI considers such cases part of an evolving and interconnected web of domestic and international security risks.

Meanwhile, the agency is undergoing structural changes that reflect this strategic shift. The Justice Department has reportedly disbanded an FBI-led task force focused on foreign influence operations, and sources say a key public corruption team in the bureau’s Washington field office is also being dissolved. At the same time, the Trump administration has proposed significant budget cuts for the FBI, and several veteran agents have been forced out of leadership positions.

These developments have prompted concern among former FBI officials who worry that refocusing on more immediate, conventional crimes could come at the cost of preparedness for more sophisticated threats. Chris Piehota, a former executive assistant director who retired in 2020, warned, “If you’re looking down five feet in front of you, looking for gang members and I would say lower-level criminals, you’re going to miss some of the more sophisticated strategic issues that may be already present or emerging.”

An Increasing Focus on Immigration

Historically, enforcement of immigration laws has fallen under the purview of Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) and U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP), not the FBI. However, under Trump’s administration, the FBI has stepped more assertively into this area. The agency now claims responsibility for over 10,000 immigration-related arrests, with Patel frequently sharing these developments on social media as evidence of the administration’s commitment to immigration enforcement.

In practical terms, FBI agents are being dispatched to interview unaccompanied migrant children who crossed the U.S.–Mexico border, a move officials describe as a way to ensure their well-being. Across the country, FBI field offices have been instructed to devote personnel to immigration cases.

Moreover, the Justice Department has directed the FBI to examine its files for information about undocumented individuals and to share that data with the Department of Homeland Security—unless doing so would compromise ongoing investigations. Visual evidence of this shift can be seen on the FBI’s Instagram page, which features images of agents in tactical gear arresting suspects, captioned with a message that the FBI is “ramping up” its efforts with immigration agents to find “dangerous criminals.”

Deputy Director Dan Bongino expressed the administration’s uncompromising stance in a Fox News interview: “We’re giving you about five minutes to cooperate,” he said. “If you’re here illegally, five minutes, you’re out.”

This approach contrasts with the tone of previous FBI leadership. While former Director Christopher Wray did raise concerns about fentanyl trafficking across the southern border and the possibility that terrorists might use it as a point of entry, he never explicitly defined immigration enforcement as a central FBI mission.

A Mandate to ‘Crush Violent Crime’

Reprioritizing is not new for the FBI. After the September 11, 2001 attacks, then-Director Robert Mueller overhauled the agency into a counterterrorism and intelligence-oriented organization. That transformation saw agents diverted from more traditional criminal investigations into terrorism prevention efforts. In the FBI’s 2002 top ten priorities, fighting terrorism ranked first, while addressing violent crime fell near the bottom.

Today’s leadership appears to be reversing that trend. The current top priority—“Crush Violent Crime”—reflects a sharp pivot toward public safety and traditional crime-fighting. This is evident not only in rhetoric but also in operational choices.

Still, some law enforcement veterans caution against diminishing focus on less visible but potentially more dangerous threats. They point to cybersecurity breaches, espionage, and state-sponsored attacks as critical challenges that require deep expertise and long-term strategic focus.

Critics argue that shifting too many resources to street-level enforcement could leave the nation more vulnerable to these harder-to-detect dangers. The concern is not that violent crime and immigration issues aren’t serious, but that they may now be overshadowing other responsibilities that uniquely fall within the FBI’s mandate.

Nonetheless, the new leadership remains resolute in its course. Patel and Bongino continue to promote their agenda publicly, underscoring their belief that restoring public safety must take precedence. Patel’s stance is consistent: a return to “the basics” is the foundation for rebuilding public trust and ensuring national security.

Whether the FBI’s recalibrated mission will pay dividends or produce unforeseen vulnerabilities remains to be seen. But one thing is clear: the bureau is undergoing one of its most significant transformations in decades, recalibrating its priorities to match a new political and national security landscape.

Sikh Prayer in U.S. House Sparks Controversy After Representative Mistakes Faith

A social media post by Rep. Mary Miller (R-Ill.) caused an uproar on Friday after she expressed outrage over a Sikh prayer delivered in the U.S. House of Representatives, apparently mistaking the faith of the chaplain involved. Miller posted on X (formerly Twitter), saying it was “deeply troubling that a Muslim was allowed to lead prayer in the House of Representatives this morning,” adding, “This should never have been allowed to happen.” She continued, “America was founded as a Christian nation, and I believe our government should reflect that truth, not drift further from it. May God have mercy!”

The comment was accompanied by a photo of the guest chaplain wearing a yellow turban, who was later identified as Giani Surinder Singh from the Gurdwara South Jersey Sikh Society in Vineland, New Jersey. Singh, a Sikh religious leader, had been invited to offer the traditional opening prayer before the House session, a custom regularly observed with representatives inviting faith leaders from various religious backgrounds.

Despite the prayer being delivered by a Sikh, Miller’s initial post inaccurately identified him as Muslim, drawing immediate bipartisan backlash. After some time, Miller edited her post to replace the word “Muslim” with “Sikh” but ultimately deleted the post altogether. Her office has not issued a public response or comment addressing the matter or the confusion behind it.

House Speaker Mike Johnson (R-La.) had officially introduced Singh at the start of the session. Singh’s prayer emphasized unity and peace, underscoring values that transcend religious boundaries. “Almighty God… we call you by many names, sir. But you are one. Keep your divine hand over the members of this House… Keep truth on our tongues, sir, love in our hearts, and sound judgment in our minds. Remind us, sir, of our purpose: To love and serve one another and create a more peaceful world. We ask you for blessings unto all leaders, sir, and their work for the common good. Give all who govern this land humility and courage, integrity and compassion,” Singh said. He further added, “Help us remember that we belong to one family.”

Continuing with his message of peace and gratitude, Singh also honored those who protect the nation. “We ask for the almighty also to keep watch over our nation’s protectors who work tirelessly day and night to ensure our safety and our freedom,” he prayed.

Miller’s remarks were not only inaccurate but also struck a nerve with lawmakers across the aisle. Rep. David Valadao (R-Calif.) voiced his concern publicly, stating on X, “Throughout the country — and in the Central Valley — Sikh-Americans are valued and respected members of our communities, yet they continue to face harassment and discrimination.” Valadao’s post highlighted the broader issue of ongoing bias against Sikh individuals, who are often incorrectly associated with other religious groups due to their distinct appearance, particularly the turban.

Rep. Mike Lawler (R-N.Y.) added a more measured perspective, emphasizing the nation’s religious roots while calling for tolerance. “While yes, we are a nation rooted in Judeo-Christian values and our laws reflect that, we are also a nation that recognizes we are all God’s children and whatever our differences, we can and should respect differences of faith,” he wrote in response to Miller’s now-deleted statement.

Democrats responded with stronger language, criticizing both the inaccuracy of Miller’s statement and its implications. Rep. Veronica Escobar (D-Texas) addressed Miller’s justification that the U.S. is a Christian nation by invoking the U.S. Constitution. “Our country was founded on the Constitution — which happens to care enough about freedom of religion that it’s in the very first amendment,” Escobar posted. She went on to say, “Not only is this racist, it dishonors the ‘founding document’ you referenced.”

Miller’s remarks reflect a misunderstanding not just of the individual involved but also of the longstanding tradition in the U.S. Congress to honor and include diverse religious voices. Guest chaplains of various faiths have regularly opened congressional sessions with prayer. This includes not only Christians and Jews but also Muslims, Sikhs, Hindus, and others. In fact, shortly after the 9/11 attacks in 2001, a Muslim chaplain was invited to offer a prayer and read from the Quran on the House floor.

Howard Mortman, author of When Rabbis Bless Congress, a book that documents the contributions of Jewish leaders in congressional prayers, noted that this diversity is deeply rooted in American legislative history. “Historically, inviting guest chaplains to open House and Senate sessions in prayer allows Congress to showcase the diversity of religions in America. It shows that we live in a multi-faith society — with no established state religion. Many different religions have been represented by clergymembers praying in Congress. Hundreds of rabbis, for instance — going back to 1860,” Mortman said.

Miller’s post and the mistaken identity of the Sikh prayer leader not only sparked political outcry but also shed light on the continuing challenges faced by Sikh-Americans, who often confront religious discrimination and stereotyping. The yellow turban worn by Singh, which is a traditional part of Sikh religious attire, was misinterpreted by Miller as a symbol of another faith, leading to a misinformed reaction that failed to recognize the unique traditions of Sikhism.

In the United States, the Sikh community has been active and present for over a century. Despite this long-standing presence, the community frequently finds itself at the center of cultural misunderstandings. The backlash against Miller’s comment illustrates the need for better religious literacy and awareness among public officials, especially those responsible for shaping policy and public discourse.

In recent years, Sikh leaders and advocacy groups have worked to educate the public and lawmakers about Sikhism — a religion founded in the Punjab region of India in the 15th century — and its key tenets of equality, service, and devotion to one God. Singh’s prayer, emphasizing love, truth, and unity, reflected these core values.

While Miller has not clarified the motivations or assumptions behind her original statement, the swift criticism and deletion of her post demonstrate that such religious intolerance — especially when rooted in factual inaccuracy — is unlikely to go unnoticed in today’s political climate.

The incident has reignited discussions about religious freedom and representation within the highest levels of government. It has also served as a reminder of the importance of recognizing the diverse fabric of American society and upholding the principles of inclusion that are enshrined in the nation’s founding documents.

Despite the brief firestorm, Singh’s peaceful words remained: a call for love, service, and the pursuit of a more harmonious world.

US Hiring Slows But Remains Steady Amid Trump’s Trade Turbulence

Hiring by American employers slowed slightly last month, yet still reflected a solid labor market despite the backdrop of economic uncertainty sparked by President Donald Trump’s trade policies. According to the Department of Labor, the U.S. economy added 139,000 jobs in May—a decrease from April’s revised figure of 147,000, but still surpassing economists’ forecast of 130,000.

Industries such as healthcare and hospitality drove the gains, with healthcare companies contributing 62,000 new positions and bars and restaurants adding 30,000. However, the federal government experienced a notable decline, cutting 22,000 jobs—its steepest reduction since November 2020—largely due to Trump’s implementation of job cuts and a hiring freeze. Manufacturing was also affected, losing 8,000 positions over the month.

Wages continued to climb steadily, with average hourly earnings rising 0.4% from the previous month and up 3.9% compared to the same period last year—both slightly above expectations.

Nevertheless, there were indications that the labor market might be weakening. The Labor Department revised job figures for March and April, reducing previous estimates by a combined 95,000. Additionally, the labor force—comprising individuals who are either working or actively seeking work—contracted by 625,000 in May, marking the most significant decline since December 2023. The employment-to-population ratio also slipped to 59.7%, the lowest level recorded since January 2022.

Trump’s aggressive stance on trade—particularly the imposition of broad tariffs on imports—has introduced considerable uncertainty into the economic environment. Concerns are growing that his actions could edge the U.S. economy closer to a recession. However, these fears have yet to manifest clearly in key government economic indicators.

“The job market is still standing tall even as some of these headwinds start to blow,” noted Daniel Zhao, lead economist at job site Glassdoor. “But ultimately we’re all still waiting for the other shoe to drop. It’s still much too early for tariff impacts to be a significant drag on the economy.’’

Despite external shocks, the U.S. economy and labor market have proven surprisingly durable over recent years. In 2022 and 2023, the Federal Reserve raised its benchmark interest rate 11 times in an effort to combat inflation. These increases, which raised borrowing costs, were widely expected to induce a recession. That outcome, however, did not materialize.

Even so, data shows the labor market has lost momentum. Thus far in 2025, job growth has averaged under 124,000 positions per month. This represents a 26% decline from last year, a 43% drop compared to 2023, and a dramatic 67% fall from 2022.

These moderate job gains and a steady unemployment rate are expected to influence the Federal Reserve’s policy in the near term. The central bank has held its key short-term interest rate steady throughout 2025, after implementing three cuts in 2024. Most economists believe the Fed is unlikely to adjust rates again soon unless a significant deterioration in the job market forces its hand.

Fed Chair Jerome Powell, along with other central bank officials, has expressed concern that Trump’s tariffs could add to inflationary pressures later this year. If that occurs, the Fed may respond by raising rates. For now, though, stable hiring figures have kept that possibility at bay.

Investors anticipate the Fed will make just two interest rate cuts this year, with the first likely to happen in September. Jim Lebenthal, chief equity strategist at Cerity Partners, said, “They need to see the effects of the tariffs before they make any moves.” He was referring to the new wave of tariffs Trump imposed on April 2, which were then delayed until July 9. The legality of these tariffs is currently being contested in court.

Recent economic indicators have painted a mixed picture. Earlier this week, the Labor Department reported a surprising rise in job openings, which reached 7.4 million in April—generally a positive signal. However, the same report showed a slight increase in layoffs and a decrease in voluntary resignations, indicating workers are growing more cautious about leaving their jobs in search of better opportunities.

Data from the Institute for Supply Management revealed that both manufacturing and service sectors contracted in May, suggesting broader economic weakness. Furthermore, initial claims for unemployment benefits climbed last week to an eight-month high, although they remain relatively low in historical terms.

Overall, job creation is slowing. The average monthly gain of less than 124,000 positions so far this year represents a steep decline from previous years: down 26% from 2024, 43% from 2023, and a stark 67% from 2022.

Trump’s trade measures—and particularly the unpredictable nature of how they are introduced, suspended, or altered—have already had a destabilizing effect on economic planning and investment.

“Employers have been hoarding labor in the face of massive corrosive uncertainty,” said Carl Weinberg, chief economist at High Frequency Economics. “We believe firms have been reluctant to lay off workers until they saw the extent of the Trump tariffs. Now that the tariffs are out in the open, we believe most firms see the writing on the wall and will start workforce reductions right now.’’

One small business owner feeling the impact is Dave Heaton of Steel Horse Leather, a Brooklyn-based company that makes handmade leather bags. The company relies partly on imports from China for materials and manufacturing. According to Heaton, the shifting tariff landscape has made it extremely difficult to plan or operate smoothly.

Though not all the consequences of the tariffs are immediately visible in the labor statistics, experts warn the full effects may take time to ripple through the economy. For now, hiring remains resilient, but the road ahead is uncertain.

In summary, while job growth continues, it is evidently slowing. Industries such as healthcare and hospitality are still expanding, but sectors like government and manufacturing are contracting. Wage growth remains strong, but troubling signs—like a shrinking labor force and revised job figures—suggest that Trump’s trade policies may eventually take a toll. For now, economists and policymakers alike are in a wait-and-see mode, cautiously monitoring the evolving impact of tariffs on the broader U.S. economy.

Trump and Musk Feud Sends Shockwaves Through Politics and Markets

Not long ago, U.S. President Donald Trump and billionaire Elon Musk seemed to share a strong public camaraderie. They were often seen together at events, collaborated on interviews, and spoke highly of each other. However, that apparent bond fractured suddenly, spiraling into a very public and bitter feud that now threatens political alliances and business interests.

The rift erupted when Trump publicly attacked Musk for his criticisms of the Republican tax-cut and spending bill. The situation escalated rapidly, unfolding through dueling posts on Trump’s Truth Social platform and Musk’s X (formerly Twitter), capturing national attention and drawing reactions from business leaders and politicians alike.

The conflict soon turned aggressive. Trump reportedly threatened to withdraw billions in government contracts awarded to Musk’s businesses. In retaliation, Musk implied that Trump owed his past electoral success to his support, stating that Trump “could not have won the election without him.”

As the feud became a national spectacle, several high-profile individuals attempted to intervene or weigh in. Billionaire hedge fund manager Bill Ackman, the CEO of Pershing Square Capital Management, publicly urged the two men to reconcile for the country’s sake. Posting on X, Ackman said, “We are much stronger together than apart.” Musk responded briefly: “You’re not wrong.”

U.S. Congressman Jim Jordan, speaking on Fox News’ Laura Ingraham show, also expressed hope for a reconciliation between Trump and Musk, while defending the contested budget bill that had triggered Musk’s initial criticism. But not all of Trump’s allies shared Jordan’s conciliatory tone.

Former Trump adviser Steve Bannon, who has had his own recent clashes with Musk, took a far more aggressive stance. On his “War Room Live” show, Bannon called for Trump to invoke the Defense Production Act — a national security law — to seize control of SpaceX. “The U.S. government should seize it,” Bannon declared, also urging the administration to revoke Musk’s security clearance and freeze all federal contracts with his companies pending an investigation.

Congressman Thomas Massie, a Republican known for his independent streak and previous opposition to Trump’s budget plans, pointed out the inherent clash in personalities. On X, he remarked, “The falling out was inevitable. You don’t land rockets backwards or get cars to drive themselves by suffering fools gladly.”

As the feud dominated headlines, others began floating new political concepts. Billionaire investor Mark Cuban appeared to back a suggestion Musk had posted in a poll — the formation of a new political party that would represent the “80% in the middle” of the American political spectrum. Former presidential candidate Andrew Yang joined the discussion, reposting Cuban’s endorsement and later proposing an “Independent ‘28 presidential primary” that could include figures like Cuban, JPMorgan CEO Jamie Dimon, and actor Matthew McConaughey.

The ripple effects of the Trump-Musk feud weren’t confined to the U.S. European officials also chimed in. Polish Foreign Minister Radosław Sikorski, who had previously sparred with Musk and U.S. Secretary of State Marco Rubio over the role of Musk’s Starlink satellite service in Ukraine, took a swipe at the tech mogul. Referencing Musk’s earlier insult in which he told Sikorski to “Be quiet, small man,” the Polish minister retorted on X, “See, big man, politics is harder than you thought.”

Thierry Breton, the former European Union leader for digital policy and a previous critic of Musk, posted a cryptic combination of emojis — eyes and popcorn — suggesting he was watching the Musk-Trump drama unfold with interest.

Meanwhile, Ian Bremmer, president of the political risk consultancy Eurasia Group, gave a blunt assessment on X: “Trump is more powerful than elon, but far less competent.”

The feud also triggered massive turmoil in the financial world, particularly for Tesla, Musk’s flagship electric vehicle company. Spooked investors began selling off Tesla stock rapidly, sending its value plunging by more than 14% and wiping out a staggering $152 billion in market capitalization.

Dan Ives, managing director and senior equity research analyst at Wedbush Securities, noted in a research brief that the public conflict had rattled markets. “The conflict was jaw dropping and a shock to the market,” he wrote, adding that the feud “creates major fear for Tesla investors.”

Ives further explained the potential implications for Tesla: “Tesla’s stock is under major pressure down 15% as investors fear that this Musk/Trump battle will stop their friendship and change the regulatory environment for Tesla on the autonomous front over the coming years under the Trump Administration.” Still, he emphasized that Wedbush remained bullish on Tesla long-term, though he admitted the situation “clearly does put a fly in the ointment of the Trump regulatory framework going forward.”

Other Tesla supporters were less optimistic. Ross Gerber, CEO of Gerber Kawasaki Wealth and Investment Management and a well-known Tesla investor, criticized Musk sharply. In a series of posts on X, he wrote that Musk was “now attacking all the people he helped put in power.” Gerber continued: “Elon going postal on Trump and tesla stock is getting walloped. Trump will be returning his new tesla and is saying he got musked. All this can’t be good for shareholders. But hey, who cares about us.”

Gary Black, managing director at the Future Fund added to the pessimism. Black, whose firm recently sold all of its Tesla shares, commented that the feud would create further downward pressure on the stock. “These same bulls argued for months that the Musk-Trump alliance would streamline the federal process allowing TSLA to secure general unsupervised autonomy license nationally. That prospect is now highly unlikely.”

The dramatic deterioration in relations between Musk and Trump — once seen as mutual power brokers with influence over tech and politics alike — now poses uncertain risks for both figures. For Musk, the potential loss of regulatory favor and political alliances could hamper Tesla’s ambitious plans in autonomy and federal contracts for SpaceX. For Trump, alienating a high-profile tech magnate risks splintering support among moderate conservatives and business leaders ahead of a pivotal election.

What began as a disagreement over fiscal policy has ballooned into a fierce standoff with implications far beyond partisan politics. With influential voices urging a truce and the markets reeling, it remains unclear whether the damage can be undone — or if this feud marks a new chapter of political and corporate rivalry.

Trump and Musk’s Alliance Collapses Over Contentious Tax Bill Dispute

The once strong alliance between President Donald Trump and Tesla CEO Elon Musk came apart abruptly on Thursday amid a fierce disagreement over Trump’s proposed tax legislation currently awaiting Senate approval.

In a sharp rebuke, Trump referred to Musk as “crazy” and hinted at severing federal contracts with Musk’s various companies, which include Tesla, the aerospace giant SpaceX, and the AI venture xAI. Following Trump’s remarks, Tesla’s stock suffered a significant drop, and Musk reacted by announcing that SpaceX would start dismantling its Dragon spacecraft program without delay due to what he deemed as threatening behavior from the president.

According to Trump, Musk—who had previously been a top advisor—opposes the sweeping tax package primarily because it removes tax credits for electric vehicles and because Trump decided not to nominate Musk’s chosen candidate, Jared Isaacman, to lead NASA. “I’m very disappointed in Elon. I’ve helped Elon a lot,” Trump told reporters at the White House. Just a week earlier, he had praised Musk’s involvement in the DOGE project, aimed at slashing government spending and cutting down on the federal workforce.

Reflecting on their past, Trump added, “Elon and I had a great relationship. I don’t know if we will anymore.”

Musk quickly responded through a terse post on his platform, X, simply stating, “Whatever.” He has publicly opposed the bill on the grounds that it would drive up federal deficits. In a more detailed critique, Musk posted, “Keep the EV/solar incentive cuts in the bill, even though no oil & gas subsidies are touched (very unfair!!), but ditch the MOUNTAIN of DISGUSTING PORK in the bill. In the entire history of civilization, there has never been legislation that both big and beautiful.”

Further escalating tensions, Musk tweeted, “Without me, Trump would have lost the election,” asserting that his contributions were pivotal to Trump’s political fortunes. He went on to say, “Dems would control the House and the Republicans would be 51-49 in the Senate,” referring to the 2024 elections. Musk had poured over $250 million into Trump’s re-election campaign, making him the largest donor to that effort. “Such ingratitude,” Musk concluded in a follow-up post.

The billionaire CEO also launched a poll on X, asking, “Is it time to create a new political party in America that actually represents the 80% in the middle?”—a clear sign of his disillusionment with current political alignments.

The spat had immediate financial implications as Tesla’s share value dropped more than 8% amid the very public fallout between Musk and Trump. The conflict comes after several days of Musk lambasting the bill, which Trump has described as his “One, Big, Beautiful Bill,” on the grounds that it would inflate federal deficits. Musk had previously labeled the legislation a “disgusting abomination.”

Just days before the verbal feud, Trump had hosted Musk at an Oval Office event and commended him for his role in federal fiscal initiatives. However, things took a turn when the president rescinded his nomination of Jared Isaacman, a tech billionaire favored by Musk, to head NASA. “You know, I’ve always liked Elon,” Trump said on Thursday. “I’d rather have him criticize me than the bill, because the bill is incredible.”

Trump emphasized that Musk’s objections seemed tied to financial incentives for electric vehicles being cut from the bill. “Elon is upset because we took the EV mandate, and you know, which was a lot of money for electric vehicles,” he explained. “And you know, they’re having a hard time, the electric vehicles, and they want us to pay billions of dollars in subsidy.”

According to Trump, Musk was not only aware of the proposed elimination of EV tax credits, but had accepted it earlier in the process. “Elon knew this from the beginning,” Trump stated. “He knew it … a long time ago.”

Trump also criticized Musk for what he sees as a sudden and opportunistic shift in position. “I’m very disappointed, because Elon knew the inner workings of this bill better than almost anybody sitting here, better than you people. He knew everything about it. He had no problem with it,” Trump said.

“But all of a sudden he had a problem, and he only developed the problem when he found out that we’re going to have to cut the EV mandate, because that’s billions and billions of dollars, and it really is unfair,” Trump added.

Regarding the withdrawn NASA nomination, Trump explained, “I’m sure [Musk] respected him, but to run NASA … I didn’t think it was appropriate.” He also pointed out Isaacman’s political leanings as a factor. “You happen to be a Democrat, like totally Democrat,” Trump remarked. “And I say, you know, look, we won. We get certain privileges. And one of the privileges we don’t have to appoint a Democrat. NASA is very important.”

Trump hinted that Musk’s change in tone followed a common pattern he had observed with other former allies. “People leave my administration, and they love us. And then at some point they miss it so badly, and some of them embrace it, and some of them actually become hostile. I don’t know what it is,” Trump noted.

“It’s sort of Trump derangement syndrome, I guess they call it,” he added. “But we have it with others too. They leave, and they wake up in the morning, and the glamor is gone.”

In sum, the dramatic unraveling of the Trump-Musk relationship underscores the growing divide between pro-business conservatives and the evolving priorities of Trump’s economic agenda. What began as a fruitful partnership rooted in mutual ambitions for innovation and deregulation has now devolved into a public clash over subsidies, spending, and political loyalty—with potentially lasting consequences for both men.

Thune Faces Escalating Challenges in Senate Push for Trump Agenda Before July 4

Senate Majority Leader John Thune (R-S.D.) and his team of negotiators are facing mounting complications in their drive to secure passage of a sweeping legislative package aimed at implementing President Trump’s economic agenda by the July 4 deadline. The process, already burdened by internal Republican divisions, is becoming increasingly tangled as GOP senators raise objections across multiple fronts.

Concerns are intensifying among various Republican senators over deep spending cuts targeting key social safety net programs, particularly Medicaid and the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP). At the same time, fiscal conservatives are doubling down on demands for deeper deficit reduction. One particular point of contention is a controversial proposal from these conservatives to eliminate what they describe as over $200 billion in “waste, fraud and abuse” from the Medicare program—an idea fraught with political risk due to Medicare’s broad popularity.

Further friction has emerged over disagreements between Senate Republicans and the Trump-aligned White House over making some corporate tax breaks permanent. These include provisions such as 100 percent bonus depreciation for short-term investments and immediate expensing of research and development costs.

With a narrow majority of 53 seats, Senate Republicans can afford only three defections if they hope to pass what Trump has dubbed his “big, beautiful bill.” But with key senators already signaling opposition, that margin is rapidly shrinking.

Senator Rand Paul (R-Ky.) is among the dissenters. He has flatly stated his opposition, declaring he will vote “no” because the legislation includes language that would raise the debt ceiling by $4 trillion. Likewise, Senator Ron Johnson (R-Wis.) expressed strong resistance, branding himself a “hard no” due to the bill’s failure to return federal spending to prepandemic levels.

The following are the major issues that risk derailing the bill in the Senate:

Medicaid Cuts Stir Unease Among GOP Moderates

Republican Senators Susan Collins (Maine), Lisa Murkowski (Alaska), Jerry Moran (Kansas), and Josh Hawley (Missouri) are all threatening to vote against the bill if it results in reductions to Medicaid benefits for their constituents. These senators are still waiting to see the official language from the Senate Finance Committee regarding how Medicaid will be addressed.

Leadership in both the Senate and House has insisted that the bill will not slash Medicaid benefits. However, the Congressional Budget Office (CBO) released a report on Wednesday estimating that approximately 10.9 million Americans would lose their health insurance if the bill passes, primarily due to changes involving Medicaid and Affordable Care Act provisions.

“I hope not benefit cuts, that’s my bottom line,” Senator Hawley said Thursday, underscoring his concern.

Specific proposals drawing criticism include limits on states’ ability to use provider taxes to boost their federal Medicaid reimbursements and new requirements for individuals earning between 100 percent and 138 percent of the federal poverty level to pay higher copays for medical services.

SNAP Spending Reductions Raise Red Flags

Several GOP senators, including Collins and Moran, have also voiced objections to proposed cuts to SNAP totaling around $267 billion. The Senate Agriculture Committee is working to finalize its section of the budget reconciliation bill, with hopes of unveiling the text next week.

However, Agriculture Committee Chairman John Boozman (R-Ark.) acknowledged that the issue remains unresolved. “We’re still working on it,” Boozman told The Hill. When asked if it had been resolved, he replied, “I wish it was.”

Senator Collins expressed specific concerns about the bill’s provisions that would shift much of the administrative responsibility for SNAP onto the states. She also objected to measures that could penalize states with outdated systems for monitoring benefits.

Push for Greater Deficit Reduction Gains Momentum

Senator Ron Johnson’s call for increased deficit reduction is gaining traction among fellow Republicans. Though the bill is projected to cut spending by roughly $1.6 trillion over the next ten years, several senators, including Senate Budget Committee Chairman Lindsey Graham (R-S.C.), argue that this is insufficient.

“I think the bill needs to be more fiscally responsible,” Graham told reporters Thursday.

In response, some Republicans are advocating a proposal to target alleged “waste, fraud and abuse” within Medicare Advantage. The proposal, led by Senator Bill Cassidy (R-La.), seeks to address what he describes as the practice of insurance companies “upcoding” diagnoses to secure higher Medicare reimbursements.

Supporters argue that the measure is a focused effort to curb abuse rather than cut legitimate Medicare services. They also point out that progressive lawmakers, including Senator Jeff Merkley (D-Ore.) and Representative Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez (D-N.Y.), support the initiative. However, it remains divisive among Republicans.

Hawley voiced strong opposition on Thursday, saying, “It would be insane” to reduce Medicare funding. Despite assurances that the measure targets fraud rather than core benefits, his stance reflects the sensitivity around altering a program that millions of seniors depend on.

Defense-Related Spectrum Auction Sparks Alarm

Another sticking point comes from Senate Armed Services Committee members Mike Rounds (R-S.D.) and Deb Fischer (R-Neb.), who are opposing a House-passed provision that would auction off certain government-owned spectrum frequencies. These senators fear the move could interfere with the Pentagon’s use of those frequencies for vital radar and communication operations.

Rounds described the current House language as a “deal-breaker” and is pressing for adjustments that would ensure the Defense Department retains necessary access throughout the auction period.

“It has to be modified,” he insisted. “They’ve indicated that they would protect the spectrum,” Rounds added, but emphasized the need for those protections to be explicitly written into the Senate version of the bill.

Corporate Tax Break Disputes Continue

While less visible than the Medicaid or SNAP debates, disagreements over corporate tax policy are also clouding the path forward. Some Senate Republicans are frustrated by resistance from the Trump-aligned White House regarding the permanence of certain corporate tax breaks. These include the full expensing of research and development expenses and bonus depreciation.

These provisions, aimed at encouraging business investment, are popular among supply-side conservatives. But the White House has expressed reservations about cementing them into law without corresponding offsets—adding yet another layer of complexity to the ongoing negotiations.

In sum, Thune and his team are now juggling multiple conflicting priorities as they try to meet the July 4 goal. From health care entitlements and food assistance to national defense and tax reform, the issues plaguing the bill are varied and politically sensitive. With only a slim margin for error, the Majority Leader must either broker compromises that satisfy a broad range of senators or risk the entire package collapsing under the weight of its own contradictions.

U.S. Economy Contracts for First Time in Three Years Amid Tariff Uncertainty

The U.S. economy contracted at an annual rate of 0.2% in the first quarter of 2025, marking its first decline in three years. According to a revised estimate released by the Commerce Department on Thursday, the economic downturn was largely driven by President Donald Trump’s trade policies, particularly the imposition of tariffs, which disrupted normal business activity. The updated figure was a slight improvement from the government’s original estimate, though it still reflects an overall slowdown in economic momentum.

A key factor behind the drop was a significant increase in imports during the first three months of the year. Companies rushed to bring in foreign goods ahead of the president’s widely publicized tariff hikes. This surge in imports, while representing increased spending on foreign products, had a negative effect on GDP calculations because imported goods are not counted as part of domestic production.

Gross domestic product (GDP), the broadest measure of the nation’s economic activity, had expanded by 2.4% in the final quarter of 2024. However, the sudden spike in imports in early 2025 reversed that growth. Imports jumped at a remarkable annual rate of 42.6%, the fastest pace since the third quarter of 2020, and this alone subtracted more than five percentage points from GDP. In addition to the impact of trade, consumer spending also experienced a marked slowdown.

Federal government expenditures contributed further to the decline. Spending fell at an annual rate of 4.6% from January through March, representing the largest contraction in federal outlays in three years.

The way imports affect GDP is primarily a technical matter. Imports are subtracted from the GDP calculation to ensure that only domestically produced goods and services are counted. As an example, when an American consumer buys Costa Rican coffee, it shows up as consumer spending. But because the product was not made in the United States, it is later subtracted to avoid distorting the true level of domestic production.

Economists believe the unusual import surge observed in the first quarter is unlikely to recur in the second quarter, which spans April through June. As a result, imports are not expected to exert the same downward pressure on GDP in the next government report.

Despite the overall contraction, there were some areas of strength within the economy. Business investment grew at a robust annual rate of 24.4% in the first quarter. One reason for this was that companies increased their inventories in anticipation of the tariffs, boosting overall economic activity. This buildup of inventories added more than 2.6 percentage points to GDP growth during the quarter.

A specific measure within the GDP data that reflects the core strength of the economy rose by 2.5% annually in the first quarter. This figure, while lower than the 2.9% rate recorded in the previous quarter, still suggests the economy maintains a solid foundation. This core measurement includes consumer spending and private investment but excludes more volatile components like exports, government spending, and changes in inventories.

Still, the outlook for the economy remains clouded by policy uncertainty stemming from President Trump’s aggressive trade stance. His administration has implemented 10% tariffs on nearly every trading partner worldwide, in addition to targeted levies on steel, aluminum, and automobiles. These actions have led to significant unease among businesses and consumers, and their long-term effects remain uncertain.

This week, a federal court added to the uncertainty by blocking some of the tariffs introduced by the Trump administration. The court ruled that the president had exceeded his legal authority by imposing 10% tariffs and other specific duties on goods from Canada, Mexico, and China. The ruling could lead to further legal and political challenges to the administration’s trade policy and may complicate efforts to renegotiate trade agreements.

The Commerce Department’s report issued Thursday is the second in a series of three estimates for the first quarter’s GDP. A final, more comprehensive revision is scheduled to be released on June 26. This upcoming report will incorporate additional economic data and provide a more complete picture of the country’s economic performance during the early months of 2025.

Overall, while the first quarter’s economic decline reflects real challenges tied to trade policy and consumer caution, some underlying metrics continue to show resilience. But as the legal and economic implications of the president’s tariffs play out, businesses and policymakers alike will be watching closely for signs of either recovery or further disruption.

The report paints a complex picture: on one hand, it reflects the drag caused by an extraordinary surge in imports and reduced government spending, and on the other, it reveals solid business investment and a still-growing core economy. Whether those strengths will be enough to offset continued trade tensions in future quarters remains to be seen.

Economists and analysts have emphasized that while GDP is a critical gauge of economic health, short-term changes can be volatile, especially when influenced by policy-driven shifts such as tariffs. Still, the drop in GDP, even if slight, has raised concerns.

President Trump has framed his tariff strategy as a means to bolster American industry and reduce the country’s trade deficit. However, the short-term outcome, at least as captured in this latest GDP report, has been mixed. The administration’s efforts have triggered import spikes, supply chain disruptions, and a response from trading partners, all of which have fed into the current economic narrative.

What happens next will depend in part on how businesses adapt to the new trade environment and whether consumer spending rebounds in the coming months. The final GDP report in June will be a critical indicator, not just for economists but for the broader public and political leadership heading into the second half of the year.

As the nation waits for further economic updates, the first quarter’s data is a reminder of how interconnected global trade, domestic policy, and consumer behavior truly are—and how quickly shifts in one area can ripple across the entire economy.

White House Seeks Spending Cuts as Musk Criticizes Bureaucracy and Political Influence

The White House is preparing to send a series of proposed rescissions to Capitol Hill, using a process that enables the cancellation of previously approved spending. This move is aimed at reinforcing some of the spending cuts outlined in the Deficit-Offset Government Efficiency (DOGE) initiative. According to a spokesperson from the Office of Management and Budget, the proposed package includes a $1.1 billion reduction from the Corporation for Public Broadcasting, the agency responsible for funding NPR and PBS. In addition, it outlines an $8.3 billion cut in foreign aid expenditures.

Elon Musk, the high-profile entrepreneur and political donor, has recently reflected on his time engaging with the government, revealing a more subdued and realistic tone. Describing his frustrations with bureaucracy, Musk remarked, “The federal bureaucracy situation is much worse than I realized. I thought there were problems, but it sure is an uphill battle trying to improve things in D.C., to say the least.”

Musk also disclosed that he plans to reduce his political contributions. “I think I’ve done enough,” he stated, suggesting a pullback from his earlier, more active political engagement.

Previously, Musk had been highly motivated by the prospect of reshaping the political landscape in Washington. He had contributed over $250 million to support President Donald Trump’s campaign. Musk also participated in campaign rallies and wore campaign-themed hats at White House events. He frequently warned about excessive government spending, which he described as a fundamental crisis. Throughout this period, Musk consistently expressed strong support for Trump. “The more I’ve gotten to know President Trump, the more I like the guy,” Musk said in February. “Frankly, I love him.”

Trump responded with praise of his own, calling Musk “a truly great American.” When Tesla experienced a downturn in sales, Trump demonstrated his loyalty by transforming the White House driveway into a temporary display area for Tesla vehicles, signaling his support.

Despite Musk’s waning involvement with the administration, it’s uncertain whether his recent critiques will significantly influence the ongoing legislative discussions. During the post-election transition period, when Musk’s influence was peaking, he played a role in stirring opposition to a proposed spending package. This occurred at a time when the nation was teetering on the edge of a government shutdown.

His latest remarks may serve to galvanize Republicans who are calling for even steeper spending reductions. One notable reaction came from Republican Senator Mike Lee of Utah, who shared a Fox News article about Musk’s comments. He added his own opinion on the bill’s prospects, stating that there was “still time to fix it.”

Lee further emphasized the need for a tougher stance in the Senate version of the bill. “The Senate version will be more aggressive,” he asserted. “It can, it must, and it will be. Or it won’t pass.”

When the House of Representatives recently voted on the measure, only two Republican lawmakers—Warren Davidson of Ohio and Thomas Massie of Kentucky—voted against it. Their dissent was noteworthy, especially in light of Musk’s public statements.

Davidson acknowledged Musk’s comments on social media. “Hopefully, the Senate will succeed with the Big Beautiful Bill where the House missed the moment,” Davidson wrote. “Don’t hope someone else will cut deficits someday, know it has been done this Congress.”

Meanwhile, the Congressional Budget Office has issued a preliminary analysis of the bill’s fiscal implications. According to their estimates, the bill’s tax provisions would raise federal deficits by approximately $3.8 trillion over the next ten years. In contrast, the spending reductions affecting Medicaid, food assistance programs, and other services are projected to save just over $1 trillion during the same timeframe.

Despite this imbalance, House Republican leaders argue that the bill could still be fiscally sound if it stimulates enough economic growth. They claim that improved economic performance might render the legislation either neutral or even beneficial in terms of deficit reduction. However, this optimistic assessment is not universally shared.

Independent analysts remain skeptical of those projections. The Committee for a Responsible Federal Budget, a nonpartisan fiscal watchdog group, estimates that the legislation would actually increase the national debt by $3 trillion over the next decade, including interest costs.

This debate comes at a time of heightened scrutiny over the federal government’s fiscal discipline. The combination of growing deficits and competing priorities has forced lawmakers into difficult conversations about what to fund and what to cut. The White House’s rescission package is an effort to show seriousness about reducing spending, even if the broader legislative path remains uncertain.

Elon Musk Exits Trump Administration Role After Turbulent Tenure Focused on Cutting Government Waste

Elon Musk is stepping down from his government position as a senior adviser to President Donald Trump, where he had led efforts to trim and restructure the federal bureaucracy. His resignation, announced on Wednesday evening, brings to a close a contentious chapter marked by significant layoffs, agency reductions, and legal battles. Despite bold ambitions, Musk struggled to adjust to the political climate in Washington and ultimately achieved far less than he had initially hoped.

Initially, Musk had aimed to slash federal spending by $2 trillion, but he gradually scaled back his goal—first to $1 trillion, and then to $150 billion—as he faced mounting opposition. The billionaire entrepreneur grew increasingly disillusioned with the resistance he encountered, often finding himself at odds with senior figures in Trump’s administration. These internal conflicts emerged as Musk tried to restructure various departments, drawing significant political criticism in the process.

Although Musk’s advisory role was always intended to be short-term, he had lately been indicating a shift in focus back to his businesses, including electric car manufacturer Tesla and aerospace firm SpaceX. Yet officials within the administration remained vague about the precise timing of his departure. The public only learned of it when Musk made an abrupt announcement on X, his social media platform.

“As my scheduled time as a Special Government Employee comes to an end, I would like to thank President @realDonaldTrump for the opportunity to reduce wasteful spending,” Musk posted. “The @DOGE mission will only strengthen over time as it becomes a way of life throughout the government.”

An unnamed White House official later confirmed Musk’s departure.

Musk’s resignation followed closely on the heels of a CBS interview snippet in which he criticized a central piece of Trump’s legislative agenda. In the interview, Musk said he was “disappointed” with what Trump had dubbed his “big beautiful bill,” a sweeping piece of legislation combining tax cuts with stricter immigration enforcement.

Calling the measure a “massive spending bill,” Musk argued that it undermined the objectives of the Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE), the agency he led. “I think a bill can be big or it could be beautiful,” Musk remarked. “But I don’t know if it could be both.”

Responding from the Oval Office on Wednesday, Trump defended his legislative initiative by pointing to the delicate negotiations involved. “I’m not happy about certain aspects of it, but I’m thrilled by other aspects of it,” the president said, suggesting the bill was still subject to change. “We’re going to see what happens. It’s got a way to go.”

The legislation had already passed the House and was being debated in the Senate. Musk’s critiques have found support among some Republicans. “I sympathize with Elon being discouraged,” said Sen. Ron Johnson of Wisconsin during an appearance at the Milwaukee Press Club. Johnson noted he was “pretty confident” that enough opposition existed to “slow this process down until the president, our leadership, gets serious” about reducing spending. He added that no amount of pressure from Trump would sway him from that stance.

House Speaker Mike Johnson has urged the Senate to avoid major amendments to the bill, emphasizing that House Republicans had achieved a “very delicate balance” that could be destabilized by significant changes. Since the House will need to vote again if the Senate alters the legislation, any shifts risk derailing the fragile consensus.

On the day Musk stepped down, Speaker Johnson thanked him for his service and affirmed that the House would continue pushing for further spending reductions. “The House is eager and ready to act on DOGE’s findings,” Johnson stated.

To support DOGE’s fiscal objectives, the White House is preparing a set of proposed rescissions—moves to cancel previously authorized expenditures—that will be sent to Congress. According to the Office of Management and Budget, the rescission package will target $1.1 billion from the Corporation of Public Broadcasting, which supports NPR and PBS, and $8.3 billion in foreign aid.

Musk has admitted that his foray into government work was more challenging than he had imagined. “The federal bureaucracy situation is much worse than I realized,” he told The Washington Post. “I thought there were problems, but it sure is an uphill battle trying to improve things in D.C., to say the least.”

Recently, Musk also indicated he would be cutting back on political contributions. “I think I’ve done enough,” he said.

Initially, Musk had been invigorated by the chance to overhaul Washington. After contributing at least $250 million to Trump’s campaign, he wore campaign hats in the White House, held rallies, and framed excessive government spending as a crisis. He frequently expressed admiration for Trump. “The more I’ve gotten to know President Trump, the more I like the guy,” Musk declared in February. “Frankly, I love him.”

Trump reciprocated Musk’s praise, calling him “a truly great American.” At one point, when Tesla’s sales were dipping, Musk even displayed his cars in the White House driveway to emphasize the administration’s support.

With Musk now exiting the administration, it remains uncertain what influence his recent criticisms will have on ongoing legislative debates. During his more influential period, Musk helped rally opposition to a spending bill when the government faced a potential shutdown. His latest remarks could inspire Republicans pushing for more aggressive cuts.

Sen. Mike Lee of Utah reposted a Fox News article featuring Musk’s CBS interview and added his own commentary, stating there was “still time to fix it.” He said, “The Senate version will be more aggressive. It can, it must, and it will be. Or it won’t pass.”

Only two Republican representatives—Warren Davidson of Ohio and Thomas Massie of Kentucky—voted against the bill during the House vote last week. Davidson acknowledged Musk’s critique on social media. “Hopefully, the Senate will succeed with the Big Beautiful Bill where the House missed the moment,” Davidson wrote. “Don’t hope someone else will cut deficits someday, know it has been done this Congress.”

Preliminary analysis from the Congressional Budget Office estimates that the bill’s tax elements would raise federal deficits by $3.8 trillion over ten years, while spending cuts to programs like Medicaid and food stamps would save just over $1 trillion during the same period.

House Republican leaders insist that the resulting economic growth would counteract the bill’s deficit impact. However, independent analysts are skeptical. The Committee for a Responsible Federal Budget predicts the bill would add $3 trillion—including interest—to the national debt over the next decade.

Trump’s Expansive Power Push Poses a Historic Stress Test for the Constitution

From the start of his second term, Donald Trump has pursued a presidency defined not only by sharp rhetoric and personal grievances but by an expansive attempt to consolidate power in the White House. What often appears to be a chaotic stream of attacks against universities, celebrities, corporations, and courts may in fact reflect a unified strategy: to weaken, if not fully dismantle, the system of checks and balances that has defined American governance since the Constitution’s founding.

In recent months, Trump has attacked a range of institutions and individuals—from attempting to block Harvard from enrolling international students to targeting Bruce Springsteen and Taylor Swift online, and pressuring companies like Walmart and Apple over their trade policy positions. On the surface, this might seem like political improvisation. But many legal scholars and political scientists argue that Trump’s actions aim to erode the very foundations of constitutional governance.

According to these experts, Trump’s second term differs from previous presidencies not just in degree but in kind. While past presidents have tested the boundaries of executive authority, Trump’s efforts appear to combine multiple unprecedented moves—sidelining Congress, challenging judicial rulings, asserting sweeping executive control, and using federal power to penalize perceived enemies in civil society.

Paul Pierson, a political scientist at the University of California at Berkeley, says the “sheer level of aggression and the speed at which [the administration has] moved” is without precedent. “They are engaging in a whole range of behaviors that I think are clearly breaking through conventional understandings of what the law says, and of what the Constitution says,” Pierson remarked.

Yuval Levin of the American Enterprise Institute also acknowledges that Trump is advancing the most sweeping vision of presidential authority since Woodrow Wilson. However, Levin predicts that this effort could provoke a counter-reaction, particularly from the Supreme Court, which may seek to reassert limits on presidential power. “The reaction that Trump’s excessive assertiveness will draw from the Court will backfire against the executive branch in the long run,” Levin wrote.

Others aren’t so sure. With the Court’s conservative 6-3 majority, many analysts question whether it will truly rein in Trump’s efforts to expand his authority—raising concerns that America’s constitutional balance might be in serious jeopardy.

A Multi-Front Assault on Constitutional Boundaries

Unlike past presidents who typically challenged one branch of government at a time, Trump’s second term has been marked by a comprehensive campaign to sideline all constitutional constraints simultaneously.

He has marginalized Congress by undermining agencies established by statute, asserting the right to withhold funds Congress has authorized, and bypassing the legislative process to enact major policies—such as on tariffs and immigration—via emergency declarations. He’s refused to enforce laws he dislikes, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, which bans American firms from bribing foreign officials.

Within the executive branch, Trump has centralized control through purges of civil servants, inspectors general, and independent regulators—blurring the boundaries between independent oversight and presidential authority. These actions have simultaneously weakened the authority Congress originally built into those agencies to shield them from political interference.

Trump has also challenged judicial authority. He’s resisted federal court orders, such as restoring federal funds and complying with rulings on immigration enforcement. One case involved Kilmar Abrego Garcia, a deported immigrant the administration admitted was wrongly removed, yet Trump’s government showed little effort to obey the court’s directive to facilitate his return.

Federalism, too, has been under pressure. Trump’s administration has sought to override blue states by enforcing conservative cultural policies nationwide. He’s pursued controversial arrests of local officials, including a judge in Wisconsin and a mayor in New Jersey. Though charges against the Newark mayor were dropped, a new case was filed against Democratic Representative LaMonica McIver—another sign of Trump’s willingness to use federal power against political opponents.

Even more extraordinary is Trump’s assault on civil society. His administration has targeted law firms with Democratic ties, withheld research funds from universities over ideological disagreements, and tried to revoke their tax-exempt status. Trump has even ordered the Department of Justice to investigate the Democratic fundraising platform ActBlue and critics from his first term. Courts have already rejected some of these actions as unconstitutional.

Eric Schickler, co-author of Partisan Nation, says Trump’s strategy to deter other actors from performing their core roles is unprecedented in its scope. “This ability to just deter other actors from exercising their core rights and responsibilities at this kind of scope is something we haven’t had before,” Schickler said.

Yet for many of Trump’s supporters, this aggressive centralization of authority is precisely the point. Russell Vought, director of the Office of Management and Budget and a key architect of Trump’s governance philosophy, argues that the expansion of presidential power is necessary to undo decades of liberal influence. He contends that bureaucrats and federal agencies have usurped too much authority from elected officials, and the presidency must be “unshackled” to correct that.

Trump put it more bluntly in his first term when he said, “I have an Article II, where I have the right to do whatever I want as president.”

Warnings Echo from the Founding Era

In a nod to American revolutionary tradition, Trump earlier this year signed a proclamation honoring Patrick Henry’s famed “Give me liberty or give me death” speech. However, he omitted a lesser-known but prescient warning from Henry, issued 13 years later when debating the Constitution’s ratification.

Henry feared that the presidency could become a tool for authoritarianism. “If your American chief, be a man of ambition, and abilities, how easy is it for him to render himself absolute!” Henry warned. His concerns about the potential for executive abuse were echoed by other Founders, even those who supported the Constitution.

James Madison, writing in the Federalist Papers, argued that the Constitution’s design would prevent tyranny by dividing power across institutions and levels of government. “Ambition must be made to counteract ambition,” he wrote. Madison believed this system, bolstered by federalism, would safeguard individual liberty through what he called a “double security.”

Despite the Constitution’s flaws—most egregiously its original accommodation of slavery—the separation of powers functioned relatively well for over two centuries, Pierson and Schickler argue. The diffusion of authority helped prevent any single individual or group from consolidating power.

But the system has weakened in recent decades, as growing polarization and nationalized political identities have eroded the commitment of officeholders to their institutional roles. Instead of defending the prerogatives of Congress, courts, or states, many officials now align themselves primarily with their political party. This shift has reduced the likelihood that members of a president’s party will challenge overreach, enabling figures like Trump to push boundaries further than ever before.

A Fragile System Faces an Uncertain Future

Will Trump’s second term mark a turning point in American constitutional history—one in which presidential power overwhelms the traditional system of checks and balances?

That question is no longer academic. Corey Brettschneider, author of The Presidents and the People, notes that past challenges to civil liberties—from John Adams to Richard Nixon—have often triggered successful public resistance. But even he expresses doubt that such outcomes are guaranteed in today’s polarized climate. “We have these past victories to draw on,” Brettschneider said. “But we shouldn’t be naïve: The system is fragile. We just don’t know if American democracy will survive.”

Yuval Levin remains somewhat more optimistic. He sees the Supreme Court as the last likely counterweight to Trump’s ambitions. While he acknowledges that Congress is unlikely to resist, he believes the Court will ultimately differentiate between a president’s authority over the executive branch and overreach into other branches and civil society.

“So this court will simultaneously strengthen the president’s command of the executive branch,” Levin predicts, “and restrain the president’s attempts to violate the separation of powers.”

Still, even that vision suggests a presidency transformed—and a constitutional system facing a stress test unlike any in modern times.

Women Take the Lead in Philanthropy as Billionaire Boomers Fade Out

The era dominated by billionaire baby boomer men steering global philanthropy is drawing to a close. As icons like Bill Gates and Warren Buffett wind down their historic contributions, a new wave is rising—wealthy women, led by the likes of MacKenzie Scott, are now taking charge of charitable giving. With proposed tax reforms threatening the traditional foundation model, the future of philanthropy is being reshaped by trust-based giving and innovative donation strategies pioneered by these women.

Bill Gates and Warren Buffett once stood as titans of philanthropic giving, often compared to the Rockefellers and Carnegies for their transformational impact. They brought about a new Gilded Age of charity, establishing a model for billionaire benevolence. However, this landscape is undergoing dramatic changes. As liberal institutions face mounting tax pressures and unconventional giving strategies gain ground, a broader and more diverse group of philanthropists is poised to redefine the field.

Earlier in May, Gates revealed his plan to close the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, committing to distribute $200 billion by 2045 and to give away his personal $100 billion fortune in the process. Amir Pasic, dean of the Lilly Family School of Philanthropy at Indiana University, reflected on the ripple effects of Gates’ decision, saying, “There’s an air of anticipation in terms of if and how people are going to follow in his footsteps.”

Simultaneously, Warren Buffett, now 94, is preparing to step away from the helm of Berkshire Hathaway. His Giving Pledge, which inspired 240 billionaires to commit around $600 billion to philanthropic causes, dramatically expanded the culture of elite giving. But with Buffett stepping back, questions arise about the continuity of these commitments and whether future billionaires will uphold the pledge’s intentions in his absence.

Despite these transitions, experts say the philanthropic momentum won’t stop—instead, it may accelerate and become more inclusive. “We’re likely to see more women come out of the shadows,” Pasic predicted, signaling a shift in who holds influence in the charitable sector.

One major force reshaping philanthropy is a proposed change in U.S. tax policy. A recently approved budget reconciliation package includes a 10% tax on foundations with assets exceeding $5 billion. This move could significantly impact large liberal institutions such as those founded by Gates, George Soros, and Mark Zuckerberg.

Kathleen McCarthy, director of the Center on Philanthropy at CUNY, warned that the impact would be uneven. “The reason this is insidious is that it’s going to really hit the big liberal foundations like Gates, Ford, and Soros,” she said. “Whereas the conservative foundations are much smaller and they will pay a much lower rate.”

This shift in taxation is prompting billionaires to reevaluate their giving strategies. “They will start looking at alternative mechanisms once they realize that they’re going to be forced to sunset foundations,” McCarthy explained. “That’s what’s being jeopardized right now.”

One of the most significant alternatives gaining attention is the method used by MacKenzie Scott. Her model of “stealth giving” involves donating large sums directly to nonprofits without imposing restrictions or demanding detailed reports. She simply trusts recipients to make good use of the money.

As traditional foundation-based models come under strain, Scott’s direct and discreet approach is gaining traction. “I think she’s a trendsetter and sort of moral ballast to the way that Gates has been,” noted Bella DeVaan, associate director of the charity reform initiative at the Institute for Policy Studies. “I do see that being not just a trend, but shifting common sense towards trust-based philanthropy.”

Scott’s donations come through her Yield Giving foundation, which has disbursed more than $19.25 billion to 2,450 nonprofits. Her impact has proven that significant giving can be accomplished without elaborate bureaucracies. Experts believe her style will inspire other billionaires to adopt a more streamlined and anonymous model of charity to avoid taxation and bureaucratic hurdles.

DeVaan also anticipates that Melinda French Gates, another philanthropic heavyweight, could lead the way in adopting the philanthropic limited liability company (LLC) model—an alternative to traditional foundations that offers more flexibility and privacy.

A deeper pattern is emerging across the philanthropic landscape: women are no longer just supporting roles in charitable work—they’re becoming the primary drivers. In 2024 alone, more than 200 new billionaires have been minted—an average of four every week—and many of them are women. As more women accumulate wealth and power, their presence in philanthropy is becoming increasingly prominent and may soon define the sector.

When experts are asked who might fill the void left by Gates and Buffett, one name consistently surfaces: MacKenzie Scott. Her unique approach to giving—bypassing traditional vetting and bureaucracy—sets her apart. “This is a woman making a pretty bold statement about how she’s going to give her money away: by trusting the recipients, and not asking for any reporting back,” Pasic observed. “She’s in contrast to the very technocratic way that Bill Gates has approached matters.”

Melinda French Gates also remains a key player. Having played a vital role in the Gates Foundation, she continues to lead independent efforts in global health, gender equality, and family planning. Meanwhile, other philanthropic couples like Mark Zuckerberg and Priscilla Chan are investing heavily in human health innovations.

Though these women may appear to be breaking new ground, their involvement in philanthropy is not without precedent. Historical figures like Madam C.J. Walker—a pioneering African American businesswoman and the first self-made female millionaire—were notable benefactors in their time, even if they received less public recognition.

Now, in 2025, women in the U.S. have greater access to wealth, education, and leadership than ever before. As they rise into top executive positions and assert control over their finances, their influence in philanthropy continues to grow.

“You’ll see women becoming much more prominent mega donors,” McCarthy concluded. “They’re very comfortable handling money. They’re very comfortable doing research, and they’re looking for ways to change the system.”

The torch of philanthropy is being passed to a new generation—one shaped not just by shifting tax codes and policy reforms, but by the quiet revolution of women donors who are reshaping giving on their own terms. The era of Gates and Buffett may be ending, but a new, more inclusive chapter is already being written.

House GOP Pushes Medicaid Overhaul with Work Requirements and Immigration Restrictions

In a sweeping move to reshape Medicaid, House Republicans have advanced legislation that includes several controversial measures aimed at cutting costs and tightening eligibility. The bill, which has managed to unite the often-fractured GOP caucus, employs a mix of strategies such as imposing work requirements on certain adults, limiting provider taxes, increasing eligibility verifications, and slashing federal Medicaid funding to states that offer coverage to undocumented immigrants.

At the heart of the proposal is a requirement for “able-bodied adults” without dependents, up to the age of 64, to meet specific work obligations in order tomaintain their Medicaid coverage. This component of the bill has gained traction across the Republican spectrum, even among those lawmakers who generally oppose broader cuts to Medicaid. It marks a notable shift in the party’s approach, focusing on personal responsibility as a condition for receiving public health assistance.

Although the bill was rushed through the House with little time for additional analysis, it now faces a challenging path in the Senate. The upper chamber is divided, with some senators pushing for even deeper cuts, while others are wary of undermining Medicaid entirely. However, the idea of work requirements has received little resistance even from those concerned about broader funding reductions. This suggests a bipartisan understanding—at least in part—on enforcing stricter eligibility conditions for government-supported health care.

In a late-stage amendment designed to satisfy conservative demands, lawmakers moved up the timeline for these work requirements. Originally slated to begin on January 1, 2029, the new schedule would see implementation start as soon as December 31, 2026. Additionally, the change restricts future presidential administrations from expanding exemptions to these work requirements. This preemptive move limits future executive discretion and locks in the policy’s rigid framework, preventing any future loosening of the rule for vulnerable populations.

States that fail tocomply with the new mandates could face financial penalties in the form of lost Medicaid funding. If a state continues to offer coverage to individuals who cannot demonstrate eligibility under the new rules, it risks forfeiting substantial federal support. This provision is designed to ensure strict adherence, effectively coercing states into compliance through financial pressure.

Despite the significance of the bill, lawmakers moved quickly to approve the amended version, bypassing an updated cost analysis from the Congressional Budget Office (CBO). As a result, the precise fiscal impact of the revised legislation remains uncertain. However, under the original version of the bill, the introduction of work requirements was projected to save the federal government $280 billion over a six-year span. This figure representsnearly three times the amount the CBO had estimated would be saved under an earlier Republican plan.

These substantial projected savings, however, are not the result of increased efficiency or lower administrative costs. Rather, they would largely be achieved by reducing the number of people enrolled in Medicaid. Millions are expected to lose their coverage due to the new barriers introduced by the work requirements and other eligibility restrictions.

The real-world impact of such policies is already somewhat evident. Two states that previously experimented with similar work requirements encounterednumerous problems, most notably administrative red tape. In these cases, many eligible individuals lost coverage simply because of data entry mistakes or failures in processing paperwork. These errors, often bureaucratic rather than intentional, left thousands without access to vital health services.

Experts are now warning that giving states less than two years to implement these new and complex verification systems is likely to result in widespread problems. “Experts predict giving states less than two years to set up complicated verification systems is inviting disaster and will result in many people getting wrongly kicked off Medicaid,” the article notes. Critics argue that the shortened timeline combined with the technical challenges involved will inevitably cause eligible recipients to be mistakenly removed from the rolls.

Supporters of the bill maintain that work requirements will encourage employment and reduce dependency on government programs. But opponents point to the experiences of Arkansas and New Hampshire—two states that piloted work requirement programs—as cautionary tales. In Arkansas, more than 18,000 people lost Medicaid coverage within months due to non-compliance, many because they didn’t understand or weren’t properly notified about the new rules. In New Hampshire, the policy was suspended before it could take full effect amid concerns about its implementation and fairness.

The bill also includes a freeze on provider taxes, a source of revenue that some states use to fund their share of Medicaid costs. By freezing these taxes, the federal government aims to prevent states from using them to draw down more federal dollars than intended. This measure, while technical, is part of the broader effort to rein in federal spending on the program.

Additionally, the bill targets states that offer Medicaid benefits to undocumented immigrants, proposing to cut federal funding for those jurisdictions. This aligns with broader Republican efforts to tighten immigration policies and ensure that federal resources are directed solely toward legal residents and citizens.

While the House vote represents a major step forward for Republican priorities on health care reform, the bill’s future remains uncertain. Senate negotiations are expected to be contentious, especially as moderate Republicans and Democrats push back against the more drastic provisions. Still, the inclusion of work requirements has emerged as a relatively unifying concept, one that may serve as a starting point for any eventual compromise.

In summary, the legislation passed by the House represents a bold effort by Republicans to reshape Medicaid by imposing stricter eligibility standards and reducing federal expenditures. Although pitched as a cost-saving initiative, the plan’s success hinges on excluding millions from coverage. The rush to legislate before a full CBO analysis and the shortened implementation timeline raise concerns among experts and advocates alike about the feasibility and fairness of the proposed changes.

As the debate moves to the Senate, the central question will be whether these changes can gain enough support without significantly undermining the basic function of Medicaid—to provide health coverage for those most in need.

House Republicans Revise Tax and Spending Bill to Secure Passage

In a last-ditch effort to unify their ranks, House Republican leaders have made substantial revisions to a broad tax and spending bill. These changes, aimed at appeasing both conservative and moderate factions within the GOP, target key issues such as the state and local tax (SALT) deduction cap, Medicaid reforms, energy tax credits, gender-affirming care, and federal retirement benefits. The updates are part of a manager’s amendment designed to secure enough votes to bring the legislation to the House floor for a vote.

One of the most notable updates involves the timeline for Medicaid work requirements. Originally, the House version of what Republicans dubbed Trump’s “big, beautiful bill” had scheduled these requirements to begin in early 2029. However, under pressure from fiscal conservatives eager to cut spending, the implementation date has been significantly accelerated. Now, the new provisions stipulate that the work requirements must be in place no later than the end of 2025. This push aligns with conservative efforts to discourage Medicaid expansion and tighten eligibility criteria.

Another major change is in the SALT deduction cap, a contentious issue for GOP moderates representing high-tax states. Initially, the legislation proposed raising the cap from $10,000 to $30,000 for households earning up to $400,000. The revised version expands that relief further, increasing the cap to $40,000 for individuals earning up to $500,000. This move came in response to intense pressure from moderate Republicans, who warned that they might oppose the bill unless it provided greater tax relief to their constituents. The SALT deduction, which allows residents to subtract certain state and local taxes from their federal tax obligations, is especially valuable in Democratic-leaning states with higher tax rates.

Energy policy also saw significant adjustments. The updated bill accelerates the phase-out of green energy tax credits, a demand from conservative hardliners who felt the previous timeline was too lenient. The original version allowed projects to begin receiving partial credits through 2032, provided they began producing electricity after 2028. The new versioneliminates these partial credits altogether. Now, any project that starts generating electricity after 2028 will be ineligible for the credits. Moreover, to qualify, projects must commence construction within 60 days of the bill becoming law.

Despite the tougher rules, the revised legislation includes a carve-out for nuclear power. Under this exception, nuclear projects only need to start construction — not electricity production — by the end of 2028 in order to qualify for the credit. This distinction reflects growing Republican interest in promoting nuclear energy as a reliable and non-carbon source of power.

On the issue of gender-affirming care, the changes reflect a broader ideological shift. The original bill sought to block Medicaid funding for gender transition procedures for minors. The updated version takes that a step further by extending the ban to adults as well. This amendment underscores the increasing GOP efforts to limit government support for gender-affirming healthcare across all age groups.

Another symbolic but politically charged change is the renaming of “MAGA accounts” — an acronym for “Money Accounts for Growth and Advancement.” These savings accounts, proposed as a tool to promote education, will now be officially called “Trump accounts.” The proposal includes a provision for the federal government to deposit $1,000 into these accounts for each child born between January 1, 2025, and December 31, 2028. The rebranding aligns the bill more closely with the president’s identity and could help rally support from his base.

Environmental and public lands provisions were also revised. In response to backlash, Republicans removed a controversial amendment that would have allowed certain public lands in Utah and Nevada to be sold. In addition, the updated text deletes requirements for expanded oil drilling in Alaska’s National Petroleum Reserve and eliminates the mandate for a mining road in the state. These changes came after concerns were raised about environmental impacts and the rushed nature of those original additions.

In another key revision, the bill drops a proposal targeting retirement benefits for federal workers — a move that had drawn criticism from both sides of the aisle. Initially, the legislation suggested calculating federal pensions based on a worker’s highest five years of earnings, rather than the top three, which is the current law. This would have effectively reduced retirement payouts for many government employees.

Rep. Mike Turner, a Republican from Ohio, vocally opposed this part of the bill. “Making changes to pensions and retirement benefits in the middle of someone’s employment is wrong,” Turner said in a quote obtained by GovExec. “Changing the rules, especially when someone has already been vested in their benefits, is wrong. Employee benefits are not a gift, they’re earned.”

He continued, “I understand the need for reform, and we can certainly have changes occur for the benefits of new hires, but for current employees, to change the rules for people in the middle of the game is just wrong.”

This criticism helped galvanize support for removing the provision. Turner’s comments reflect a broader concern among federal employees and lawmakers who feared the change would undermine the government’s credibility as an employer.

Taken together, the amendments reveal a concerted effort by House GOP leadership to balance competing interests within their caucus. By addressing concerns from both moderates and conservatives, they aim to prevent defections and ensure the bill’s survival. The revised legislation now reflects a more aggressive timeline for cost savings, additional tax relief for higher earners in blue states, sharper restrictions on gender-affirming care, a stronger alignment with Trump branding, and more cautious environmental provisions.

These last-minute updates underscore the high stakes of the legislative battle, as Republican leaders seek to deliver a policy victory that aligns with both their fiscal priorities and their political base. With these changes in place, they hope to move the bill swiftly through the House — though its fate in the Senate remains uncertain.

Trump’s Approval Rating Drops to Second-Term Low in New Reuters/Ipsos Poll

President Donald Trump’s approval rating has dropped to one of its lowest points in his second term, according to a new Reuters and Ipsos poll released on Tuesday. This marks a significant shift in public sentiment, as Trump has frequently pointed to strong poll numbers during his presidency to bolster his political standing.

Since his inauguration in January, the polling group has consistently tracked Trump’s approval ratings. These numbers serve as a barometer of public perception and are often cited by the president at campaign rallies and press events. Trump has routinely highlighted favorable polling data throughout his political career to showcase his popularity and leadership.

The importance of these numbers goes beyond mere perception. Falling approval ratings can impact a president’s influence, especially in a deeply divided political climate. Trump, who returned to the White House in January with relatively strong approval, has seen those numbers erode amid controversial policy decisions. One significant factor was his announcement of sweeping tariffs, which drew criticism and may have contributed to the decline in support. Though Trump later announced a 90-day delay on the majority of the tariffs, the initial backlash appears to have left a mark on public opinion.

A continued dip in approval could potentially weaken Trump’s political leverage and reduce the Republican Party’s prospects in the 2026 midterm elections. In a political landscape already marked by division and intense scrutiny, approval ratings remain a crucial indicator of electoral momentum.

The Reuters and Ipsos poll, conducted between May 16 and May 18 among 1,024 U.S. adults, found that Trump’s approval rating now stands at 42 percent. This is the same level he reached in earlier polls from April 21 and April 27. Just one week ago, the same polling group had him at 44 percent. The margin of error for this latest survey is plus or minus 3 percent.

When it comes to specific issues, the numbers tell a more nuanced story. The president’s approval rating on the economy sits at 39 percent, while 53 percent of respondents expressed disapproval. On employment and jobs, Trump received a 41 percent approval rating compared to a 49 percent disapproval rate. These figures suggest that concerns about the economy and job market may be driving some of the negative sentiment among voters.

However, not all polls show the same trend. A separate survey conducted by InsiderAdvantage between May 17 and May 19 among 1,000 likely voters painted a more optimistic picture for Trump. That poll found that 55 percent approved of the job he is doing, while 44 percent disapproved. With a similar margin of error of 3 percent, the InsiderAdvantage poll indicates a net approval rating of 11 points. This marks a significant improvement from early May, when the same polling organization found Trump’s net approval rating at just 2 points, with 46 percent approval and 44 percent disapproval.

The uptick in the InsiderAdvantage numbers may be tied to Trump’s recent trip to the Middle East, which appeared to boost his standing among voters. Such trips often allow presidents to demonstrate leadership on the global stage, which can translate into short-term approval boosts.

Political analyst Craig Agranoff commented on the fluctuating numbers in a text message to Newsweek on Tuesday. He said, “His approval rating dipping to 42% in the latest Reuters/Ipsos poll signals a troubling trend for his administration, particularly as it aligns with growing public unease over economic policies like tariffs and concerns about governance amid understaffed agencies.”

Agranoff continued, “Given the consistent downward trajectory we’ve seen in recent polls, with disapproval climbing to around 51%, this negative trend could persist unless there’s a significant policy win or shift in public perception. A president typically becomes concerned with low approval ratings when they fall below 40% for a sustained period, as this erodes political capital, weakens legislative leverage, and risks alienating key voter groups; especially independents and moderates, who have shown notable disapproval in recent data.”

He concluded by saying, “For Trump, the challenge will be addressing these economic and credibility concerns swiftly to reverse the slide.”

On social media, the response to the poll numbers has also been swift and pointed. The account Republicans Against Trump posted on X, formerly known as Twitter, “NEW: Donald Trump’s approval rating drops to 42%, per Reuters/Ipsos poll, down two points since early May. Still way too high.”

Despite the varying results between different polls, the trajectory of Trump’s approval ratings remains a focal point for both political allies and critics. These numbers are reported regularly across a range of media outlets and pollsters, giving the public and political analysts alike a window into the president’s current standing.

Ultimately, polling data serves as both a reflection of and influence on the political landscape. While approval ratings can shift quickly in response to national or global events, sustained downward trends are often more telling. For President Trump, managing these numbers may prove essential not only to his current influence but also to his party’s fortunes in the next major election cycle. Whether the decline in the Reuters/Ipsos poll signals a lasting issue or a temporary dip remains to be seen. But the stakes, both political and legislative, are high.

As new polling continues to emerge, Trump’s team will likely watch the results closely and consider strategic adjustments. Whether through policy changes, messaging shifts, or public appearances aimed at boosting confidence, the pressure is on to regain ground before the midterm campaigns ramp up. Until then, the conversation surrounding Trump’s approval rating is unlikely to fade from the national spotlight.

House Republicans Clear Key Hurdle for Trump’s Legislative Agenda Amid Internal Tensions

Republican leaders scored a significant procedural victory late Sunday night when the House Budget Committee narrowly voted to advance President Donald Trump’s sweeping legislative package, dubbed the One Big Beautiful Bill Act. This bill, which extends Trump-era tax cuts, boosts border funding, and reforms safety-net programs like Medicaid and food assistance, managed to clear the committee in a 17-16 vote — a crucial step toward broader passage.

The unusual timing of the vote, which began after 10 p.m. EDT, reflected the high-stakes negotiations among Republicans and the pressure to reach an agreement. The breakthrough came after four GOP lawmakers — Reps. Ralph Norman of South Carolina, Chip Roy of Texas, Andrew Clyde of Georgia, and Josh Brecheen of Oklahoma — who had previously blocked the bill on Friday, agreed to vote “present,” allowing the legislation to advance.

Their shift was attributed to progress made on two key conservative demands: moving up the implementation date for new Medicaid work requirements and accelerating the phase-out of green energy incentives. Roy confirmed this development, stating that changes were underway to address some of the group’s concerns.

In a reflection of the vote’s importance, high-ranking officials including Speaker Mike Johnson and White House Legislative Affairs Director James Braid were spotted near the hearing room during the late-night session. Johnson celebrated the moment, calling it “a big win tonight.”

“There’s a lot more work to do; we’ve always acknowledged that towards the end there will be more details to iron out. We have several more to take care of,” Johnson said. “But I’m looking forward to very thoughtful discussions, very productive discussions over the next few days, and I am absolutely convinced we’re going to get this in final form and pass it in accordance with our original deadline, and that was to do it before Memorial Day.”

The Speaker added, “So this will be a victory out of committee tonight. Everybody will make a vote that allows us to proceed, and that was my big request tonight.”

With the bill now out of the Budget Committee, it heads to the House Rules Committee. That panel will consider final tweaks to the package to reflect additional compromises between conservative deficit hawks and moderates from high-tax states, many of whom are focused on raising the state and local tax (SALT) deduction cap.

Although leadership was celebrating the advancement, conservative members emphasized that the bill is still a work in progress. Roy noted that his vote was more of a strategic move than an endorsement.

He stated, “Out of respect for the Republican Conference and the President,” he had voted present, but cautioned that the bill “does not yet meet the moment.” According to Roy, the modified measure does “move Medicaid work requirements forward and reduces the availability of future subsidies under the green new scam.” Still, he remained critical of elements in the legislation, particularly provisions related to green energy tax credits and Medicaid.

In a statement on social platform X, Roy wrote, “This all ultimately increases the likelihood of continuing deficits and non-Obamacare-expansion states like Texas expanding in the future. We can and must do better before we pass the final product.” His remarks suggested he wants more aggressive reforms, such as reining in the provider tax mechanism that states use to obtain increased federal Medicaid funding.

Norman echoed similar sentiments, suggesting that although some progress had been made, more revisions are needed. “We had some great changes, got a lot more work to do. We’re excited about what we did. We wanted to move the bill forward, and it went like I thought,” Norman said.

He also emphasized the broader fiscal concerns that are motivating conservative Republicans. “We’ve been downgraded three times, we have problems with the money in this country, the debt, the FMAPs gotta be dealt with,” Norman said, referencing the Federal Medical Assistance Percentages (FMAP), the federal share of Medicaid costs.

Despite the committee advancement, Roy — who is also a member of the Rules Committee — would not commit to supporting the bill in the next round of voting. When asked whether Trump had reached out to him following the president’s Friday call for Republicans to “STOP TALKING, AND GET IT DONE!” Roy declined to respond.

The initial rejection of the bill by these four conservatives stemmed from the belief that its cost-saving measures were insufficient. Their objections focused on delays in implementing new Medicaid work requirements for able-bodied adults and the slow elimination of green energy incentives. They feared that because the projected savings are back-loaded over a ten-year period, the full financial benefits may never materialize.

On the other side of the Republican spectrum, moderates representing districts in high-tax states are pushing for a much larger increase in the SALT deduction cap. The current version of the bill proposes a $30,000 cap — triple the current limit — but moderates insist that it still falls short of what’s needed to secure their support. Accommodating these demands will necessitate additional adjustments elsewhere in the bill to keep it fiscally viable.

For now, the changes already made were enough to satisfy the holdouts temporarily, at least to allow the legislative process to continue. Norman acknowledged this by stating, “In an effort to move this bill forward, and I’m excited about the changes we’ve made, I vote present.”

Democrats on the committee expressed frustration and skepticism about these last-minute compromises and the lack of transparency. As the vote proceeded, some could be heard asking, “What changes?” Ranking member Brendan Boyle of Pennsylvania raised concerns about the undisclosed “side deals” being negotiated behind closed doors. He argued that lawmakers and the public alike deserve to know what changes are being considered and who is making them.

Boyle’s remarks highlighted the Democratic view that the legislative process is becoming increasingly opaque, especially when major overhauls to social safety-net programs are being crafted without public scrutiny or committee debate.

Even as the bill advances, the path ahead is uncertain. The Republican Party remains divided between conservatives who want more drastic reforms and moderates seeking protections for their constituents. The coming days will involve intricate negotiations and political maneuvering to reconcile these opposing demands and deliver a final product that satisfies enough lawmakers to pass the full House.

With Memorial Day looming as the target deadline, Republican leaders must navigate internal divisions, broker further deals, and maintain momentum to push the bill through Congress — a challenging task, even with Trump’s vocal support.

In sum, while the advancement of the One Big Beautiful Bill Act represents a procedural success for GOP leadership, it also exposes deep rifts within the Republican ranks that will need to be bridged in the coming weeks.

GOP Budget Bill Raises Alarms with Provision Undermining Court Contempt Powers

Buried within the vast pages of a multi-trillion-dollar budget proposal currently advancing through the Republican-led U.S. House of Representatives lies a brief but powerful clause that could significantly limit the judiciary’s ability to compel government compliance through contempt rulings. This paragraph would weaken one of the courts’ key enforcement tools—contempt findings—against the federal government.

Although the fate of the bill remains uncertain—it recently failed a committee vote and may face opposition in both the full House and the Senate—the inclusion of this provision reveals growing anxiety among lawmakers over judicial authority as conflicts between courts and the Trump administration intensify.

Tensions reached a new high on Friday when Republican President Donald Trump lashed out at the U.S. Supreme Court after it blocked his administration from resuming swift deportations under an old wartime statute. Posting on Truth Social, Trump declared, “THE SUPREME COURT WON’T ALLOW US TO GET CRIMINALS OUT OF OUR COUNTRY!”

Escalating Conflict with Lower Courts

The most contentious legal battles have emerged in the lower federal courts. One judge found that Trump administration officials may be subject to contempt after defying an order to halt deportation flights authorized under the Alien Enemies Act of 1798. In another case, the administration ignored a ruling—upheld by the Supreme Court—to “facilitate” the return of a man wrongly deported to El Salvador.

There have been other incidents where the government proceeded with deportations despite judicial orders or failed to comply with judicial instructions. Dan Bongino, now serving as Trump’s deputy director of the FBI, fueled the defiance on his radio show in February when he encouraged Trump to ignore court directives. “Who’s going to arrest him? The marshals?” he asked rhetorically, before adding, “You guys know who the U.S. Marshals work for? Department of Justice.”

Administration Testing Boundaries

Despite heated rhetoric, the Trump administration has largely complied with most court rulings—especially those tied to his executive orders. Trump himself has often insisted he will follow court decisions, even as he publicly criticizes judges who oppose his policies.

Still, legal scholars note the unusually aggressive tone of the administration’s pushback. “It seems to me they are walking as close to the line as they can, and even stepping over it, in an effort to see how much they can get away with,” said Steve Vladeck, a Georgetown University law professor. “It’s what you would expect from a very clever and mischievous child.”

Mike Davis, leader of the Article III Project advocating pro-Trump judicial appointments, believes the courts’ resistance will ultimately strengthen Trump’s hand. “The more they do this, the more it’s going to anger the American people, and the chief justice is going to follow the politics on this like he always does,” Davis said.

Supreme Court Showdown and Judicial Skepticism

These tensions were on full display during an unusual Supreme Court session the day before the deportation ruling. Trump’s legal team sought to limit lower courts’ power to issue sweeping nationwide injunctions, a tactic not unique to his presidency but one that has increasingly drawn criticism. Several justices have previously questioned the frequency and scope of such injunctions.

During the session, Justice Amy Coney Barrett challenged Solicitor General D. John Sauer on whether the administration would obey an unfavorable ruling from an appeals court. “Really?” Barrett asked, highlighting the court’s concern. Sauer replied that it was standard policy at the Department of Justice to respect such rulings and assured the justices that the administration would comply.

Mounting Judicial Concerns

Some members of the judiciary have grown more vocal about the administration’s attitude toward the courts. Justices Sonia Sotomayor and Ketanji Brown-Jackson have cautioned against ignoring court orders or threatening judges. Meanwhile, Chief Justice John Roberts publicly criticized Trump’s attempt to impeach Judge James E. Boasberg, who found probable cause of contempt after the administration defied a deportation-related ruling.

Even after the Supreme Court upheld a lower court’s order requiring the return of Kilmar Abrego Garcia to the U.S., the official White House account posted on X: “he’s NOT coming back.” Legal experts suggest this defiance could potentially lead to contempt charges.

U.S. District Judge Paula Xinis has accused the administration of acting in “bad faith” as she continues to demand updates on its efforts to comply with her ruling. While contempt proceedings against the government tend to unfold slowly and are often resolved before penalties are imposed, this case could test the limits of that tradition.

Understanding Contempt of Court

Contempt of court applies when a party disobeys a judicial order. Sanctions can include fines, civil penalties, or, in extreme cases, criminal prosecution and imprisonment. The budget provision put forth by House Republicans would significantly restrict contempt enforcement in cases involving injunctions or temporary restraining orders—the very tools used most frequently to curb Trump’s executive actions—unless plaintiffs have first posted a bond. This is uncommon in lawsuits against the government.

Yale law professor Nick Parrillo, in an in-depth review, found only 67 instances of contempt rulings being upheld against the federal government, out of over 650 cases where contempt was considered. Most were overturned by appellate courts. Still, higher courts have repeatedly signaled that a future case might withstand appeals.

David Noll, a professor at Rutgers Law School, noted, “The courts, for their part, don’t want to find out how far their authority goes, and the executive doesn’t really want to undermine the legal order because the economy and their ability to just get stuff done depends on the law.”

Exploring Uncharted Legal Territory

Some legal analysts are now questioning whether courts could appoint independent prosecutors to pursue contempt or if they’d be forced to rely on the Department of Justice, which may be reluctant to act. They also wonder whether U.S. marshals would actually arrest individuals found in contempt.

“If you get to the point of asking the marshals to arrest a contemnor, it’s truly uncharted territory,” Noll said.

There remains another avenue courts can use—civil contempt—which often leads to fines. According to Justin Levitt, a former Obama administration official now advising President Biden, civil contempt may be more effective because it bypasses the Justice Department and cannot be nullified by a presidential pardon.

“Should the courts want, they have the tools to make individuals who plan on defying the courts miserable,” Levitt said, adding that government lawyers and those executing illegal orders would face the most risk.

Beyond contempt, courts possess other ways to exert pressure. Judges can reduce the Justice Department’s credibility in future cases, potentially making it harder for the government to win. Friday’s Supreme Court order showed some justices were skeptical of the administration’s claims regarding deportations.

Furthermore, public opinion appears strongly opposed to defying court rulings. A recent Pew Research Center poll found that roughly 80 percent of Americans believe the federal government must comply with a court ruling declaring a Trump policy illegal.

Ultimately, the broader picture may be less dire than a few dramatic immigration cases suggest, according to Vladeck. “In the majority of these cases, the courts are successfully restraining the executive branch and the executive branch is abiding by their rulings,” he said.

House Fiscal Hawks Stall Trump’s Legislative Mega-Bill in Budget Committee Setback

In a surprising turn of events, fiscal conservatives on the House Budget Committee blocked a key vote Friday on the “One Big Beautiful Bill Act,” a sweeping legislative package central to President Donald Trump’s agenda. The 16-21 vote marked a significant setback for Republican leadership, who had hoped to advance the bill to the Senate by Memorial Day. The defeat highlighted growing divisions within the GOP as lawmakers grapple with balancing demands from both fiscal hawks and moderates.

The bill, referred to as OBBB, encountered resistance from five Republican members—Reps. Chip Roy of Texas, Ralph Norman of South Carolina, Josh Brecheen of Oklahoma, Andrew Clyde of Georgia, and Lloyd Smucker of Pennsylvania. With Republicans only able to afford losing two votes to move the bill forward, Smucker’s switch from yes to no sealed its temporary collapse. His change, however, was a tactical move.

“To be clear—I fully support the One Big Beautiful Bill (OBBB). My vote today in the Budget Committee is a procedural requirement to preserve the committee’s opportunity to reconsider the motion to advance OBBB,” Smucker explained in a post on X.

House Budget Committee Chairman Jodey Arrington of Texas called a recess following the failed vote and told committee members not to expect a return Friday. “Go home,” he instructed them, adding he would notify them if a resumption would take place early Monday.

Smucker, offering further clarification, stated that despite unresolved concerns, the committee decided to proceed with the vote because negotiations were making progress. “There were continued, ongoing discussions and we were very close to having a yes,” he said. Smucker remained optimistic, expressing hope for a resolution by Monday. “We’re working through some remaining issues here, there are just a few outstanding issues I think everyone will get to yes, and we’re going to resolve this as quick as we can and hopefully have a vote, ideally on Monday, and we can advance this bill.”

Later in the day, sources informed The Hill that the committee would reconvene Sunday night at 10 p.m., signaling urgency to push the legislation forward.

Throughout the committee markup, negotiations were underway in a nearby room involving House Majority Leader Steve Scalise of Louisiana. Despite these efforts, leadership was unable to win over the dissenting members. Roy, one of the Republicans who voted against the bill, criticized its fiscal shortcomings. “This bill falls profoundly short. It does not do what we say it does with respect to deficits,” he said during the markup.

Norman echoed Roy’s sentiment, voicing his dissatisfaction with the measure. “Sadly, I’m a hard no until we get this ironed out,” he declared, calling the bill’s current state “very disappointing.”

The OBBB package merges several major components of Trump’s legislative platform. It extends the tax cuts from his 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, implements entitlement reform, and slashes food assistance programs—measures that Republicans claim will save at least $1.5 trillion over ten years. These changes include tightened work requirements for Medicaid targeting “able-bodied” adults, which are expected to cause millions to lose coverage, the repeal of green energy tax credits enacted by Democrats in 2022, and for the first time, requiring states to help fund food assistance programs.

Although House committees had completed detailed markups on these sections earlier in the week, final negotiations were still underway. Moderate Republicans were pushing for an increase in the state and local tax (SALT) deduction cap, which was currently set at $30,000 in the draft. Fiscal conservatives, in contrast, wanted corresponding spending cuts to offset any tax relief expansion.

To satisfy the hawks, conservatives proposed several adjustments, including speeding up the implementation of the new Medicaid work requirements and advancing the timeline to eliminate green energy subsidies. Additionally, they proposed reducing the federal Medicaid match rate for populations covered under the Affordable Care Act’s expansion—changes likely to alienate moderates.

Norman insisted on firm commitments before backing the bill. “It’s a sticking point because it’s huge money,” he said. “I’m tired of smoke and mirrors.”

Scalise confirmed that Republicans were coordinating closely with the Trump administration on timing-related provisions of the package, which emerged as a major point of contention. “What they want to see is progress and get answers on some of the questions and expedite the timelines,” Scalise said. He emphasized the shared GOP goals: “We’re all in agreement on the reforms we want to make. We want to have work requirements, we want to phase out a lot of these green subsidies.”

Scalise added that some delays were unavoidable. “How quickly can you get it done? And it’s not as quick as saying you just turn it off tomorrow,” he explained. “Some things the administration does have to actually create a process to implement it, and we want to make sure that the Trump administration has the time they need while pushing it as fast as possible. So those are the conversations we’re having and we’re making a lot of progress.”

The stakes were underscored by the unexpected arrival of Rep. Brandon Gill of Texas at the markup, despite recently welcoming his second child. “I’m here to support the president’s agenda,” Gill told reporters as he entered the hearing.

Amid the tense negotiations, Trump directly intervened via his platform, Truth Social, urging Republicans to stop stalling and unite behind the bill. “We don’t need ‘GRANDSTANDERS’ in the Republican Party. STOP TALKING, AND GET IT DONE!” he wrote.

The post was clearly aimed at the dissenting members, though it didn’t sway Norman. When asked about Trump’s remarks, Norman responded, “I don’t need to grandstand. This is: how do you disagree with the agenda he laid out? He’s a smart guy, and he’s got so many good things [in the bill]. All we’re asking is [for] a little compromise somewhere.” He continued, “Let’s not give the farm. It’s not right. It’s not right.”

Despite the initial blow, Republican leaders are expected to continue pushing for a resolution by early next week. As negotiations continue, both sides within the GOP remain firm in their positions—fiscal hawks demanding deeper savings and accelerated reforms, and moderates seeking relief for high-tax states. The outcome will determine whether Trump’s sprawling legislative agenda can gain the traction needed to advance to the Senate and potentially reshape key federal programs.

Trump Faces Declining Public Support on Immigration Amid Shifting Voter Sentiments

Immigration, a defining pillar of Donald Trump’s 2024 presidential campaign and a topic on which he previously enjoyed strong public support, is now emerging as a point of vulnerability. Recent polling data reveals a noticeable dip in Trump’s approval ratings on immigration, signaling possible dissatisfaction with his approach among voters and highlighting evolving public attitudes.

A new Morning Consult survey, conducted from May 9 to 11 among 2,221 registered voters, indicates that Trump’s approval on immigration has dropped to the lowest level since he began his second term. According to the poll, 51 percent of respondents approved of his immigration stance, while 44 percent expressed disapproval. Notably, enthusiasm for mass deportations as a top policy priority has waned, with only 35 percent in favor.

This shift comes as additional surveys reveal growing disapproval of Trump’s hardline immigration policies, which include widespread deportations and a reduction in legal immigration opportunities. A Fox News poll conducted in April found Trump with a negative approval rating on immigration for the first time: 47 percent approved of his performance, while 48 percent disapproved. However, Trump still received better marks for his handling of the border, where 55 percent expressed approval.

Similarly, the most recent AP-NORC poll, carried out between May 1 and 5 among 1,175 adults, reported that 49 percent approved of Trump’s immigration policies, while 51 percent disapproved. This showed a slight improvement from April, when the approval rating stood at 46 percent and disapproval at 53 percent.

Another survey, conducted in April by Atlas Intel, showed a net approval rating of minus 6 points for Trump on immigration. In that poll, 52 percent rated his performance as “terrible” or “very poor,” compared to 46 percent who said it was “excellent” or “good.” This marked a notable drop from March, when 51 percent viewed Trump’s immigration policies positively and only 43 percent negatively.

This decline in approval is occurring against a backdrop of increased legal scrutiny and mounting criticism over Trump’s deportation agenda. One case drawing particular attention is that of Kilmar Abrego Garcia, who was deported from Maryland. The Department of Justice referred to his removal as an “administrative error.” Although Trump’s administration identified Garcia as a member of MS-13, a gang now classified as a terrorist organization, Garcia’s legal team and family deny any such affiliation.

Trump’s current immigration plan calls for the deportation of millions of undocumented individuals through expanded operations by Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) and involvement of the National Guard. His strategy involves reviving and intensifying first-term policies, constructing large detention centers, and accelerating deportations by limiting judicial review.

What stands out about the current enforcement is that it targets undocumented immigrants without criminal records. During Trump’s first 50 days back in office, ICE arrested over 32,000 people, nearly half of whom had no prior criminal record. A report by El País also revealed that by mid-February 2025, over 40 percent of deportees had no criminal background.

Public support for deportation of non-criminal undocumented immigrants appears weak. A Pew Research Center survey found that while a slim majority—51 percent—of Americans support the deportation of at least some undocumented individuals, only around one-third support mass deportation. Notably, there is overwhelming support for removing violent criminals, but approval sharply declines when it comes to deporting individuals married to U.S. citizens or those brought to the country as children.

Trump’s declining approval on immigration mirrors broader polling trends showing a general downturn in public support since the start of his second term, even though he entered it with record-high approval levels. According to Morning Consult, Trump’s overall approval rating dropped one point since April to 45 percent, while 52 percent disapproved of his performance.

Echelon Insights also documented a one-point drop in Trump’s approval between April and May, falling to 46 percent, with disapproval climbing to 52 percent. Similarly, Big Data Poll found that Trump’s approval now stands at 48 percent, down from 56 percent in January. Meanwhile, disapproval has risen to 47 percent, compared to just 37 percent in January.

Nonetheless, some recent surveys indicate a slight rebound in Trump’s approval. Newsweek’s approval tracker currently shows Trump at 46 percent approval with 50 percent disapproval. This marks a marginal improvement over the previous week, when he had a 45 percent approval rating and disapproval was firmly in the 50s.

A compilation of various polls paints a mixed picture:

Rasmussen (May 12): 52% approve, 46% disapprove

Morning Consult (May 9-11): 46% approve, 52% disapprove

Echelon Insights (May 8-12): 46% approve, 52% disapprove

YouGov (May 6-8): 42% approve, 50% disapprove

Quantus (May 5-7): 48% approve, 48% disapprove

Big Data Poll (May 3-5): 48% approve, 47% disapprove

YouGov/Economist (May 2-5): 42% approve, 52% disapprove

AP-NORC (May 1-5): 41% approve, 57% disapprove

RMG Research (April 30-May 8): 49% approve, 49% disapprove

TIPP Insights (April 30-May 2): 42% approve, 47% disapprove

While these polls show Trump’s approval rating holding relatively steady, they also reveal a subtle but consistent uptick in disapproval. For instance, the YouGov poll conducted from May 6 to 8 among 1,143 adults showed a 42 percent approval rate—unchanged from previous polling—while disapproval rose by 2 points to 50 percent. A similar pattern was seen in the Quantus Insights poll, conducted between May 5 and 7.

Comparing Trump’s current ratings with those from his first term provides additional perspective. On May 13, 2017, RealClearPolitics recorded Trump’s approval at 42 percent and disapproval at 53 percent, a net rating of minus 11 points. This suggests Trump is marginally less popular now than he was at the same point during his first term.

In comparison to Joe Biden, Trump’s current approval rating also falls short. On May 13, 2021, Biden enjoyed a 54 percent approval rating, with 42 percent disapproving, according to RealClearPolitics.

Even though Trump began his second term with his highest approval rating to date, Gallup’s initial poll for the term—conducted between January 21 and 27—showed him as the least popular incoming president since 1953, and the only one to start with an approval rating below 50 percent. Gallup noted that Biden started his presidency with a 57 percent approval rating.

Historical data from Gallup, analyzed by The American Presidency Project, underscores Trump’s low standing compared to previous presidents at the 100-day mark. Dwight Eisenhower held a 73 percent approval rating at that point. Other presidents also fared better: John F. Kennedy had 83 percent, Richard Nixon 62 percent, Jimmy Carter 63 percent, Ronald Reagan 68 percent, George H.W. Bush 56 percent, Bill Clinton 55 percent, George W. Bush 62 percent, and Barack Obama 65 percent.

Looking ahead, Trump’s approval ratings may fluctuate depending on several critical developments, such as the outcome of the Russia-Ukraine war, changing dynamics in international trade, and increasing economic uncertainty linked to potential recession fears.

GOP’s Tax Bill Sparks Internal Rift as House Moderates Clash Over SALT Cap and Trump Priorities

The House Ways and Means Committee on Monday unveiled a more comprehensive version of its section of the Republicans’ extensive legislative package, dominated by priorities associated with President Donald Trump. This 389-page document sets the stage for an intense debate over the tax provisions embedded in the sweeping bill, which serves as the GOP’s legislative centerpiece.

Among the bill’s most anticipated components is the revision of the state and local tax (SALT) deduction cap. The measure proposes raising the cap from $10,000 to $30,000 for both single and joint filers. However, this increased threshold would begin to phase out for higher income levels. Notably, this proposal falls short of the levels that some key stakeholders had earlier recommended.

Just prior to the bill’s release, a group of moderate Republicans representing high-tax blue states proposed that the SALT deduction cap should be elevated to $62,000 for single filers and $124,000 for joint filers. These lawmakers had rejected an earlier offer to raise the cap to $30,000, making it clear that they considered the figure insufficient.

These moderates were quick to voice their dissatisfaction with the latest proposal. Rep. Nick LaLota (R-N.Y.), a vocal advocate for increasing the SALT cap, made his stance clear, stating, “Still a hell no.”

The SALT deduction cap, originally implemented as part of the 2017 Trump tax cuts, remains one of the most divisive issues in the broader tax reform debate. Republicans from states like New York, New Jersey, and California have been campaigning to raise the cap, while fiscal conservatives, often referred to as deficit hawks, have strongly opposed such changes.

The full text of the legislation had been eagerly awaited since Friday night, when a partial version of the bill was made public. With the committee set to debate and potentially advance the bill during a meeting scheduled for Tuesday at 2:30 p.m. EDT — a session expected to extend into the night — all eyes are now on how the internal disputes will play out.

In addition to modifying the SALT deduction, the legislation includes several other tax-related initiatives that were part of Trump’s campaign promises. These include eliminating taxes on tips and overtime income — though these changes would sunset at the end of 2028 — and offering a temporary exemption on interest payments for car loans, subject to specific conditions.

Another major feature of the bill is the permanent extension of the 2017 income tax rate reductions. The tax rates defined in that law include marginal rates of 10 percent, 12 percent, 22 percent, 24 percent, 32 percent, 35 percent, and 37 percent.

Although some lawmakers had discussed letting the top tax rate expire — which would have caused the highest income bracket to revert to 39.6 percent — this provision was ultimately excluded from the bill. Conservative tax advocacy groups had strongly opposed any such increase, even though Trump reportedly considered it earlier in the week. According to sources, he lobbied against the rate hike in private discussions. Nevertheless, he offered a more ambiguous public stance. In a Truth Social post Friday morning, Trump said he would be “OKAY if they do” increase taxes on the wealthy, though he expressed reservations due to potential political consequences.

As the legislation takes shape, House Speaker Mike Johnson (R-La.) is determined to keep the process moving according to schedule. Johnson aims to pass the full legislative package by Memorial Day and appeared confident when asked about the deadline, saying, “Yes, I think we’re going to meet it.”

Meanwhile, Trump has taken to social media to urge GOP lawmakers to support the bill. On Monday morning, he posted on Truth Social, calling on Republicans to “UNIFY” behind the committee chairmen overseeing the markup process and described the legislation as “GREAT.” He concluded with, “We have no alternative, WE MUST WIN!”

The legislation also proposes increasing the deduction for pass-through businesses from 20 percent to 23 percent. These businesses include sole proprietorships, partnerships, S-corporations, and LLCs, which are typically taxed at the individual income level. Most American businesses fall into this category.

The National Association of Manufacturers (NAM) welcomed this provision. NAM CEO Jay Timmons commented, “For the 96% of manufacturers that are organized as pass-through businesses, this bill is more than policy—it’s a path to growth. It means the ability to buy equipment, hire workers, increase pay and expand operations with greater certainty and confidence.”

However, critics argue that the bill exemplifies a form of trickle-down economics. This theory posits that benefits provided to businesses and wealthy individuals will eventually reach ordinary workers and consumers — a claim often challenged by economists and progressives.

Amy Hanauer, director of the Institute on Taxation and Economic Policy, voiced her concerns, saying, “So far this costly bill appears to double down on trickle down, with huge tax cuts that will further enrich the rich and not much for the rest of us.”

Another provision in the bill temporarily increases the child tax credit to $2,500 through 2028. While that might appeal to a broader group of taxpayers, it is only one part of a larger package that may be contentious in both chambers of Congress.

The committee’s text also proposes a $4 trillion increase to the national debt ceiling — a component that could provoke strong opposition if left unchanged in the Senate. The Senate’s budget resolution has already laid out plans for a $5 trillion ceiling hike, signaling a possible clash ahead.

Several provisions in the bill target climate and renewable energy programs championed by Democrats in their 2022 Inflation Reduction Act. The GOP proposal would eliminate certain renewable energy incentives and drastically cut funding for the Department of Energy’s loan office, which supports the development of low-carbon energy technologies.

Additionally, the bill revokes a grant program designed to reduce air pollution and emissions in underserved communities, directly challenging climate justice initiatives. It also includes clawbacks for various Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) programs, including a $20 billion lending fund aimed at supporting environmentally friendly projects.

The bill also reinstates several business-friendly tax provisions from the 2017 Trump tax law that had since expired. These include immediate expensing for research and development, bonus depreciation, interest deductibility, and key components of the international tax regime. The latter has been a topic of global debate, with alternative proposals emerging from both the United Nations and the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD).

One notably unchanged aspect of the legislation is the preservation of the so-called carried interest loophole. This tax provision allows hedge fund and private equity managers to classify a portion of their earnings as capital gains, which are taxed at lower rates than regular income. Although Trump had criticized this loophole in the past, it remains untouched in the current bill.

As debate begins, the Republican Party faces the dual challenge of aligning internal factions while pushing forward a legislative agenda that remains closely tied to Trump’s economic vision. With deep divisions still unresolved, particularly over SALT and deficit spending, the coming days will determine whether the GOP can present a united front.

American Cardinal Robert Prevost Elected as New Pope in 2025 Papal Conclave

In a historic moment for the Roman Catholic Church, American-born Cardinal Robert Francis Prevost has been elected the 267th pope, taking the name Pope Leo XIV. The announcement, made from the balcony of St. Peter’s Basilica, was met with thunderous applause and emotional outbursts from tens of thousands of faithful gathered in the Vatican’s St. Peter’s Square.

The declaration, “Habemus Papam!”—Latin for “We have a pope!”—was delivered by Cardinal Dominique Mamberti, the senior cardinal deacon, shortly after white smoke emerged from the chimney of the Sistine Chapel, signaling the successful election. It followed days of intense but secretive deliberation among 133 cardinal electors, who were secluded from the outside world throughout the conclave.

Pope Leo XIV, originally from Chicago, is the first American ever to be elevated to the papacy. He succeeds Pope Francis, who passed away earlier this year. At 69, Prevost brings with him a reputation for pastoral care, theological depth, and a broad understanding of global church dynamics—attributes many cardinals considered essential in a time of deep social and religious transitions.

A Moment of Joy and Renewal

Cheers erupted the moment the white smoke was spotted. The mood across St. Peter’s Square was electric, with flags from across the globe waving above crowds of pilgrims, clergy, and tourists. Bands played as the Swiss Guard, clad in traditional harlequin uniforms, prepared for the ceremonial reveal.

Caroline Cooper, 70, who traveled from London, described the event as “a deeply emotional and historic moment.” “We were here for Pope John Paul II and Pope Francis. But never did I imagine I would witness an American pope,” she said tearfully.

Nicole and Ryan, a couple visiting from New York, called the moment “surreal.” “It’s like Times Square on New Year’s Eve, but holier,” Ryan added with a smile.

A Papal Identity with Global Relevance

Pope Leo XIV’s election was seen by many as a reflection of the Church’s shifting demographic center. With Catholic populations growing fastest in Latin America, Africa, and Asia, the election of a pope from North America marks a notable evolution in the Church’s global outlook.

“This is a pope who understands universality,” said Father Piere Domerson, a Haitian priest studying in Rome. “He has the heart of the Global South and the structure of the West. That balance is what the Church needs.”

In Philadelphia, Archbishop Nelson Jesus Pérez praised the new pontiff, calling him a “wonderful, gentle, profound man of God” and “a great gift to the Church and the world.”

Conclave Amid High Anticipation

The papal conclave began under tight security and strict isolation, with the cardinal electors forbidden from any contact with the outside world. Voting took place inside the Sistine Chapel under the watchful eyes of Michelangelo’s “Last Judgment.”

Unlike political elections, papal conclaves offer no public campaigning or polling. Cardinals take oaths of secrecy and cast handwritten ballots after prayerful reflection, swearing before God to vote for the man they believe is most worthy.

The ballots are burned after each round, producing either black smoke (inconclusive) or white smoke (a successful election). On Thursday afternoon, thick white smoke finally signaled a decision had been reached.

A Party in St. Peter’s Square

The announcement transformed the square into a scene of celebration. Jubilant cries of “Viva il Papa!” rang out, and crowds took selfies and waved national flags. One clergyman, hoisted on shoulders, held a Brazilian flag aloft as he flashed peace signs to the cheering masses.

Restaurants surrounding the Vatican saw surges of customers, despite limited mobile signals due to the conclave’s communication blackout. “It’s hard to work under these conditions, but today is different—we’re part of history,” said café manager Flor Venegas.

Even the culinary scene played a role in the day’s color. Alessandro Masseroni, a deacon from northern Italy, proudly stated, “We celebrated with carbonara. No cream—just the Roman way.”

What’s Next for Pope Leo XIV

Inside the Vatican, shortly after his election, the new pope donned his white papal cassock and the symbolic Fisherman’s Ring. He prayed in the Pauline Chapel before stepping onto the central balcony—the Loggia of the Blessings—to greet the world for the first time as Pope Leo XIV.

In his first remarks, he offered blessings to the faithful and paid tribute to his predecessor, Pope Francis. While his full vision for the papacy is yet to be outlined, observers expect a focus on unity, social justice, and re-engaging younger generations.

“He carries the humility of Francis but has the clarity and reformist instincts of John Paul II,” noted one Vatican analyst.

A Symbol of Change

Pope Leo XIV’s election symbolizes more than just geographic diversity. It’s a message to Catholics worldwide that the Church is willing to embrace change while staying rooted in tradition.

For many watching, from Brazil to Poland to the Philippines, this day will be remembered not only for the historic choice of an American pope but also for the renewed hope and connection it brought to the world’s 1.4 billion Catholics.

As the bells of St. Peter’s Basilica continued to ring and pilgrims lingered long after dusk, the message was clear: A new chapter in the Church’s long and storied history has begun.

Source Credit: NBC News

https://www.nbcnews.com/world/the-vatican/live-blog/conclave-2025-live-updates-rcna205525

Raja Krishnamoorthi Enters U.S. Senate Race, Could Become Second Indian American Elected to the Chamber

Democratic Representative Raja Krishnamoorthi has officially launched his campaign for the U.S. Senate, announcing his bid on Wednesday. If successful, he would become only the second Indian American ever elected to the Senate, joining Vice President Kamala Harris in the history books.

“I’ve made it my mission to fight for families like the ones I grew up with—people who just want a chance to work hard and realize their dreams,” Krishnamoorthi said in a video released as part of his campaign announcement. His campaign will formally begin with a series of public events scheduled to take place across Illinois starting Friday.

Krishnamoorthi currently serves as a U.S. Representative for Illinois and is looking to fill the Senate seat being vacated by long-serving Democrat Senator Dick Durbin. Durbin’s seat, located in a deeply Democratic-leaning state, presents a favorable opportunity for Krishnamoorthi to continue his political ascent on a broader platform.

The Congressman’s journey began in New Delhi, India, where he was born before relocating to the United States with his family at the age of three. His early experiences as an immigrant in America have played a pivotal role in shaping his political identity. After earning a law degree, Krishnamoorthi made his first significant political mark by working as Policy Director for Barack Obama’s successful Senate campaign. His involvement in Obama’s rise provided him with critical experience in national politics and helped position him for his own eventual run for office.

Krishnamoorthi was elected to the House of Representatives in 2016. He gained national attention not only for his legislative work but also for his role in creating a cultural and political identity for Indian Americans in Congress. That same year, he coined the term “Samosa Caucus” to refer to the then-small group of Indian American lawmakers in Congress. At the time, the group included Reps. Ami Bera, Ro Khanna, and Pramila Jayapal, all of whom shared a similar heritage and political outlook.

Since its informal founding, the Samosa Caucus has grown to include newer members like Shri Thanedar and Suhas Subramanyam. It represents not just a symbolic coalition of Indian American legislators but also a growing political force advocating for issues related to immigrant communities, economic equality, and global diplomacy, particularly between the U.S. and India.

If Krishnamoorthi wins the Senate seat, he will follow in the footsteps of Kamala Harris, who became the first Indian American elected to the U.S. Senate when she won her seat in California in 2016. That year was a landmark moment for Indian American representation in politics. Alongside Harris, Krishnamoorthi, Khanna, and Jayapal were elected to the House, solidifying a significant moment for the Indian American community in U.S. governance. Harris briefly participated in the Samosa Caucus before she stepped down from the Senate to run for Vice President on Joe Biden’s ticket.

The historical resonance of Krishnamoorthi’s candidacy is expected to be a key component of his campaign narrative. His life story—from a young immigrant arriving in the United States to a rising figure in national politics—reflects the broader American dream. He is likely to emphasize his legislative accomplishments, advocacy for working families, and dedication to expanding economic opportunities for all Americans.

Over the years, Krishnamoorthi has built a reputation as a pragmatic and effective legislator. He has supported legislation focusing on workforce development, national security, and public health, while also pushing for stronger oversight and transparency in government. His work has made him a recognizable figure not just within Illinois but on the national stage as well.

In his campaign video, Krishnamoorthi highlighted the values that have driven his public service. “I’ve made it my mission to fight for families like the ones I grew up with—people who just want a chance to work hard and realize their dreams,” he said, underscoring a message that is likely to resonate with working-class voters, immigrants, and minority communities throughout Illinois and beyond.

Krishnamoorthi’s campaign is also expected to reflect his long-standing commitment to issues like education, job creation, and economic fairness. His personal background and professional experience offer him a unique vantage point from which to address complex policy challenges and advocate for inclusive growth.

As he embarks on his Senate campaign, Krishnamoorthi is expected to draw on his deep ties to the Illinois electorate, his fundraising network, and the support of the growing South Asian American political community. His candidacy not only marks a pivotal moment in his own career but also adds to the increasing visibility of Indian Americans in American politics.

His supporters view his Senate bid as a natural next step for a politician who has spent years building a solid legislative track record and a strong presence in both local and national political circles. With Senator Durbin stepping down, Krishnamoorthi’s move has been seen as both strategic and timely.

The race for the Illinois Senate seat is likely to draw considerable attention, particularly given Krishnamoorthi’s potential to break another barrier for Indian Americans in the U.S. government. As one of the most prominent South Asian voices in Congress, his campaign will serve as a litmus test for the evolving role of minority communities in American politics.

In addition to promoting his legislative accomplishments, Krishnamoorthi is expected to emphasize his background as an immigrant and his understanding of the American middle class’s struggles. His campaign will likely focus on building a more equitable economy and securing opportunities for future generations, all while maintaining his consistent support for democratic values and civil liberties.

His announcement video and upcoming campaign events across Illinois mark the beginning of what could be a significant chapter in U.S. political history. If elected, Raja Krishnamoorthi would not only continue his own political journey but also help further diversify the upper chamber of Congress.

As he takes the first steps in his Senate bid, Krishnamoorthi’s story is poised to inspire a wide range of voters who see in him a reflection of their own aspirations and challenges. His campaign will likely underscore how a child who arrived in America from New Delhi at age three can rise to help shape the nation’s future from one of its highest legislative offices.

Critics Slam Elon Musk’s Government Efficiency Drive as Destructive and Ineffective

As Elon Musk exits his position leading the so-called Department of Government Efficiency (Doge), a growing number of experts in public administration are voicing concern that the initiative has failed to enhance government services—and may have, in fact, harmed them.

“Doge is not offering any solid claims that it has improved services in any way,” said Donald Moynihan, a professor of public policy at the University of Michigan. “Rather, it has made the quality of some government services worse.”

Musk, currently the world’s wealthiest individual, was tapped by Donald Trump in January to oversee the administration’s efficiency efforts. Appointed as a “special government employee,” Musk was restricted from serving more than 180 days. With his tenure now over and ongoing challenges in his business empire demanding attention, Musk is stepping away—but not without making some bold claims.

Despite widespread skepticism, Musk has declared that Doge achieved $150 billion in savings. However, numerous budget analysts dispute this figure, citing a pattern of Musk making inflated and inaccurate claims. The touted savings also fall significantly short of Musk’s originally stated goal of trimming $1 trillion from government expenditures.

Public policy specialists like Moynihan argue that Musk and Doge focused more on applying a cutthroat, private-sector mindset of slashing payrolls than on actually making government work better for citizens. Rather than investing in long-term service improvements, they accuse Doge of resorting to mass layoffs and quick budget cuts.

Martha Gimbel, executive director of the Yale Budget Lab, described the project as reckless. “They were the ‘department of government slash and burn’,” she said. “There doesn’t seem to be an approach to dig in on places where government services could really be improved. Any improvement in government services takes time. You have to invest. You have to build it out. You have to figure out how to fix it.”

Asked whether Doge had improved any services, Gimbel laughed before replying: “No. There has clearly been a degeneration of government services.”

Indeed, both experts and everyday citizens have reported worsening conditions in several areas. Veterans’ hospitals now require longer wait times for appointments. Calls to the Internal Revenue Service take longer to be answered. Social Security offices are increasingly crowded, and the departure of many experienced workers has left less-qualified staff giving out advice on benefits.

At a White House press conference on May 1, Musk defended his tenure. “In the grand scheme of things, I think we’ve been effective. Not as effective as I’d like. I think we could be more effective,” he said. “But we’ve made progress.”

Musk admitted, however, that achieving his $1 trillion savings goal proved far more difficult than anticipated. “It’s sort of, how much pain is the cabinet and the Congress willing to take?” he said. “It can be done, but it requires dealing with a lot of complaints.”

Despite Musk’s claims of progress, the White House declined to answer questions from the Guardian about deteriorating services or to offer examples of improved outcomes due to Doge’s efforts.

Gimbel warned that conditions are likely to worsen as the full impact of Doge’s job cuts plays out in the coming months. “Things will definitely get worse,” she said, pointing to the administration’s ongoing efforts to eliminate 80,000 positions at the Department of Veterans Affairs as just one example.

While Trump and Musk have frequently alleged widespread waste and fraud across government agencies, Gimbel said there’s a clear difference between targeted reform and indiscriminate cutting. “There is waste, and you can go after it,” she said. “People who have been in government know where those places are. There is a ton of tech that needs modernizing. Doge doesn’t seem interested in that. There’s a lot of Medicare and Medicaid overbilling. Doge doesn’t seem interested in that either. What you have is a relatively expensive exercise in slash-and-burn that sometime in the future will cost a lot to fix.”

Max Stier, president of the Partnership for Public Service, a nonprofit focused on government effectiveness, also expressed alarm. He likened Doge’s approach unfavorably to the strategies of former General Electric CEO Jack Welch, known for cost-cutting. “Jack Welch would be appalled by the approach that Doge has taken,” Stier said. “It’s not actually about cost-cutting. It’s about capability destroyed. Jack Welch would never, ever have fired people without having a real understanding about the way the organization worked and about the qualities of people who were being fired. This is an arbitrary exercise that has moved out employees who are often by far the most qualified rather than the least qualified.”

Stier dismissed Trump’s portrayal of Doge as a model of efficient reform. “That’s just not the case,” he said. “It’s hard to offer any rational basis for the decisions that are being made. There certainly aren’t any improvements that the American public will see.”

He warned of deeper consequences. “It’s burning down government capability,” he said. “It’s unquestionably clear that they are firing people willy-nilly and are disrupting government services without any understanding of the consequences or concern about the consequences. It’s a break-it-is-to-fix-it mentality. It isn’t a mentality that predominates in Silicon Valley. It’s sheer reckless behavior in the public sector because real people get hurt.”

Musk’s $150 billion savings figure, according to Stier, ignores the true costs of the upheaval. His organization estimates that Doge’s moves—through layoffs, rehirings, severance packages, paid leave, and lost productivity for over 100,000 workers—will ultimately cost taxpayers $135 billion in the current fiscal year. The broader public’s increased wait times and reduced service quality should also be factored in, experts argue.

Moynihan asserted that Musk’s entire philosophy was flawed. “His vision is that there is no way that government employees can produce anything of value,” Moynihan said. “So the idea of tools that makes government services better is completely alien to the Musk mindset.”

He added, “I think he believes that nothing public employees do has any real value, that they are not capable employees and therefore cutting them will do no harm. It’s a vision that doesn’t understand what public services are, why they exist and how they benefit people.”

Moynihan was especially critical of Musk for dismantling key initiatives designed to modernize government services, including gutting efforts to use technology more effectively and ending the Direct File program, which allowed citizens to file their taxes simply and at no cost.

Liz Shuler, president of the AFL-CIO, said Doge’s budget slashing would deeply harm workers. She highlighted cuts to the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, an agency that conducts crucial research to ensure the safety of firefighters’ equipment. “There’s this notion that Doge is just cutting line items on a spreadsheet. It’s hurting real lives and real people,” Shuler said. “They’ve treated federal workers with blatant disregard and have been nothing short of dehumanizing and insulting toward them.”

Gimbel also cautioned about future public health risks tied to Doge’s actions. “Part of what government does is mitigate risk,” she explained. “Take food safety. Government inspectors decrease the risk that you will get listeria or salmonella. But when they reduce the number of food inspectors, will you get listeria or salmonella tomorrow? No. Will it probably increase the chances of people getting listeria and salmonella over the next five years? Yes.”

In the end, while Musk and Trump have promoted Doge as a bold effort to streamline government, many experts see it as a destructive campaign that has caused real damage with few, if any, public benefits.

Trump’s 2026 Budget Proposal Calls for Deep Domestic Cuts, Focus on Defense and Deportations

President Donald Trump’s administration unveiled its 2026 budget proposal on Friday, presenting a sweeping reconfiguration of federal spending priorities. The budget reflects the president’s broader vision for his second term, aligning with the direction set in his first 100 days back in office and marked by abrupt terminations of federal personnel.

This proposal includes dramatic reductions, or complete eliminations, of spending in numerous domestic programs. Key targets include child care services, disease research, renewable energy initiatives, and U.S. peacekeeping efforts abroad. Many of these cuts are already in progress under the guidance of Elon Musk’s Department of Government Efficiency. At the same time, the plan boosts funding by billions of dollars for Trump’s high-priority immigration enforcement and mass deportation policies.

Trump’s administration maintains its commitment to ending what it calls “woke programs.” This includes the elimination of preschool grants to states that run diversity programs. It also follows through on Trump’s vow to put an end to what he refers to as the “weaponization of government,” by slashing funding for the Internal Revenue Service, despite criticism that he himself is leveraging government power against perceived adversaries.

Overall, the White House estimates that the proposal reduces domestic spending by $163 billion, or 22.6 percent below current funding levels. In contrast, Trump seeks to inject $375 billion in new funding for the Department of Homeland Security and the Department of Defense. This funding surge is part of what Trump calls his “big, beautiful bill” — a legislative package combining significant tax cuts with major reductions in spending. He insists this is essential to repel what he characterizes as a “foreign invasion,” even as data shows migrant arrivals at historic lows.

House Speaker Mike Johnson praised the plan, describing it as “a bold blueprint that reflects the values of hardworking Americans and the commitment to American strength and prosperity.”

Although presidential budgets are not legally binding, they often serve as guiding documents in the fiscal debates that unfold in Congress. Trump’s 2026 proposal is his first since returning to the White House and offers insight into his second-term ambitions and the broader Republican agenda on Capitol Hill.

The timing of the budget also intersects with Trump’s ongoing imposition of tariffs, which many view as a de facto tax increase. These tariffs, totaling potentially hundreds of billions of dollars, have sparked global trade tensions. Consumers, CEOs, and international leaders alike worry that this trade war could tilt the U.S. economy toward a downturn.

In an interview with NBC News’ “Meet the Press,” Trump rejected claims that a recession was looming. When host Kristen Welker brought up Wall Street analysts’ growing concerns, Trump responded, “Well, you know, you say, some people on Wall Street say. Well, I tell you something else. Some people on Wall Street say that we’re going to have the greatest economy in history.”

Democrats were quick to criticize the budget as harmful to average Americans. Senator Patty Murray of Washington, the top Democrat on the Senate Appropriations Committee, said, “President Trump has made his priorities clear as day: he wants to outright defund programs that help working Americans,” while simultaneously “he shovels massive tax breaks at billionaires like himself and raises taxes on middle-class Americans with his reckless tariffs.”

The budget outline was presented by the White House Office of Management and Budget, led by Russell Vought. A key architect of Project 2025 from the conservative Heritage Foundation, Vought provided only topline figures in a leaner, “skinny” version of the full budget.

It addresses discretionary spending, which currently totals about $1.83 trillion annually across defense and nondefense sectors. Under Trump’s plan, this amount would drop by $163 billion, bringing it down to $1.69 trillion. However, this figure represents only a fraction of the government’s nearly $7 trillion overall budget, which includes mandatory spending programs like Social Security, Medicare, and Medicaid.

In recent years, federal budgets have steadily grown, as have deficits, which now approach $2 trillion annually. Interest payments on the national debt alone are nearing $1 trillion per year, driven in part by emergency COVID-19 spending, tax reforms that cut revenue, and rising costs tied to aging-related health care. The U.S. national debt currently stands at $36 trillion.

Maya MacGuineas, president of the Committee for a Responsible Federal Budget, emphasized the need for a comprehensive solution. “We need a budget that tells the full story, and it should control spending, reduce borrowing, bring deficits down,” she said.

Key proposals in the budget include slashing the State Department and international programs by 84 percent, leaving them with just $9.6 billion. This includes drastic reductions to the U.S. Agency for International Development. The Department of Health and Human Services would be cut by $33.3 billion, and the Department of Education would see a $12 billion decrease. Both the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the National Institutes of Health face major funding reductions.

Conversely, the Department of Defense would receive an additional $113.3 billion, and the Department of Homeland Security would gain another $42.3 billion, subject to congressional approval of Trump’s broader legislative plan. However, this defense funding boost has not been universally embraced among Republicans.

Senator Mitch McConnell of Kentucky, the former GOP Senate Leader, labeled the defense spending hike a “gimmick.” He added, “America cannot expect our allies to heed calls for greater annual defense spending if we are unwilling to lead by example. Fortunately, Presidential budget requests are just that: requests. Congress will soon have an opportunity to ensure that American power – and the credibility of our commitments – are appropriately resourced.”

The power to determine federal spending lies with Congress, which must pass legislation to fund agencies and programs. That process often breaks down, leading to temporary funding measures to prevent government shutdowns. Lawmakers are currently working on Trump’s “big bill” that pairs tax reductions with massive spending cuts and expanded deportation efforts — unlike the budget blueprint, this package would carry legal authority.

Russell Vought is expected to appear before Congress in the coming weeks to defend the administration’s proposals. A veteran of Trump’s first term, Vought played a significant role in shaping the current vision. He also authored a detailed section in the Heritage Foundation’s Project 2025 outlining a major overhaul of the federal government.

Vought is separately preparing a $9 billion package aimed at defunding both the U.S. Agency for International Development and the Corporation for Public Broadcasting, which includes PBS and NPR. Late Thursday, Trump signed an executive order instructing the Corporation for Public Broadcasting and other agencies to halt funding for public media.

Vought has indicated that this $9 billion proposal would be only the first in a series of so-called “budget rescissions.” These measures are designed to test how willing lawmakers are to go on record supporting significant funding rollbacks.

End of De Minimis Exemption Signals Higher Costs for U.S. Shoppers and a Shift in Trade Policy

Many Americans may only now begin to experience the tangible impact of President Donald Trump’s broad tariff policies. That’s because a key shipping exemption known as the de minimis rule officially expired just after midnight on Friday. This rule had previously allowed goods valued at $800 or less to enter the United States without tariffs, bypassing many inspections and bureaucratic procedures.

The de minimis loophole was pivotal in transforming American shopping habits. It enabled Chinese online retailers such as Shein, Temu, and AliExpress to deliver a wide range of ultra-affordable products—from craft supplies and patio décor to clothing and camera gear—directly into American homes. With its removal, baseline tariffs as steep as 145% are now being imposed on Chinese imports, which could more than double the cost of items that bargain-hunting consumers have come to rely on.

This development is reverberating across social media platforms, where consumers are reacting with alarm. For the first time, abstract trade policy is being translated into something consumers can physically see: a higher receipt at checkout.

Shipping giants including UPS, FedEx, DHL, and the U.S. Postal Service report they are ready to handle the change. A spokesperson from U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) affirmed to CNN, “We are prepared and equipped to carry out enhanced package screenings and enforce orders effectively.”

However, whether the average American consumer is truly prepared for these changes is another story.

Earlier this year, when Trump first curtailed the de minimis exemption for shipments originating from Hong Kong and China, the consequences were immediate and disruptive. The U.S. Postal Service briefly halted parcel deliveries from China, and packages that were shipped experienced substantial delays with little to no tracking available domestically.

At the core of the disruption is the sheer volume of affected shipments. A congressional research report found that over 80% of all U.S. e-commerce shipments in 2022 were classified as de minimis imports, most of which came from China. According to CBP, the agency processes nearly 4 million of these duty-free shipments daily, and the total number of such packages in the last fiscal year reached 1.36 billion.

This enormous volume includes everything from dog accessories and kids’ bead kits to kitchen tools and trinkets. Regular users of platforms like Temu and Shein told CNN that these sites have become increasingly popular as American-made products grow less affordable.

“I can’t afford to buy from Temu now, and I already couldn’t afford to buy in this country,” said Rena Scott, a 64-year-old retired nurse from Virginia, in a comment to CNN Business.

The new policy is likely to hit lower-income households the hardest. Research from economists at UCLA and Yale in February revealed that 48% of de minimis shipments were delivered to the poorest zip codes in the U.S., while only 22% went to the wealthiest areas.

This shift might not be instantaneous but is expected to unfold gradually. Even before the exemption officially expired, retailers like Shein and Temu began adjusting their prices. CNN monitored these hikes in real time.

Shein addressed the change directly in a public notice, stating, “Due to recent changes in global trade rules and tariffs, our operating expenses have gone up. To keep offering the products you love without compromising on quality, we will be making price adjustments. We’re doing everything we can to keep prices low and minimize the impact on you.”

Temu, meanwhile, is adapting its operational model. A spokesperson told CNN that the platform is increasingly relying on domestic fulfillment and expanding its network of U.S.-based sellers. “Temu’s pricing for U.S. consumers remains unchanged as the platform transitions to a local fulfillment model,” the company said. “All sales in the U.S. are now handled by locally based sellers, with orders fulfilled from within the country.”

It remains uncertain whether further price hikes will occur among these or other online retailers.

Shipping companies are also adjusting to the change. DHL confirmed to CNN that it has “increased our staffing levels in order to support the additional volume of informal entry clearances we anticipate.”

Meanwhile, the tariff changes themselves are significant. Goods from China and Hong Kong transported by major couriers such as UPS, DHL, and FedEx are now subject to a baseline 145% tariff, in addition to specific duties based on the type of product. Items arriving via USPS face a 120% base tariff or a $100 flat fee per item. That flat fee will rise to $200 beginning June 1.

While core supporters of Trump’s “Make America Great Again” movement continue to stand by him, suggesting in social media posts and interviews that they are willing to weather short-term economic hardship, broader public sentiment is shifting.

A CNN poll conducted by SSRS last month found that 59% of Americans believe Trump’s policies have worsened the U.S. economy. The survey, held between April 17 and 24, came shortly after the White House introduced a series of expansive new tariffs on numerous countries, only to then pause several of them. Nevertheless, 60% of respondents felt Trump’s policies have led to a higher cost of living in their communities.

Now, with the end of the de minimis exemption, those cost increases could become even more noticeable.

At a Cabinet meeting on Thursday, Trump emphasized the significance of the move. “It’s a very, it’s a big deal,” he said. Describing the de minimis rule, he added, “a big scam.” He concluded with, “And we’ve ended, we put an end to it.”

With a stroke of policy, everyday consumers may now find themselves paying more for items they once bought at rock-bottom prices. What was once a behind-the-scenes matter of international trade rules has now become a kitchen table issue for millions of Americans, many of whom are confronting it for the first time not in headlines, but on their receipts.

Michigan Representative Shri Thanedar Files Articles of Impeachment Against President Trump

On Monday, Representative Shri Thanedar, a Democrat from Michigan, publicly announced that he had filed articles of impeachment against President Donald Trump. Thanedar’s move marks a significant step in the ongoing political battle over Trump’s actions during his presidency, despite the apparent lack of support for the measure in the Republican-controlled House of Representatives.

“I have introduced articles of impeachment against President Trump,” Thanedar declared in his online announcement. “When Trump ignores the Constitution, Congress, and the courts, he is not ‘fighting for America.’ He is tearing it down and endangering our democracy.”

Thanedar cited a range of grievances in his seven articles of impeachment, focusing on specific actions by Trump that the congressman deemed abusive of his power. Among the issues raised by Thanedar was the deportation of Kilmar Abrego Garcia, a man who was mistakenly sent to El Salvador, and the actions of the Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE) in cutting funding without congressional approval.

Though the filing of the articles has made waves within Democratic circles, the likelihood of these articles advancing in the current political climate appears slim. In the Republican-majority House of Representatives, support from GOP members would be required for a vote on impeachment. Similarly, even if the House were to vote to impeach, a two-thirds majority in the Republican-controlled Senate would be necessary to convict the president. With Republicans maintaining significant control in both chambers, the articles of impeachment are expected to go nowhere.

However, the introduction of the articles is indicative of the deep frustration many Democrats feel with the president, particularly over a variety of issues that have sparked ongoing controversy.

“Donald Trump has already done real damage to our democracy, but defying a unanimous 9-0 Supreme Court ruling, that has to be the one final straw,” Thanedar said, referring specifically to a Supreme Court decision related to the Abrego Garcia case. “It’s time we impeach Donald J. Trump,” he added emphatically, signaling his belief that this final act of defiance represented a threshold moment for impeachment.

Thanedar also highlighted what he considered to be other impeachable offenses by the president, including his aggressive tariff agenda, which he argued had a damaging impact on global markets. He also referenced Trump’s treatment of the press and concerns about the First Amendment, as well as what he described as the president’s involvement in bribery and corruption within the justice system. In addition, Thanedar expressed concern over Trump’s handling of Americans’ personal data, which he framed as yet another abuse of presidential power.

One of the most significant elements of Thanedar’s argument for impeachment was his accusation of “tyrannical overreach” by the president. “Article seven, tyrannical overreach,” Thanedar said. “Finally, and most importantly, he is attempting to consolidate unchecked power and erode the constitutional limits of the presidency.” This statement underscores Thanedar’s broader concern that Trump’s actions represented a threat to the very foundation of the U.S. political system.

Thanedar’s comments regarding Trump’s power were particularly pointed. “In this country, we have presidents, not kings. That’s not just misconduct. It’s impeachable misconduct,” Thanedar declared, adding that the president’s attempts to undermine constitutional checks and balances were clear grounds for impeachment. His words reflect a deep anxiety among some Democrats that Trump’s behavior threatens the balance of power that the Constitution seeks to maintain between the executive, legislative, and judicial branches of government.

Democratic concerns over Trump’s intentions have only grown more intense in recent months, especially in light of the president’s suggestion that he might seek a third term in office. This concern was amplified when the Trump Organization began selling “Trump 2028” hats on its official website, further fueling speculation about the possibility of a third presidential run. The idea that Trump might attempt to remain in power beyond his constitutionally-mandated two terms has been a source of significant alarm within Democratic circles.

“If we let this stand, we are saying the president is above the law. That the United States Constitution is optional,” Thanedar argued, emphasizing that such a development would set a dangerous precedent for the future of American democracy. He made it clear that he would not remain silent on the issue, calling on his fellow lawmakers—Democrats, Republicans, and independents alike—to join him in standing up against what he views as the erosion of constitutional safeguards.

Thanedar’s call for unity and action was resolute. “I won’t be silent and I’m calling on all my colleagues, Democrats, Republicans, and independents, to stand up with me,” he stated, underscoring his belief that the nation’s political leaders must put aside partisan differences in order to protect the integrity of the Constitution.

In his final remarks, Thanedar delivered a forceful conclusion to his announcement. “Enough is enough. Donald J. Trump must be impeached,” he said, signaling that he intends to continue pushing for accountability and standing firm in his position despite the considerable political obstacles ahead.

The introduction of impeachment articles by Thanedar is likely to remain a contentious issue within the political landscape, particularly as the nation heads toward the 2024 election cycle. While it seems unlikely that these articles will gain the traction necessary to result in Trump’s removal from office, they reflect the broader dissatisfaction and anger that many Democrats continue to feel toward the president and his actions during his time in office. For Thanedar, the impeachment effort represents not just a call for accountability but a desperate attempt to preserve the constitutional values he believes are under siege.

As the situation unfolds, the future of these articles will largely depend on the political dynamics within Congress and whether enough bipartisan support can be garnered for such an effort. For now, Thanedar’s impeachment move stands as a symbolic gesture in the ongoing debate over Trump’s legacy and the health of American democracy.

Trump Promotes Economic Growth Amid Recession Fears, Touts Domestic Investments and Ukraine Deal

President Donald Trump took center stage at the White House during an ‘Invest in America’ event this afternoon, highlighting his administration’s efforts to boost domestic investment. The event attracted top executives from major corporations, including tech giant Nvidia. Those interested were able to follow the event live through a broadcast link provided on the official platform.

Earlier in the day, Trump convened a Cabinet meeting with his senior leadership team, where he lauded the impact of tariffs on strengthening the American economy. He praised businesses that have committed to investing within the United States, asserting that these actions were signs of a healthy and resilient economy despite recent concerns.

This series of public engagements came on the heels of a troubling new economic report indicating that the U.S. economy contracted at an annual rate of 0.3% during the first quarter of the year. This downturn, attributed to companies stockpiling imports ahead of Trump’s tariffs, marks the first time the economy has shrunk since 2022. The move to accumulate imports was widely seen as a preemptive strategy by firms anticipating cost increases due to upcoming tariff policies.

Despite the contraction, President Trump remained steadfast in his defense of tariffs and dismissed suggestions that his trade policies were to blame. Instead, he shifted the focus to his political opponent, President Joe Biden. “Bad numbers” on Wall Street, Trump claimed, “have nothing to do with tariffs.” His comments suggest an effort to reframe the economic narrative, distancing himself from the contraction and placing blame squarely on the Biden administration.

While Trump’s comments dominated the headlines, another significant development unfolded more quietly in the background. The United States and Ukraine have reached a major economic agreement concerning the development and management of rare earth minerals, a critical area in both geopolitical and technological terms. According to information obtained by the BBC, the two nations have agreed to form an economic partnership designed to support Ukraine’s post-war recovery and bolster U.S. access to strategic resources.

A press release issued by the U.S. Treasury Department confirmed this, stating that both countries would collaborate through the creation of a “Reconstruction Investment Fund.” The purpose of the fund is to ensure that “mutual assets, talents, and capabilities” can be leveraged to expedite Kyiv’s recovery and contribute to long-term regional stability. This fund marks a new chapter in U.S.-Ukraine relations, reinforcing economic ties while addressing strategic concerns about resource dependency.

Meanwhile, Trump used the ‘Invest in America’ platform to make a series of economic claims, particularly about consumer prices under his leadership. One of his key assertions was that gasoline prices have declined since he took office. However, recent fact-checking by BBC Verify found that this claim does not align with current data.

According to the American Automobile Association (AAA), the average national price for regular gasoline now stands at $3.16. This figure actually represents a slight increase from the $3.125 average on the day Trump assumed office. Despite Trump’s repeated claims that gas prices “just hit $1.98 in a lot of states,” BBC Verify was unable to find any evidence supporting this. Data from AAA confirms that no state currently has an average gas price lower than $2.67.

Another economic metric highlighted by Trump was the price of eggs. During his White House remarks, he insisted that egg prices had fallen since he became president. BBC Verify reviewed this statement and, again, found no supporting data.

When Trump entered office in January, the average national retail price for a dozen large Grade A eggs was about $4.95. Since then, the cost has not gone down but instead reached a record high of around $6.23 per dozen in March, based on the most recent available data. This contradicts Trump’s public statements and underscores a disconnect between his messaging and verified consumer price trends.

The White House, in its defense, has pointed to wholesale prices as evidence of improvement in the egg market. According to data from the U.S. Department of Agriculture, wholesale prices for large white eggs have decreased significantly. From a high of $6.55 per dozen in January, prices have dropped by approximately 52%, landing at $3.15 in the past week. This drop, while notable, reflects wholesale trends rather than retail prices experienced directly by consumers.

These contradictions between the president’s statements and independent data have raised questions about the administration’s broader economic messaging strategy. While Trump continues to paint a picture of economic strength, citing falling prices and increasing domestic investment, analysts and fact-checkers warn that the reality is more complex.

Still, Trump’s core message appears focused on long-term growth through protectionist policies and strong international partnerships. By praising businesses that reinvest in American infrastructure and forming economic alliances with key global players like Ukraine, he aims to project confidence in his administration’s economic vision, despite immediate challenges.

Trump’s day at the White House was marked by a dual focus on promoting domestic investment and defending his economic policies in the face of troubling data. He offered strong support for tariffs, insisted consumer prices were improving, and announced a strategic deal with Ukraine. However, some of these claims, especially regarding gas and egg prices, do not stand up to independent verification. The contrast between political rhetoric and economic data continues to be a defining feature of the current discourse, as Trump positions himself for future challenges.

Trump’s First 100 Days: A Presidency of Bold Moves and Sharp Divides

On January 20, Donald Trump began his second term as President of the United States, declaring that he would deliver “the most extraordinary first 100 days of any presidency in American history.” For decades, the 100-day benchmark has served as a symbolic moment to evaluate a new administration’s achievements. The early data from Trump’s second term offers insight into the progress he has made on his key promises—ranging from imposing global tariffs and arresting migrants to making deep cuts to federal spending.

One of the most telling indicators of a president’s early performance is the public’s approval rating. Gallup, the U.S. polling firm that has long tracked presidential approval at the 100-day mark, shows Trump faring poorly compared to his predecessors. Trump, now the first post-war president to serve two non-consecutive terms, has seen low ratings in both his presidencies. Historically, presidents such as John F. Kennedy and Ronald Reagan enjoyed strong support with 83% and 67% approval ratings, respectively. Joe Biden and Bill Clinton were also above 50%. In contrast, both of Trump’s terms saw him with under 50% approval at this milestone, making him the only post-war president with this distinction.

However, looking at approval through a partisan lens tells a more complex story. Trump’s second term shows the most extreme polarization to date, with 90% of Republicans supporting him and just 4% of Democrats. This 86-point gap marks the largest partisan split ever recorded at the 100-day point. “The longer the line, the more polarised the support,” Gallup’s polling analysis notes.

The most recent Gallup poll, conducted from April 1–14 during a time of market volatility triggered by Trump’s tariff announcements, recorded his approval at 44%. This figure, drawn from over 1,000 interviews, reflects stable ratings consistent with the first quarter of his term.

Throughout his campaign, Trump promised swift action on top issues. He said he would lower prices, end the war in Ukraine, and pardon individuals tied to the January 6 Capitol attack. While not all promises have been fulfilled, Trump has been extremely active in terms of executive action. He has issued more executive orders in 100 days than any president in the last 100 years. In fact, he has already signed more than half the number of orders from his entire first term and nearly 90% of the total executive orders Joe Biden issued in four years.

Some of these executive orders have been high-impact. On his first day, Trump announced that the U.S. would withdraw from the UN’s Paris Climate Agreement, calling it an unfair burden on Americans. He also declared a national energy emergency to boost domestic oil production. Other actions have been less weighty but symbolic, such as lifting the ban on plastic straws.

Despite this flurry of executive activity, Trump has not shown much interest in working with Congress. He has signed only five bills into law in his first 100 days—a lower number than any new president in 70 years, according to Punchbowl News. His aggressive use of executive authority has also sparked legal backlash. Over 200 of his orders have been challenged in court, and judges have blocked several of them, as reported by the legal publication Just Security.

Economically, Trump’s platform centered on lowering prices and creating jobs. His pro-business rhetoric was initially welcomed by Wall Street, reflected in a spike in S&P 500 stock prices following his election. But as Trump escalated his threats of tariffs, investor confidence waned. The markets dipped sharply on April 2 when Trump imposed sweeping global tariffs. Though he softened some tariffs a week later, global markets remained jittery, and his trade policies were blamed for economic disruptions.

Consumer confidence has also declined. The University of Michigan’s Consumer Sentiment Index, a long-running measure of public economic outlook, dropped for four straight months. April’s score was the second-lowest on record. The lowest came in June 2022 during Biden’s presidency, amid inflation concerns following Russia’s invasion of Ukraine. In April 2025, Americans voiced worries about an impending trade war, reporting deteriorating expectations for inflation, income, and personal finances. Trump hasn’t ruled out a recession but remains confident in the long-term benefits of his policies.

Inflation trends remain uncertain, but the U.S. Federal Reserve has warned that Trump’s tariff strategy could drive prices upward again. On trade, Trump argues that global tariffs will help bring jobs and manufacturing back to the U.S. while reducing the trade deficit. He criticizes America’s long-standing trade imbalance as a sign of other countries “ripping off” the U.S., frequently citing China.

According to data from the U.S. Census Bureau and the Bureau of Economic Analysis, America continued to import more goods and services than it exported through 2024. After Trump’s re-election in November 2024, importers rushed to bring in products before tariffs could take effect. By January 2025, imports hit a record high of $329 billion—the highest monthly total since records began in 1992. Although Trump paused many of his harshest tariffs in early April, reports suggest Americans have been stockpiling goods, fearing price hikes. Tariffs on Chinese imports remain, but Trump has signaled he is open to reducing them if a deal can be made.

On immigration, Trump returned to the presidency vowing large-scale deportations and an end to birthright citizenship. Although he has faced legal blocks on birthright citizenship, one area where he claims success is at the southern border. In March 2025, just over 7,000 arrests were made at the U.S.-Mexico border—down significantly from the 137,000 arrests in March 2024 during Biden’s presidency.

While the number of deportations remains lower than promised and legal challenges persist, Trump points to rising internal detentions and strong cooperation with local law enforcement as evidence of success. ICE raids have increased, with many targeting individuals with criminal records. Trump’s team is also promoting what it calls “unprecedented” collaboration with police departments across the country.

However, with detention facilities nearing capacity, experts warn of potential overcrowding issues. The future of Trump’s immigration policies—and their legality—will likely be shaped by court rulings in the coming months.

Looking ahead, Trump’s broader agenda depends heavily on what unfolds in the next 100 days. Public perception of his actions on the border, trade decisions, and economic outcomes such as food prices will help determine whether Trump maintains his reputation as the most polarizing president in modern history.

Majority of Americans Say Trump’s Policies Have Worsened Economy, CNN Poll Finds

A growing number of Americans believe that  President Donald Trump’s policies have negatively impacted the nation’s economy, according to a new CNN poll conducted by SSRS. The survey reveals that 59% of the public now thinks Trump’s economic approach has worsened conditions in the country, a noticeable increase from 51% in March. This figure matches the lowest approval numbers President Joe Biden received regarding his economic handling during his tenure.

The poll reflects widespread dissatisfaction with the state of the U.S. economy. There is little excitement among Americans for the White House’s sweeping new trade initiatives, with most respondents pessimistic about the direction things are headed. Although many of Trump’s recently announced tariffs are yet to be implemented, 60% of those surveyed already say his policies have raised the cost of living in their communities. Only 12% believe that Trump’s actions have actually helped reduce prices.

The findings further show that 69% of Americans believe an economic recession within the next year is at least somewhat likely. Of that group, 32% think a recession is very likely. In terms of general economic outlook, only 34% of Americans describe themselves as enthusiastic or optimistic, while 29% are pessimistic and 37% say they feel afraid. Among those under the age of 45, 70% express pessimism or fear. This sentiment is shared even more strongly among Americans of color, with 76% reporting similar concerns.

This increasing dissatisfaction marks a notable change for Trump, who during his first term was often credited with strong economic management. In fact, Trump’s 2024 campaign heavily emphasized economic recovery, with the promise to “immediately bring prices down, starting on Day One.” He was particularly successful with voters who ranked economic concerns as their primary motivation, according to CNN’s exit poll data.

One Republican respondent, a 59-year-old from Georgia, expressed his anxiety over the current market turbulence and how it has impacted his retirement plans. “Everything I worked for all my life is rapidly [disappearing],” he wrote. “It will probably take years to recover what I have lost due to what’s going on.”

Despite this, Republican sentiment regarding the economy has improved slightly over the past month. Many within the GOP remain hopeful that the newly announced tariffs will have a long-term positive effect on the economy.

However, most Americans remain skeptical about Trump’s tariff strategy. A 55% majority says his tariff actions so far this term have been poor policy, while just 28% view them positively. Another 17% consider them neither good nor bad. Tariffs imposed specifically on Chinese imports are viewed a bit more favorably, though still mostly negatively: 53% say they are bad policy and 32% consider them good.

The poll was conducted between April 17 and April 24, shortly after the White House first announced a wave of new tariffs targeting dozens of countries, only to pause many of them shortly thereafter. During the survey period, the administration issued multiple contradictory statements about the state of international trade talks and the intended goals of the tariff plan. Overall, 58% of respondents say they do not believe Trump has a clear strategy for introducing and managing tariffs, while 42% believe he does.

Most Americans predict the tariffs will harm the economy in the short term. Specifically, 72% expect negative consequences for the U.S. economy, 60% foresee damage to the country’s global standing, and 59% believe their personal finances will be adversely affected. Fewer than 30% expect the tariffs to help in any of these areas.

Looking at the long-term picture, 53% think the tariffs will ultimately hurt the U.S. economy, compared to 34% who believe they will be beneficial. This view reflects a cautious optimism among some Republicans, who believe the initial damage could eventually lead to gains. Among GOP respondents, 47% think the tariffs will hurt the economy in the near future, but roughly three-quarters anticipate eventual benefits.

John Metcalf, a Democrat from Michigan, expressed concern about the unpredictability of Trump’s tariff policy. “I’m not an economics guy, but I can kind of see with what he’s doing with tariffs,” he said. “It’s just causing confusion. If you are a business owner and you’re thinking about the future, how in the world can you make decisions when he flips back and forth every other day?”

Public perception of the broader economy continues to be bleak. Only 28% describe current economic conditions as good, while 71% say they are poor. These numbers have remained virtually unchanged since fall 2023. Meanwhile, 47% of Americans are satisfied with their personal finances, which also shows little movement over recent years.

Underneath these stable numbers, there is growing partisan division. The percentage of Republicans who call the economy good has increased by 10 points since March, whereas Democratic approval has continued to decline. Republicans are now over ten times more likely than Democrats to say they are enthusiastic or optimistic about the economy.

Nonetheless, signs of discontent are emerging within the GOP. While 94% of Republicans say they trust Trump to manage the economy, only 63% believe his policies have improved conditions, and just 23% credit him with lowering living costs in their communities. Nearly as many Republicans think his tariff policies will hurt their personal finances (28%) as those who believe they will help (33%).

A Republican respondent from New Jersey observed, “The prices for energy, medical services, higher education, repair and maintenance continue to [rise]. I think that Pres. Trump’s program will help once they are given a chance.”

When asked to name their family’s biggest economic challenge, most Americans cite costs and inflation. That includes 28% who specifically mention inflation, 15% the overall cost of living, and 16% food prices. Those figures are largely unchanged from June 2024. However, some newer concerns are emerging: 9% cite tariffs, 7% mention investment or stock market worries, and 4% each say Trump’s policies and general economic uncertainty.

One Democrat from Pennsylvania wrote, “My wife lost her job due to the Trump administration DOGE cuts. We are suddenly down an income with costs rising all around us. My own job is at risk due to NIH grant cuts. Our retirement accounts are plummeting in value. Everything is just so, so much worse than it was before Trump took office.”

Among working Americans, half believe Trump’s tariff plans will hurt their industries, while just 11% say the impact will be beneficial. A respondent from Massachusetts explained, “I make board games and they can’t be made in the US. I have preorders I need to fulfill but can’t afford to with the tariffs. The profit I would have gotten from sales would have allowed my business to grow into a studio, hire people, etc. Now I will lose money.”

Even as the Trump administration promotes tariffs as a strategy to create new manufacturing jobs in the U.S., the public remains unconvinced. By a margin of 73% to 26%, Americans say they would personally prefer an office job to a manufacturing job with equal pay. Men are slightly more inclined toward manufacturing work, with 37% expressing that preference, which rises to 43% among Republican men.

The CNN poll surveyed 1,678 adults nationwide using online and telephone interviews. Conducted between April 17 and 24, the sample was drawn from a mix of probability-based online panels and registration-based sources. Initial contact was made via mail, phone, or email. The margin of error for the full sample is plus or minus 2.9 percentage points.

Elon Musk Promises to Refocus on Tesla Amid Concerns Over His Government Role

Tesla CEO Elon Musk announced on Tuesday that he intends to shift his attention back to the electric vehicle company, although he said he would continue working in government as long as President Trump needs him. Musk, serving as a special government employee (SGE), is limited to working 130 days a year in that capacity. With about 36 weeks remaining this year, Musk’s schedule could place his total days in government service between 126 and 162.

Tesla investors have long urged Musk to prioritize the automaker and bring to life his ambitious plans, including autonomous taxi fleets, humanoid robots, and fully unsupervised self-driving technology. During an earnings call with analysts on Tuesday, Musk agreed to these calls, promising to dedicate more time to Tesla and scale back his involvement with the Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE).

“Probably starting next month, in May, my time allocation at DOGE will drop significantly,” Musk stated. “I’ll have to continue doing it. I think we have the remainder of the President’s term just to make sure that the waste and fraud that we stopped does not come roaring back, which it’ll do if it has the chance.”

Musk further clarified he would spend “a day or two per week on government matters for as long as the President would like me to do so, as long as it is useful.” However, he made it clear that his main focus would soon return to Tesla. “But starting next month, I will be allocating far more of my time to Tesla now that the major work of establishing the Department of Government Efficiency is done,” Musk declared.

Notably, Musk did not directly address the restriction on his government role as an SGE, which legally caps his participation at 130 days over a calendar year. To comply, Musk must carefully manage his time, especially since he has already logged about 90 days as an SGE. With 36 weeks left in the year, spending one or two days weekly could push him into a range of 126 to 162 days, risking a breach of the rules.

The SGE designation permits Musk to maintain leadership roles in private companies without undergoing the public financial disclosures expected from full-time government employees. Besides his leadership at Tesla, Musk is also deeply involved with other companies he founded, including SpaceX, X (formerly Twitter), the Boring Company, Neuralink, and xAI. Generally, individuals assuming government roles resign from their private sector positions, but Musk’s unique designation allows him to avoid that.

The White House has not yet responded to requests for comment regarding Musk’s government role and how it aligns with the rules.

Despite some unanswered questions about Musk’s time spent assisting the Trump administration, Tesla shareholders reacted positively to his renewed commitment to the company. After Musk’s comments—widely covered in the media—Tesla’s stock surged more than 5% during after-hours trading.

This surge came even though Tesla posted another lackluster quarter financially, disappointing investors once again. The company reported drops in operating income, net income, and operating margins. Revenue fell 9% year-over-year to $19 billion, although energy revenues saw a 67% increase, reaching $2.73 billion. Tesla’s cash reserves also grew, rising 38% year-over-year to about $37 billion.

Tesla’s shareholder base, particularly its large community of retail investors, voiced growing concern over Musk’s divided focus. Before the quarterly earnings call, Tesla’s investor relations team collected questions from shareholders. Of the 161 questions focused specifically on Musk, the top three came from some of the largest retail investors, all expressing anxiety over his involvement in government work.

One investor holding about 88,000 Tesla shares wrote, “Boycotts, protests, vandalism, negative headlines, and a stock slide have been sparked by Elon Musk’s participation in changes to U.S. gov’t services & employment. Is the Tesla board discussing whether their CEO should focus fully on Tesla and leave gov’t to elected politicians?”

Another concerned investor, who owns 365,000 shares, asked, “How is the company planning to deal with the impact of Elon’s partnership with the current administration?”

The third most popular question, which also had the third-highest number of upvotes from other shareholders, pressed the company further: “With Elon’s involvement with the federal government the Tesla brand has been under attack, more so than usual. What steps are the company taking to alleviate these attacks and educate the public about the benefits of Tesla?”

The questions highlight a deep worry among Tesla’s investors that Musk’s government activities could further damage Tesla’s public image and stock performance. While Musk’s work on government reform has been praised by some, critics argue that it has made Tesla a bigger political target than ever before, adding pressure to an already volatile stock.

Although Musk’s commitment to spend more time at Tesla was welcomed news, it remains uncertain how he will balance his ambitious automotive goals with his continued government role. Some investors fear that even a limited commitment to political work could continue to weigh on Tesla’s reputation and financial results.

Nonetheless, many view Musk’s promise to pivot his focus back to Tesla as a necessary step toward achieving the company’s ambitious targets in technology innovation and expansion. His efforts are particularly vital now as Tesla faces intensified competition from traditional automakers entering the electric vehicle space and as regulatory scrutiny over self-driving technology grows.

For now, Tesla shareholders will be watching closely to see if Musk follows through on his promises. His ability to deliver on Tesla’s future technology—and not be sidetracked by his government service—could determine whether the company regains its former market strength or faces further instability ahead.

White House Reportedly Exploring Replacement for Hegseth Amid New Leak Controversy

The White House has initiated a quiet search for a potential replacement for Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth, according to a U.S. official familiar with the matter who was not authorized to speak publicly. This development comes in the wake of another controversy involving Hegseth, who is once again under scrutiny for allegedly leaking sensitive military information in a group chat.

According to the source, Hegseth disclosed classified details in a private group conversation using the Signal messaging app on his personal phone. The recipients of this information reportedly included his wife, brother, and legal counsel. The content of the chat allegedly included minute-by-minute updates on U.S. airstrikes targeting Houthi positions in Yemen. This incident is said to have occurred in March, around the same time that Hegseth relayed similar classified information to senior officials at the White House through another Signal group. That group inadvertently included a journalist.

The premature disclosure of strike information could have placed American pilots in harm’s way had it been intercepted by enemy forces. Already, Houthi militants have successfully downed two U.S. Predator drones, raising concerns about potential lapses in operational security.

Despite the allegations, White House Press Secretary Karoline Leavitt denied any effort to replace Hegseth. In a statement posted on X, she declared, “President Trump stands strongly behind him.” President Trump echoed this sentiment during a press interaction at the White House, dismissing the controversy as overblown. “He’s doing a great job — ask the Houthis how he’s doing,” the president remarked.

Hegseth also pushed back against the allegations during a White House Easter event held earlier in the day. “This is what the media does, they take anonymous sources from disgruntled former employees, and then they try to slash and burn people, ruin their reputation. It’s not going to work with me,” Hegseth said in his defense.

The defense secretary’s comments appear to reference the abrupt exits of four high-ranking Pentagon advisers last week. One of them, former Defense Department spokesperson John Ullyot, resigned and subsequently published a strongly-worded opinion article describing recent events at the Pentagon as a “full-blown meltdown” marked by internal disputes that, according to him, are undermining President Trump’s administration.

Three other Pentagon officials—Dan Caldwell, Colin Carroll, and Darin Selnick—were also removed from their positions and escorted out of the building. These individuals were accused of leaking information to the media, although they have denied any wrongdoing. The trio issued a joint statement on X labeling their removal as “unconscionable” and emphasizing that they had not been informed about the specific nature of the alleged leaks.

“All three of us served our country honorably in uniform — for two of us, this included deployments to the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan. And, based on our collective service, we understand the importance of information security and worked every day to protect it,” they wrote in their statement.

Caldwell and Selnick, in particular, have long-standing professional ties with Hegseth, having collaborated with him at Concerned Veterans for America, a conservative advocacy group that has influenced veterans’ policy in recent years.

The unfolding drama has not gone unnoticed by lawmakers. Senator Jeanne Shaheen of New Hampshire, a Democrat and a member of the Senate Armed Services Committee, criticized Hegseth’s actions and pointed to the larger issue of his qualifications for the job. “But we must not forget that ultimate responsibility here lies with President Trump for selecting a former weekend TV host, without any experience successfully leading a large and complex organization, to run our government’s biggest department and make life and death decisions for our military and country,” she stated.

While the White House maintains public support for Hegseth, the internal deliberations about his future suggest a growing concern over the implications of his actions. The fact that the leak could have compromised national security has escalated the urgency of the situation, particularly as tensions continue to rise in the Middle East and the U.S. military maintains a delicate operational presence in the region.

The controversy has also shed light on the potential security vulnerabilities that arise from using personal devices and encrypted messaging apps for sensitive communications. The Signal app, while popular for its end-to-end encryption, is not authorized for the transmission of classified material by U.S. government officials. The revelation that Hegseth may have used it to share top-secret operational data with non-government individuals raises serious questions about protocol adherence and information governance at the highest levels of national defense.

The March leak incident is particularly alarming because of its proximity to real-time operations. Intelligence and defense analysts worry that such breaches, if exploited by foreign actors, could jeopardize not only the safety of military personnel but also the success of U.S. missions abroad. Given that adversaries such as the Houthis have already demonstrated their ability to down advanced American drones, any additional vulnerabilities could be catastrophic.

Although the administration has made no official announcements regarding a search for a new defense secretary, the internal discussions suggest that the controversy surrounding Hegseth has reached a critical point. The situation could develop further depending on whether more details emerge about the extent and impact of the leaks, and whether Congress or the intelligence community demands a formal investigation.

As the Pentagon reels from internal discord and high-level departures, questions remain about morale within the department and the future direction of U.S. military leadership. If more officials continue to speak out, or if further security lapses come to light, the administration could be forced to re-evaluate its stance on Hegseth despite the president’s current support.

In the meantime, the defense secretary remains defiant, attributing the backlash to politically motivated leaks and disgruntled former colleagues. Whether that narrative will hold up under increasing scrutiny is yet to be seen. The situation underscores the complex and high-stakes nature of leadership at the Pentagon, especially during a time of global instability and growing threats.

For now, Hegseth remains in his position, bolstered by public endorsements from President Trump and the White House. However, the growing controversy surrounding his handling of classified information has sparked concerns that may ultimately determine his political and professional future.

Trump’s Renewed Attacks on Fed Chair Shake Markets and Fuel Global Economic Jitters

U.S. financial markets were rocked once again as President Donald Trump escalated his public criticism of Federal Reserve Chair Jerome Powell, branding him “a major loser” over the central bank’s decision not to cut interest rates. The president demanded that Powell take immediate action to lower borrowing costs in a bid to stimulate the American economy.

Using social media as his platform, Trump urged Powell to slash interest rates “pre-emptively,” accusing the Fed chair of being too slow to react to the evolving economic landscape. “There can be a SLOWING of the economy unless Mr. Too Late, a major loser, lowers interest rates, NOW,” the president declared in his online post.

Trump’s latest remarks come amid growing concern that his own economic policies—particularly aggressive tariffs—have contributed to market instability and increased the risk of a recession. His ongoing feud with Powell, whom he appointed during his first term in office, has only deepened the market unease.

As a result of the heightened tensions and economic anxiety, U.S. stock indexes suffered steep losses. The S&P 500, a barometer of 500 of America’s most significant companies, dropped by approximately 2.4% on Monday. Since the beginning of the year, the index has declined by around 12%. The Dow Jones Industrial Average mirrored that performance, also falling 2.4% and registering a year-to-date loss of roughly 10%. Meanwhile, the tech-heavy Nasdaq fared even worse, shedding more than 2.5% and posting a staggering 18% decline since January.

The market jitters weren’t confined to the U.S. On Tuesday, trading remained subdued in most Asia-Pacific markets. Japan’s Nikkei 225 closed slightly lower by about 0.1%, and Australia’s ASX 200 declined by roughly 0.3%. In contrast, Hong Kong’s Hang Seng Index managed a modest gain of about 0.3%.

European markets also reflected the global unease. In early trading, the UK’s FTSE 100 edged down by about 0.05%, while Germany’s DAX index fell by 0.5%. France’s CAC 40 registered a more pronounced drop of 0.6%.

Ordinarily, the U.S. dollar and government bonds are viewed as safe havens during market turmoil. However, even these assets have come under pressure. The dollar index, which gauges the greenback’s strength against a basket of currencies including the euro, fell on Monday to its lowest point since 2022.

In another sign of market unrest, yields on U.S. government bonds climbed on Tuesday, indicating that investors are demanding higher returns to hold onto Treasuries. This trend reflects a lack of confidence in the near-term stability of the U.S. economy.

At the same time, gold prices soared to a record high, breaching the $3,500 per ounce threshold. The surge in the precious metal’s value signals investors’ preference for assets deemed more secure amid uncertain times. Gold is traditionally seen as a safe haven when economic conditions become volatile.

Susannah Streeter, head of money and markets at Hargreaves Lansdown, pointed to multiple global factors boosting gold’s appeal. “No long-term resolution [is] in sight for conflicts around the world, particularly in Ukraine and Gaza,” she noted. “There are also concerns about the risk that geo-political tensions escalate as opportunities in the Arctic are eyed by the US and Russia,” she added.

Meanwhile, tensions are not just limited to economic policies and markets. On the global diplomatic front, China has issued a warning to other nations, urging them not to “appease” the U.S. in trade negotiations. The comments come amid increasing skepticism of American leadership in global economic matters.

Despite the heightened uncertainty, the International Monetary Fund (IMF) recently stated that a global recession remains unlikely, even with the pressures stemming from U.S. tariffs. However, the IMF also warned that its upcoming country-by-country growth forecasts would include “notable markdowns.”

President Trump’s criticisms of Powell are not new. Throughout his first term, he repeatedly expressed dissatisfaction with Powell’s approach to interest rates and even reportedly considered firing him. Following his return to office, Trump has continued to pressure Powell to cut borrowing costs.

This latest attack followed Powell’s remarks cautioning that Trump’s tariff policies could contribute to inflation and impede economic growth. Trump ramped up his criticism last Thursday by publicly calling for Powell’s removal. “Powell’s termination cannot come fast enough,” he wrote on social media.

The idea of dismissing the Fed chair is controversial and could face significant legal hurdles. The Federal Reserve has traditionally operated with a high degree of independence to insulate it from short-term political influence. Powell has previously told reporters that he does not believe the president possesses the legal authority to fire him.

Still, the Trump administration appears to be exploring options. One of Trump’s top economic advisers confirmed that discussions about removing Powell were underway, noting this on Friday—a day when the U.S. stock market was closed.

These developments coincide with the spring meetings of the International Monetary Fund and the World Bank, where top financial policymakers have gathered in Washington. The heightened political pressure on the Fed has become a central topic of concern at the gatherings.

Christopher Meissner, an economics professor at the University of California, Davis, and a former IMF employee, explained to the BBC’s Today programme that political interference in central banking was more common in the past. “However, the past 30 or 40 years what we’ve learned is that central bank independence is the key to financial stability and low inflation. And I think this is a major reversal and we have to watch out for it,” he warned.

Streeter echoed this view, emphasizing the importance of insulating monetary policymakers from political influence. “The independence of central banks is seen as critical to ensure long-term price stability, ringfencing policymakers from short-term political pressures,” she said.

Looking ahead, the IMF will release its latest economic projections shortly. These forecasts are expected to reflect growing concerns about U.S. economic performance and its potential ripple effects worldwide. “They used to say ‘When the US sneezed, the rest of the world caught a cold’. It’ll be really curious to see if that continues,” said Meissner. “However, I think people are expecting a pretty significant downturn in the US in the coming months… and that can’t be good for the rest of the world.”

Streeter noted that Trump’s policy decisions have undermined the global perception of the U.S. as a stable economic leader. “Yields on 10-year US Treasuries have held onto their recent rise above 4.4%. It’s another sign of unease about the direction of the US economy, amid worries that policies playing out could keep inflation higher and slow growth, and flags the anxiety rattling through the markets right now,” she said.

USPS Plans New Stamp Price Hike Effective This July, Including Forever Stamps

The cost of mailing letters and postcards in the United States is set to rise once again later this year, as the U.S. Postal Service (USPS) moves forward with plans to increase stamp prices. While the changes are not yet in effect, customers still have a window of opportunity to purchase stamps at current prices before the proposed adjustments are implemented.

Among the most notable changes is the planned increase in the cost of a Forever Stamp, which is widely used for sending first-class letters. The USPS has submitted a proposal to raise the price of a Forever Stamp from its current rate of 73 cents to 78 cents. While the suggested increase must still receive the formal green light from the Postal Regulatory Commission, approval is expected, as the commission has historically authorized previous price adjustments.

If the proposed hike is confirmed, the new rate of 78 cents will take effect starting July 13. That means consumers looking to save money on future postage have until July 12 to buy Forever Stamps at the existing 73-cent price. Since Forever Stamps do not expire and remain valid regardless of any future rate increases, purchasing them now allows customers to hedge against future mailing costs.

The USPS explained that the decision to raise prices stems from a broader need to shore up its financial foundation and ensure the sustainability of long-term plans. “The price increase is needed to ‘achieve the financial stability’ to meet the goals of its existing Delivering for America 10-year plan,” the agency said in a statement. This strategic roadmap outlines the USPS’s objectives for modernization, service improvements, and cost-efficiency over the next decade.

But the price adjustment won’t be limited to just Forever Stamps. The Postal Service is also proposing increases for a range of other commonly used mailing products. For example, the cost of sending a metered 1-ounce letter is expected to go up by five cents, climbing from 69 cents to 74 cents. Domestic postcards, another popular mailing option, will also see a notable rise in price, jumping from 56 cents to 62 cents.

International mailing options are not exempt from the upcoming changes either. The price of international postcards is slated to increase slightly from $1.65 to $1.70. The same applies to international letters weighing up to one ounce, which are set to rise from $1.65 to $1.70 as well. Additionally, the fee for adding an extra ounce to domestic letters is expected to increase modestly from 28 cents to 29 cents.

This scheduled hike in postal rates marks the first price adjustment of 2025 and continues a recent trend of frequent changes to stamp costs. The most recent increase occurred on July 24, 2024, when the price of a Forever Stamp went from 68 cents to 73 cents. Prior to that, a two-cent rise was implemented in January 2024, when prices climbed from 66 cents to 68 cents. Even earlier, in 2023, the rate for a Forever Stamp increased from 63 cents to 66 cents, reflecting a steady escalation in mailing expenses over the past two years.

These repeated increases reflect the USPS’s broader efforts to respond to evolving economic conditions, including inflation, declining mail volumes, and rising operational costs. Each rate change is part of an ongoing attempt to ensure the agency can maintain its service commitments and invest in needed infrastructure improvements.

While some consumers may be frustrated by the prospect of paying more for postage, the USPS emphasizes that the financial realities it faces require proactive steps to secure the system’s long-term viability. According to USPS officials, the 10-year Delivering for America plan serves as a vital framework for achieving this goal, guiding the agency through necessary reforms, efficiency upgrades, and customer-focused innovations.

The plan is designed to help the Postal Service adapt to the changing dynamics of communication and commerce, which have shifted significantly in recent years. With the growth of digital communication and e-commerce, traditional letter mail has seen a steady decline, putting pressure on USPS revenue. In contrast, package delivery has become a larger focus area, requiring investment in new technology and logistical capabilities.

By adjusting stamp prices and other mailing fees in line with these developments, USPS aims to strike a balance between affordability for customers and the financial health of its operations. As such, while the price changes may be unwelcome for some, they are part of a larger effort to future-proof the nation’s postal system.

To avoid being affected by the higher rates, consumers are encouraged to purchase Forever Stamps and other mailing products before the new prices kick in on July 13. Buying before July 12 ensures access to the lower prices, allowing individuals and businesses alike to manage mailing costs more effectively over time.

The Forever Stamp, in particular, remains a practical and popular choice for many Americans due to its ability to lock in postage value even after multiple price changes. As rates continue to rise, these stamps offer a simple and cost-effective way to stay ahead of inflation and postal rate adjustments.

In summary, the proposed postal rate increases represent a continuation of USPS’s strategy to strengthen its financial footing and modernize its services through the Delivering for America initiative. While the changes must still be approved, they are expected to go into effect on July 13. Until then, customers still have a chance to purchase stamps and other mail services at the current rates.

As USPS puts it, the price hikes are essential to meet its future goals: “The price increase is needed to ‘achieve the financial stability’ to meet the goals of its existing Delivering for America 10-year plan.”

With inflation and financial pressure on federal services unlikely to ease soon, such steps may become more common in the years ahead. For now, those who rely on USPS for personal or professional communication may want to act quickly before the new rates arrive.

AACIO Celebrates Dr. Navin C. Nanda’s Legacy with Renaming ACC Distinguished Annual International Service Award as “Navin C. Nanda International Service Award”

Chicago, IL – The Annual Meeting and Scientific Sessions organized by the American Association of Cardiologists of Indian Origin (AACIO), during the annual American College of Cardiology’s (ACC), co-hosted by the Indian American Medical Association-IL and International Society of Cardiovascular Ultrasound (ISCU), was held in Chicago, IL. on March 29, 2025.

Nanda 1 (1)
Dr. Nanda with the President of the American Association of Cardiologists of Indian Origin Dr. Rakesh Sharma at the ACC Gala

The medical and scientific event, attended by over 200 medical professionals and leaders from across the United States, featured state-of-the-art lectures and four young investigator awards.

A highlight of the annual was the announcement of the ACC’s Distinguished Award for International Service, named in perpetuity in honor of Dr. Navin C. Nanda, MD, FACC. This is the first time that ACC has named one of its most distinguished and prestigious annual awards not only after an eminent US Cardiologist of Indian Origin, but also for any Cardiologist born outside the USA.

On behalf of the American College of Cardiology, Board of Trustees, Brynne MacCann, Director of ACC Philanthropy, attended the meeting to congratulate Dr. Nanda and expressed her gratitude to AACIO for their support. On behalf of the ACC Board of Trustees, MacCann, in her message said, “The ACC Board of Trustees is thankful to AACIO for nominating and supporting the International Service Award in Dr. Nanda’s name, recognizing his pioneering work in echocardiography and dedication to education and mentorship. This award will continue to inspire future generations of cardiovascular leaders.”

Nanda 2 (1)
Recognition of Dr. Nanda at the American College of Cardiology Convention 2025 in Chicago

AACIO President Rakesh Sharma, MD, FACC, said, “We’re proud to recognize ACC’s decision to establish this prestigious award in Dr. Nanda’s name, a testament to his enduring legacy. His groundbreaking work and tireless efforts in mentoring have left a lasting impact.”

Dr. Nanda expressed his gratitude, stating, “The designation of the ACC International Service Award in my name is the most meaningful achievement in my career. I’m grateful to the ACC Board and AACIO Executive Committee, especially Dr. Sharma, for their support.”

1AACIO Celebrates Dr Navin C Nanda's Legacy with Renaming ACC Distinguished Annual International Service Award as “Navin C Nanda International Service Award”
Dr. Navin C Nanda with the leadership of AACIO Dr. Rakesh Sharma, Dr. Gopal Lalmalani and Dr. Samir Shah at the AACIO Annual Conference in Chicago on March 29, 2025

Dr. Nanda, a Distinguished Professor of Medicine, is recognized worldwide as the “Father of Modern Echocardiography” for his pioneering contributions not only in adult but also pediatric and fetal echocardiography.

Dr. Nanda has made cutting-edge advancements in the field, including three-dimensional, contrast, and both conventional and color Doppler echocardiographyDr. Nanda is a Distinguished Professor of Medicine and Cardiovascular Disease at the University of Alabama at Birmingham, Medicine, Birmingham AL. He received his medical degree from Seth G.S. Medical College and his Doctor of Medicine degree from the University of Mumbai.

AACIO Celebrates Dr Navin C Nanda's Legacy with Renaming ACC Distinguished Annual International Service Award as “Navin C Nanda International Service Award”
Presentation of multiorganizational recognition plaque to Dr. Navin Nanda as the Chair of Indo-US Scientific Convention in Hyderabad on January 18, 2025 by the Convention Co-Chair Dr.Vemuri Murthy at the AACIO Annual Conference.

ACCIO, founded in 1986, is a foremost organization that represents the interests of almost 6,000 Cardiologists of Indian Origin practicing in the United States.

The inaugural Navin C. Nanda International Service Award will be presented at ACC’s Annual Scientific Session in 2026 in New Orleans, LA.

Dr Nanda’s interview by the ACC was also simultaneously published in cardiology. https://www.acc.org/Latest-in-Cardiology/Articles/2025/04/01/01/Feature-Making-A-Global-Difference

US Vice President J D Vance Set to Visit India from April 21 to 24

United States Vice President J D Vance is scheduled to embark on his first official trip to India from April 21 to April 24, as confirmed by the Indian government. Accompanying him on this significant diplomatic journey will be Second Lady Usha Vance, their children, and key senior officials from the Trump administration. The visit marks a continuation of the strong strategic partnership between India and the United States, following recent high-level exchanges between the two countries.

The Indian government announced in an official statement that Vance will hold a meeting with Prime Minister Narendra Modi on April 21, a central component of his three-day visit. “The Vice President and his delegation will have other engagements in Delhi and are also scheduled to visit Jaipur and Agra before departing for Washington DC on April 24,” the statement noted. The visit is being viewed as a valuable opportunity for both nations to assess the current status of their bilateral relations and evaluate the implementation of the key outcomes outlined in the joint statement released on February 13 during Prime Minister Modi’s trip to the United States.

During his time in India, Vice President Vance is expected to engage in wide-ranging discussions with Indian leaders, covering important regional and global developments. These discussions are aimed at deepening mutual understanding and coordination on issues of shared concern. According to the Indian government, “The visit will provide an opportunity for both sides to review progress in bilateral relations and implementation of the outcomes of the India-US joint statement issued on Feb 13 during Modi’s visit.”

The U.S. side has also issued a formal announcement confirming the visit and underlining its cultural and diplomatic importance. The statement emphasized that Vice President Vance and his family will take part in cultural engagements during their stay in India. “Vance and family will participate in engagements at cultural sites in India,” it noted. These cultural activities are expected to underscore the strong people-to-people ties that form an essential pillar of the India-U.S. relationship.

The choice of cities for the Vice President’s itinerary reflects a mix of political and cultural interests. While the official meetings and diplomatic exchanges will be conducted in New Delhi, the delegation’s visits to Jaipur and Agra will allow them to experience India’s rich cultural heritage firsthand. Jaipur, known as the Pink City, is famous for its architectural marvels and vibrant local culture, while Agra is home to the iconic Taj Mahal, one of the most visited landmarks in the world and a UNESCO World Heritage Site.

The timing of the visit is significant as it comes at a moment when both nations are keen to expand their cooperation across several sectors, including defense, technology, trade, and climate. The February 13 joint statement, which will be a reference point for many of the discussions during Vance’s trip, outlined a comprehensive framework for advancing shared priorities. This includes enhanced defense collaboration, promotion of clean energy initiatives, facilitation of critical and emerging technologies, and bolstering economic exchanges.

Both governments appear eager to maintain the momentum that was established during earlier high-level engagements, and this upcoming visit by Vice President Vance provides a platform to reinforce those commitments. Given the strategic convergence between India and the United States in the Indo-Pacific and beyond, it is expected that the two sides will use the opportunity to exchange views on pressing regional security concerns and align their positions on global matters of mutual interest.

Observers believe that the presence of Second Lady Usha Vance and their children on this trip adds a personal touch to the diplomatic visit and signifies the importance of strengthening interpersonal and cultural dimensions of the bilateral relationship. It is common for leaders and their families to engage in such symbolic gestures, which often resonate positively with the public and media on both sides.

As this is Vance’s inaugural trip to India, it also carries symbolic weight and serves as a message about the priorities of the Trump administration in its approach to foreign policy, particularly in relation to South Asia. His engagement with Indian leaders, cultural figures, and civil society will be closely watched as a measure of how Washington aims to frame its ties with New Delhi in the coming years.

The visit is also likely to involve discussions on major global developments, including geopolitical tensions, economic recovery post-pandemic, and cooperation in international forums. With India playing an increasingly influential role on the world stage, both nations are looking to align their diplomatic efforts and maximize their shared interests through frequent and high-level engagements.

Throughout the three-day visit, Vice President Vance and his delegation are expected to participate in a series of official meetings, policy discussions, and cultural programs. His interactions in New Delhi are likely to include sessions with Indian cabinet ministers and senior officials to deepen collaboration across various sectors. In Jaipur and Agra, the delegation will engage in site visits that not only highlight India’s historical and architectural treasures but also reflect the broader cultural diplomacy goals of the visit.

While specific details about the cultural engagements have not been released, it is expected that the Vance family’s participation will focus on showcasing appreciation for India’s heritage, further enhancing the warmth of the bilateral ties. Such cultural interactions have often been used as a tool to emphasize common values and build lasting goodwill between nations.

The government of India has stated that this visit will help advance the implementation of previously agreed-upon measures and identify new areas of cooperation. By reviewing the deliverables from the February 13 joint statement, both countries hope to chart a forward-looking roadmap for deeper cooperation. The government noted, “The two sides will exchange views on regional and global developments of mutual interest.”

This visit marks yet another chapter in the continuing evolution of India-U.S. ties, which have steadily grown stronger over the past two decades. With regular exchanges at the highest levels, both nations have worked to build a strategic partnership rooted in democratic values, mutual trust, and shared aspirations for peace and prosperity.

As Vice President Vance concludes his trip on April 24, analysts will be watching closely for the outcomes and signals emerging from this diplomatic engagement. The visit not only underscores the importance of the bilateral relationship but also sets the stage for further collaboration as both nations navigate complex global challenges and opportunities together.

Americans Turn to Unconventional Housing Amid Soaring Costs

As housing prices continue to surge across the United States, many Americans are finding themselves unable to afford traditional homes and are instead embracing alternative housing solutions. From living in tiny homes to converting barns into residences, and even forming shared living communities, these nontraditional methods are gaining traction among those looking for cost-effective and sustainable ways to live.

With conventional homeownership becoming increasingly inaccessible, some Americans are repurposing old commercial buildings or opting for prefabricated homes on purchased land. Others are choosing to share homes with strangers to minimize expenses. Here are three unconventional paths that are reshaping the American housing landscape.

Tiny Houses

When Elisa Boots and her husband Rick relocated from New York City to Seattle a decade ago, they arrived during a period of rapid population growth in the city. Data from the U.S. Census Bureau shows Seattle added about 60,000 new residents between 2010 and 2014, largely due to a surge in tech jobs and a flourishing economy. This influx of new residents drove up housing demand and home prices to levels the couple couldn’t afford, even in the surrounding suburbs.

Searching for affordable alternatives, they discovered the tiny house movement. These homes typically measure under 500 square feet and resemble miniature suburban homes, complete with bathrooms, kitchens, and bedrooms. Some tiny houses are built on permanent foundations, while others are mobile with wheels, allowing owners the flexibility to move as they please.

Interest in tiny homes spiked after the 2008 Great Recession, as Americans increasingly sought to downsize. By 2014, one small Texas town dubbed itself the first “tiny-house friendly town.” Since then, states like Kentucky, Missouri, Vermont, and Maine have become attractive destinations for tiny house living, either because of flexible zoning laws or the abundance of space to park the homes.

Tiny homes are praised for their mobility and energy efficiency, but their affordability is one of the most significant draws. According to Bankrate, a basic tiny home typically costs between $20,000 and $60,000, depending on size, building materials, and features.

Elisa Boots and her husband each own a tiny house, which they travel with by hitching them together. While Boots paid around $75,000 for hers, her husband’s custom-built unit exceeded $100,000. Still, the couple believes this approach is more cost-effective than purchasing a traditional home.

They pay approximately $650 each month for their space in an Oregon RV park near Mount Hood, plus another $100 each for utilities including electricity, water, and trash service. Combined, their monthly costs are well below Oregon’s average rent of $1,795 for a one-bedroom apartment, according to Zillow, and significantly less than the $2,000 they anticipated paying monthly on a standard mortgage outside Portland or Seattle.

“That has freed us up incredibly, to do a lot of the things that people dream about,” Boots said.

Barndominiums

Another growing trend is barndominiums, or “barndos,” which are structures resembling barns on the outside but offering the comforts of traditional homes on the inside, including kitchens, bedrooms, and living spaces. These homes have become especially popular in rural areas over the past decade. In fact, a national survey revealed that 7 percent of single-family home builders had completed a barndominium in the previous year.

Barndominiums typically come in two forms: repurposed barns converted into homes, or new metal post-framed structures designed to look like barns from the start. According to Paul Murphy, a home planning adviser with My Barndo Plans in Frisco, Texas, it is generally cheaper to build a new barndominium than to convert an existing barn, due to the high costs of retrofitting older structures for human habitation.

Murphy’s company constructs the barndominium frames and wall panels using red iron, which is a more affordable building material than wood. The firm also offers barndominium kits, which include precut frames that can significantly speed up the construction process.

“Having that time savings of getting the home up quicker is another benefit of a barndo,” Murphy said.

Barndominiums offer significant cost savings compared to traditional homes. Tony Golladay, owner of BuildMax — a company that sells barndo kits — told House Beautiful that the average cost for a barndominium ranges from $35 to $45 per square foot. In contrast, a conventional home typically costs between $100 and $155 per square foot, according to Bankrate.

Co-Housing

The third nontraditional housing option gaining momentum is co-housing, a community-focused living arrangement where individuals or families reside in private homes while sharing communal spaces. These communities typically consist of small private residences surrounding a larger common house that includes amenities like a communal kitchen, dining area, meeting rooms, and guest accommodations.

The concept isn’t new. Architect Katie McCamant introduced the co-housing idea to the U.S. in the early 1980s after studying the model in Denmark. Some also credit architect and author Charles Durrett for popularizing co-housing in America.

In recent years, co-housing has grown in popularity, driven by people seeking social connection, caregiving support, and environmentally conscious living. According to the Cohousing Association of the United States, the country currently has at least 165 co-housing communities, with another 140 in the planning stages.

Financially, co-housing can be beneficial, even if the upfront costs don’t always suggest so. Don Reinhardt, a member of Louisville Co-Housing, explained that many communities are formed by a group of interested individuals who collaborate to fund and construct their ideal living space.

“The cost of the common houses are usually offset adequately by the smaller footprint of the individual houses,” Reinhardt said.

With access to shared communal areas, residents don’t need large individual homes. Raines Cohen, a community organizer at the National Co-Housing Association and a resident of a co-housing community in Berkeley, California, noted, “You don’t need to have room for lots of people to come over or your own guest room.”

These smaller homes are more economical to build and also cheaper to maintain, heat, and cool. Additionally, co-housing promotes resource sharing and collaborative domestic responsibilities, which further reduces living costs. Residents may take turns mowing the lawn or jointly pay for landscaping services.

“Co-housing is very much about the long haul and what you can do together,” Reinhardt emphasized.

As housing prices remain a challenge for millions of Americans, nontraditional housing alternatives are becoming increasingly mainstream. Whether it’s living in a tiny mobile home, a customized barn-style residence, or a community that blends privacy with shared responsibility, these options are providing more flexible, affordable, and meaningful ways for people to create a home.

Republicans Warn Trump’s Tariffs Could Backfire Politically in 2026 Elections

Republican lawmakers are increasingly concerned that President Trump’s trade war could politically hurt their party in 2026, as the effects of higher prices and slowing economic growth may overshadow other GOP achievements.

Several GOP senators are pointing to past elections—specifically those in 1932 and 1982—as cautionary examples of how trade wars and inflation have previously cost Republicans at the ballot box. They fear that history may repeat itself.

Many in the Republican Party view tariffs as a de facto tax increase on American consumers. Some lawmakers have observed that in the last two major instances when Congress passed tax increases similar in scope to Trump’s recent tariffs, the president’s party experienced heavy electoral losses.

“In the national elections, you can go back to 1982 when I think it was about 26 congressional seats that were lost [by Republicans],” said Sen. Thom Tillis (R-N.C.), who is expected to be one of the top Democratic targets in the upcoming midterms.

That year marked President Reagan’s first midterm election, and Republicans lost 26 seats in the House, largely due to soaring interest rates and widespread public dissatisfaction with the economy. Republicans also lost one Senate seat in that election cycle.

That same year, Congress passed the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act. The law raised corporate and excise taxes and enhanced tax compliance, ultimately increasing federal revenues by close to 1 percent, as noted by the nonpartisan Tax Foundation.

“No doubt, if we’re having the same discussions about tariffs in February of next year, all the indicators would be ‘wrong track,’” Tillis added.

He emphasized that the Trump administration must deliver on its promises of beneficial trade agreements by February of the following year or risk facing significant political consequences.

“They’ve got about 10 months to wrap a bow around this and say, ‘See, I told you so,’ or you’re going to start seeing political headwinds,” Tillis warned.

Another significant election in Republican memory is from 1994, when the GOP made a massive gain—winning 54 seats in the House and eight in the Senate—following President Clinton’s signing of the 1993 Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act, which raised taxes.

According to a report published Friday by the Tax Foundation, Trump’s current tariffs are expected to raise annual government revenue by 0.56 percent of the gross domestic product, representing the largest jump since Clinton’s 1993 tax hike.

Senators were initially relieved when Trump announced a 90-day suspension on most of the steep reciprocal tariffs he had declared against several countries. However, they note that political risks remain high, especially given Trump’s imposition of a 145 percent tariff on Chinese imports, which prompted a retaliatory 125 percent tariff from China on American goods.

While the stock market surged after Trump’s announcement of the 90-day pause, the rally was short-lived. Markets dropped again sharply on Thursday amid ongoing uncertainty over the U.S. economy. By Friday, some of those losses had been reversed.

Lawmakers expressed alarm over the sell-off in the bond markets, viewing it as a troubling signal for the overall economy. Yields on 10-year and 30-year Treasury bonds climbed significantly during the week, reaching as high as 4.59 percent and 4.88 percent respectively, increasing borrowing costs for businesses and consumers.

The 30-year Treasury yield, which heavily influences mortgage rates, experienced its sharpest weekly rise since 1982, according to Yahoo Finance.

A senior Republican aide in the Senate, who spoke on condition of anonymity, cautioned that Trump could undermine his strongest issue going into the 2024 election: the economy, which was the top priority for voters last year.

A Gallup survey published in October showed Trump enjoying a 9-point lead over then-Vice President Kamala Harris in terms of handling the economy.

However, an Economist/YouGov poll released this week revealed that Trump’s approval rating fell by five points compared to the previous week, largely due to the chaos caused by his tariff measures.

The impact of the tariffs has been particularly concerning in agricultural states.

“It’s not good for my farmers,” said Sen. Mike Rounds (R-S.D.) last week, referring to the volatility in stock, bond, and commodity markets.

Rounds, who is running for reelection next year, added, “We’ve got a lot of people that rely on being able to sell our commodities around the world.”

China, Trump’s primary target for tariffs, imported $1.4 billion worth of goods from South Dakota in 2022, the most recent year for which data is available. That figure represents 28 percent of South Dakota’s total goods production.

Several Republicans are drawing comparisons between tariffs and tax hikes—both politically perilous territory in today’s GOP.

“Tariffs are a tax on consumers, and I’m not a fan of jacking up taxes on American consumers,” said Sen. Ted Cruz (R-Texas) during an interview with Fox Business’s Larry Kudlow.

Sen. Rand Paul (R-Ky.) issued a strong warning to fellow Republicans, saying they risk major electoral defeats in the coming year unless they alter their stance on trade. He also warned that current trade policies could lead to a deep economic downturn.

Paul cited the 1930 Smoot-Hawley Tariff Act as a historical parallel. Its two main architects—Sen. Reed Smoot (R-Utah) and Rep. Willis Hawley (R-Ore.)—were both voted out of office in the 1932 election.

Paul believes the tariffs of that era worsened the Great Depression and significantly damaged the Republican Party’s image for decades.

“We went into the wilderness for a long, long time,” he said. “The depression was multifactorial, but most historians have written that that Smoot-Hawley tariff actually made things worse and the depression longer.

“I don’t think the politics are good,” Paul concluded. “The economics of tariffs are bad; the politics, if anything, are worse.”

Senate Democratic Leader Chuck Schumer (D-N.Y.) has also been critical, arguing that Trump’s tariffs are steering the country toward a recession. He claims that the economic downturn is already affecting political sentiment in swing states.

“We are seeing it move the political needle across the country because people have less and less faith in Donald Trump’s handling of the economic policies of this country, plain and simple. We’re seeing it in just about every state, and the numbers continue to get worse for him,” Schumer stated at a recent press conference.

Sen. Susan Collins (R-Maine), another key target for Democrats in 2026, also criticized Trump’s tariffs on allied nations, particularly the 25 percent tariff imposed on Canadian goods.

She told The Hill she opposes tariffs on Canada due to the negative effects on Maine’s economy.

“I never thought that putting tariffs on friendly countries that are our allies is the way to go,” Collins said.

She recalled discussing the issue with Trump’s trade adviser Peter Navarro during the president’s first term.

“I remember [in] the first administration talking with Peter Navarro about the impact on the lobster industry. There are times when tariffs are appropriate. I think China is an example of that. The Canadian tariffs make no sense,” she said. “This is the position I’ve had for a very long time.”

USPS Proposes Stamp Price Increase to Take Effect in July

If you’re planning to send mail anytime soon, now might be a good time to stock up on Forever stamps before July 12, as the United States Postal Service (USPS) is preparing to implement a new round of price hikes.

The USPS recently announced a proposal to raise postage prices, with the changes expected to come into effect on July 13 if approved. Under this plan, the cost of a first-class Forever stamp would increase by five cents, going from the current rate of 73 cents to 78 cents.

The postal service revealed that it submitted a notice to the Postal Regulatory Commission (PRC) on April 9 to initiate the proposed pricing update.

In a statement released alongside the announcement, USPS explained the reasoning behind the changes, stating, “As changes in the mailing and shipping marketplace continue, these price adjustments are needed to achieve the financial stability sought by the organization’s Delivering for America 10-year plan. USPS prices remain among the most affordable in the world.”

The proposed increases are not limited to just Forever stamps. Metered mail, which currently costs 69 cents, would go up to 74 cents. International letters, which presently require $1.65 in postage, would increase slightly to $1.70. Domestic postcards, meanwhile, are expected to jump from 56 cents to 62 cents.

Before any of these adjustments are officially implemented, the PRC will need to complete its review of the proposal. Assuming the review process is completed in time, the changes would be rolled out beginning July 13.

A look back at postal rates over the decades offers perspective on how prices have climbed. In 1985, the cost of a first-class stamp was just 22 cents. Fast-forward 40 years, and the upcoming proposed rate of 78 cents represents more than a threefold increase.

The most recent price hike occurred in July of last year, when the cost of a first-class stamp rose from 68 cents to 73 cents. According to the Miami Herald, that change equaled the largest price increase in the agency’s history.

The announcement of yet another increase comes at a time when the USPS is undergoing various shifts and facing potential restructuring. On March 24, Postmaster General Louis DeJoy stepped down from his position after nearly five years of leadership. DeJoy, who had been a controversial figure during his tenure, released a statement detailing his decision to resign and outlining his views on the organization’s future.

“I believe strongly that the organization is well positioned and capable of carrying forward and fully implementing the many strategies and initiatives that comprise our transformation and modernization, and I have been working closely with the Deputy Postmaster General to prepare for this transition,” DeJoy said in the statement.

He also reflected on the work done under his leadership, noting, “While our management team and the men and women of the Postal Service have established the path toward financial sustainability and high operating performance – and we have instituted enormous beneficial change to what had been an adrift and moribund organization – much work remains that is necessary to sustain our positive trajectory.”

DeJoy’s departure signals a major transition for the USPS, which has faced long-standing debates about its structure and future in the face of competition and shifting business models. One of the most significant proposals in recent years came from President Donald Trump.

In December 2024, Trump, then President-elect, suggested that privatizing the USPS might be a viable way to make it more competitive with major shipping providers like Amazon, FedEx, and UPS, according to the Associated Press.

The push toward privatization didn’t stop there. In February, Trump indicated that he was considering moving the postal service under the jurisdiction of the Department of Commerce. If carried out, this change would mark a dramatic shift in how the USPS operates, particularly given that it has functioned as an independent government agency for 55 years.

Trump’s proposal received support from notable voices, including tech mogul Elon Musk, who has been tasked with overseeing the Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE), as reported by The New York Times. Musk has long advocated for streamlining government operations and has expressed support for restructuring legacy systems like the postal service.

Despite this high-profile backing, the proposal to privatize the USPS has also faced fierce resistance. The National Association of Letter Carriers, which represents thousands of postal workers across the country, has spoken out strongly against the idea.

Union leaders argue that privatization could result in job losses and negatively impact mail delivery, especially in areas that are already underserved.

The organization maintains that maintaining the USPS as a public institution is crucial to preserving reliable and equitable mail service throughout the United States. In particular, the potential consequences for rural communities—where mail delivery can already be inconsistent—are a major concern for postal workers and their advocates.

As the USPS continues to navigate leadership changes, operational reforms, and questions about its future, the price of mailing a letter is once again drawing national attention. The proposed price hike, if enacted, will represent yet another step in the Postal Service’s ongoing efforts to stabilize its finances and modernize its operations in a rapidly evolving shipping landscape.

For now, Americans have until July 12 to purchase Forever stamps at the current price of 73 cents. After that date, assuming the proposed changes are approved by the PRC, those stamps will cost 78 cents. The USPS hopes that this adjustment, along with its broader Delivering for America plan, will help the agency chart a more sustainable path forward.

As stated in their announcement, “USPS prices remain among the most affordable in the world,” even as they seek to address financial challenges and modern demands. Whether that affordability will be enough to meet the organization’s long-term goals remains to be seen, particularly as discussions about privatization, oversight changes, and service cuts continue to stir debate.

With DeJoy’s departure, ongoing scrutiny from political leaders, and a review of its pricing structure, the USPS faces a pivotal moment in its long history. The coming months will be critical in determining how the agency adapts—and whether the public continues to support it in its current form or embraces a reimagined version of mail service in the United States.

Senators Debate Ending Daylight Saving Time Amid Health, Economic Concerns

In 1957, rockabilly artist Bob Ehret sang, “We’ve got to stop the clock, baby; to spend more time with you.” Decades later, that sentiment echoed through the halls of Congress, as senators from both parties gathered at a Senate Commerce Committee hearing to examine the implications of continuing or ending Daylight Saving Time (DST).

Senator Ted Cruz, a Republican from Texas and the committee’s chairman, explained that Daylight Saving Time was originally introduced with good intentions, primarily to cut energy consumption. However, he argued that over time, it has caused more problems than it solved, including a rise in traffic accidents during darker mornings, disruptions in workplace productivity, and resistance from farmers who depend on early-morning sunlight.

“We find ourselves adjusting our clocks… springing forward and falling back in the fall. For many Americans, this biannual ritual is a minor inconvenience… But when we take a closer look at the implications of changing the clocks, its impact on our economy, our health and our everyday lives, we can see that this practice is more than an annoyance,” Cruz said.

He emphasized that the original idea behind DST was straightforward: more daylight in the evening would reduce the need for artificial lighting and heating. “The idea was simple. Fewer hours of darkness meant less electricity consumption for lighting and heating,” Cruz added.

But Cruz pointed out that the energy-saving benefits that may have made sense in the early 1900s are now negligible. As he put it, sunrise and sunset timings today have “de minimis” effects on the current economy, which is far less dependent on daylight than it once was.

During the hearing, Cruz was joined by Dr. Karin Johnson, a neurology expert from Massachusetts. Both highlighted the health consequences of resetting clocks twice a year. Cruz particularly noted the dangers of the spring time change when people lose an hour of sleep. Johnson further elaborated on how these abrupt shifts can negatively impact people’s circadian rhythms, vascular health, and sleep quality.

The panel also heard from an official representing the National Golf Course Owners Association. This testimony highlighted the economic boost provided by later daylight hours, which allow for extended evening recreation such as golf and other tourist-friendly activities. Lawmakers sympathetic to business interests saw these benefits as compelling arguments in favor of maintaining DST.

On the Democratic side, Senator Lisa Blunt-Rochester of Delaware voiced her support for ending the twice-yearly clock changes. She emphasized the need for a “permanent time for our country” and referred to a bill once introduced by Senator Marco Rubio, a Republican from Florida, that proposed eliminating DST. That bill, however, eventually stalled in the House of Representatives.

“This body [then] took a harder look at how time changes work state-by-state,” Blunt-Rochester said. She acknowledged the challenges of creating a uniform time policy that works for every region. “What works in my home state of Delaware may not work in Washington state, but I know I speak for many Americans when I say it’s time. It’s time to figure this out.”

Experts and lawmakers at the hearing acknowledged that southern states like Florida and Texas would likely feel the drawbacks of a permanent DST more than others. These states already experience significant heat and sun exposure, and extending evening daylight could increase health risks and disrupt established routines.

Senator Edward Markey, a Democrat from Massachusetts, discussed his past efforts to modify DST. He shared how he helped extend the daylight period to better accommodate events like Halloween, ensuring children could go trick-or-treating during twilight hours rather than in full darkness. Markey even joked about his long-standing involvement with DST reform. “The Sun King” is the nickname he’s earned for his efforts, he said with a smile.

Senator Blunt-Rochester echoed Markey’s concerns about the harmful consequences of frequent time changes. “We need to stop the clock,” she said. “We know that changing the clock disrupts sleep, which can lead to negative health outcomes. Several studies have noted issues with mood disturbances, increased hospital admissions, and even heart attacks and strokes.”

Scott Yates, founder of the Lock the Clock movement, also testified. He delved into the history of DST and discussed how it was briefly made permanent during the 1970s energy crisis under President Richard Nixon’s administration. Yates recalled how unpopular the change became, particularly because it robbed people of an hour of sleep just as the school year resumed after winter break.

“So you can imagine, the worst Monday of the year already is the one after the holiday break where you have to go back to school and everything — to have an extra hour of sleep robbed away right before that. You can understand why it was so unpopular and why it was repealed,” Yates explained. He noted that the decision to reverse permanent DST came just months before Nixon’s resignation.

Yates added a historical footnote, reminding the committee that the infamous Watergate break-in by the Nixon administration’s so-called “Plumbers” team occurred during nighttime hours. Cruz responded to this anecdote with a quip of his own: “So maybe — if we had more daylight, the Watergate break-in doesn’t happen.”

With input ranging from public health to tourism revenue, and from historical experiments to bipartisan support, the hearing revealed a deepening consensus in Congress: the time may be right to reconsider how the nation keeps time.

Protesters Rally Nationwide Against Trump’s Policies and Influence

Across the United States, demonstrators gathered on Saturday to denounce what progressive groups described as Donald Trump’s “authoritarian overreach and billionaire-backed agenda.” The protests, organized by a coalition of left-leaning organizations, were held in various states including Washington DC and Florida, with organizers estimating participation by over half a million people.

In Washington DC, thousands from across the country converged on the National Mall, standing beneath the towering Washington Monument to express their opposition to Trump’s leadership. Protesters, some having traveled from distant states like New Hampshire and Pennsylvania, carried placards voicing discontent with the administration’s policies. Some also carried Ukrainian flags, signaling their objection to the administration’s friendly posture toward Russia, even as the country continues its invasion of Ukraine.

This large gathering marked the first significant protest in the capital since Trump assumed office. Demonstrators hoped it would set a precedent and encourage more Americans to voice their dissent. Diane Kolifrath, a 63-year-old from New Hampshire, attended with around 100 members from New Hampshire Forward, a civic group. “The aim is, get people to rise up,” she said. She added, “Many people are scared to protest against Trump because he has reacted aggressively and violently to those who have stood up. The goal of this protest is to let the rest of Americans who aren’t participating see that we are standing up and hopefully when they see our strength, that will give them the courage to also stand up.”

The coordinated day of demonstrations, called “Hands Off,” was spearheaded by MoveOn and supported by more than a thousand protests held across the country, including many outside state capitols. Numerous progressive groups—ranging from labor unions to environmental and civil rights organizations—joined forces to mobilize support.

Leah Greenberg, executive director of Indivisible, emphasized the protests’ broader message. “We want to send a signal to all people and institutions that have been showing anticipatory obedience to Trump and showing they are willing to bend the knee that there is, in fact, a mass public movement that’s willing to rise up and stop this,” she said. “If our political leaders stand up, we will have their backs. We want them to stand up and protect the norms of democracy and want them to see that there are people out there who are willing to do that. The goal of this is building a message.”

The largest of the day’s protests took place in Washington, DC, where tens of thousands assembled. Several Democratic lawmakers, including Jamie Raskin from Maryland, Maxwell Frost from Florida, and Ilhan Omar from Minnesota, addressed the crowd. Raskin, a senior Democrat on the House Judiciary Committee, warned against threats to the democratic process. “They believe democracy is doomed and they believe regime change is upon us if only they can seize our payments system,” he said. He added, “If they think they are going to overthrow the foundations of democracy, they don’t know who they are dealing with.”

Kelley Robinson, president of the Human Rights Campaign, spoke about the administration’s attacks on the LGBTQ+ community. At the National Mall rally, she told the crowd, “The attacks that we’re seeing, they’re not just political. They are personal, y’all. They’re trying to ban our books, they’re slashing HIV-prevention funding, they’re criminalizing our doctors, our teachers, our families and our lives.” She concluded with a call for a more inclusive future: “We don’t want this America, y’all. We want the America we deserve, where dignity, safety and freedom belong not to some of us, but to all of us.”

In Hollywood, Florida, about an hour from Trump’s Mar-a-Lago residence, protesters made their views known through chants and creative signs. Many criticized billionaire advisor Elon Musk and his influence on government decisions. A crowd of mostly white demonstrators chanted, “Hey, hey, ho, ho, Trump and Musk have got to go.” They voiced their disapproval to passing drivers in Tesla Cybertrucks, products of Musk’s electric vehicle company.

Protest signs in Florida reflected widespread anger. One read, “Prosecute and jail the Turd Reich.” Another sign targeted Musk directly, stating, “I did not elect Elon Musk.” Others focused on defending democratic norms, such as “Hands off democracy” and “Stop being Putin’s puppet,” the latter referencing the Russian leader.

Many passing motorists expressed support, honking and giving thumbs-up gestures. The demonstration occurred in Broward County, one of just six counties in Florida that supported Kamala Harris during the November election, where she beat Trump by a 16-point margin. Broward also hosts one of the nation’s most active LGBTQ+ communities.

Jennifer Heit, a 64-year-old editor from Plantation, was among the protesters. Holding a sign that read “USA: No to King or Oligarchy,” she voiced her concern over the current political climate. “This is an assault on our democracy, on our economy, on our civil rights,” she said. “Everything is looking so bad that I feel we have to do all we can while we can, and just having all this noise is unsettling to everyone.”

Heit, who had previously protested outside a Tesla dealership in Fort Lauderdale, said she was alarmed by Trump’s disregard for the legal system and due process, particularly concerning immigrants. “We’re supposed to be a nation of laws and due process,” she said.

Another protester, Donna Greene, a 62-year-old public health researcher, came dressed as Marie Antoinette, the beheaded French queen. She carried a sign that read: “Musk and Trump Say Let Them Eat Cake.” Greene, whose father Sam Ragland flew 65 missions during World War II, reflected on the nation’s transformation. “Everything my father fought for and everything we hold dear as a country is being dismantled,” she said. “I am beyond incredulous at how quickly our country’s institutions have been dismantled with no pushback from the Republicans who are currently in charge.”

In Ventura, California, Sandy Friedman joined the protest with her eight-year-old granddaughter, Harlow Rose Rega. Concerned about her financial future, Friedman said, “I worked my whole life and so did my husband. Now I’m afraid Trump will take it away.” Harlow held up a handmade sign that read: “Save my future.”

These demonstrations followed a week of economic turmoil, with the stock market plunging after Trump’s announcement on April 1 of new tariffs. Despite the economic shockwaves, Trump remained firm, saying on Friday, “My policies will never change.”

Public dissatisfaction with his leadership appeared to be growing. According to a Reuters poll released this week, Trump’s approval rating dropped to 43 percent—its lowest point since he took office.

As the crowds dispersed after a day of protest, organizers and participants alike emphasized the same goal: to stand up against what they view as a dangerous shift in American governance and to inspire others to act before it’s too late.

Trump’s Approval Hits New Low Amid Economic Concerns and Signal Chat Leak

President Donald Trump’s approval rating has fallen to its lowest level during his second term, according to a new Reuters/Ipsos poll released on Wednesday. The drop appears tied to growing dissatisfaction with his handling of the economy and backlash over a leaked Signal chat involving senior administration officials.

The poll shows that Trump’s overall approval rating is now at 43 percent, marking a decline of two percentage points since the last survey conducted in late March. When he began his second term on January 20, his approval rating stood at 47 percent, indicating a steady erosion of support over recent months.

Public approval of the president’s management of the economy has also taken a hit. Only 37 percent of those surveyed expressed satisfaction with his economic policies, while just 30 percent gave him positive marks for dealing with the rising cost of living. This discontent reflects a growing unease among Americans about their financial prospects under Trump’s leadership.

One of the most controversial economic moves made by the administration recently involves tariffs. On Wednesday, Trump announced a new tariff plan, imposing a baseline 10 percent tax on all imported goods. Some nations are facing significantly steeper rates, including China, which is now subject to a 54 percent tariff. However, the United States’ two largest trading partners — Mexico and Canada — were spared the harshest measures. While both still face a 25 percent duty, goods protected under the United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement remain unaffected.

Still, these tariff hikes are not popular with most Americans. The poll found that 52 percent of respondents believe increasing tariffs on automobiles and parts would negatively impact the people close to them. A comparable number also expressed the view that broader tariff increases, like those Trump rolled out this week, would worsen the economic situation rather than improve it. Among Republican and Republican-leaning voters, around a third said they believe such tariff policies would harm the economy.

The administration is also facing sharp criticism following the disclosure of a private Signal chat involving several national security officials. The Atlantic’s editor-in-chief revealed last week that he had been unintentionally added to the encrypted chat group, which featured discussions between high-level officials about U.S. military actions in Yemen. The messages, made public by The Atlantic, included conversations about planned strikes on Houthi rebels — attacks that were later carried out in mid-March.

The leak has sparked outrage across the political spectrum. According to the poll, 74 percent of respondents said the officials involved were “reckless” in the way they discussed sensitive military plans. This sentiment was especially strong among Democrats, 91 percent of whom condemned the behavior, while 55 percent of Republican respondents also agreed that the conduct was inappropriate. In contrast, 22 percent of the total sample downplayed the incident, saying it was harmless.

Foreign policy has also become a weak spot for the president, with only 34 percent of respondents approving of how he is managing international affairs. This figure represents a 3-point decline from the previous month’s survey. Trump did slightly better on immigration, with 48 percent of respondents indicating they were satisfied with his handling of border issues and immigration enforcement.

Another poll, the Harvard CAPS/Harris survey, also shows a decline in Trump’s standing. According to that data, his approval rating fell from 52 to 49 percent — a 3-point drop. Meanwhile, 46 percent of those polled said they disapproved of his performance as president.

The Reuters/Ipsos poll, conducted from March 31 through April 2, included responses from 1,486 U.S. adults. The survey has a margin of error of approximately 3 percentage points.

Despite being in the midst of an election year and regularly touting economic progress and national strength, Trump is now grappling with political fallout from both policy missteps and internal mismanagement. The reaction to the recent tariff hikes suggests that many Americans are skeptical of his economic strategy. The backlash over the Signal chat leak has further eroded public trust in his administration’s ability to maintain operational security at the highest levels of government.

While Trump has continued to defend his policies, the figures paint a challenging picture for the White House as it seeks to bolster support heading into the next phase of the election cycle. Public dissatisfaction over inflation, economic instability, and foreign policy missteps may prove to be critical hurdles for the president’s re-election campaign.

Critics have argued that Trump’s economic decisions are not only failing to address the underlying issues driving inflation and cost-of-living concerns but may also be exacerbating them through protectionist measures like tariffs. The growing unease is evident in the data showing that a significant portion of the public believes tariffs will harm rather than help the economy. Even among those within his own party, skepticism is on the rise.

The Signal chat leak, meanwhile, has raised serious questions about the administration’s internal communications protocols and judgment. The fact that an external journalist could be mistakenly added to a conversation involving military planning has led to widespread concern about the handling of classified or sensitive material. As one of the survey’s key findings showed, “74 percent, including 91 percent of Democrats and 55 percent of GOP voters, stated that the officials were ‘reckless’ for discussing the war plans in this manner.”

Even some of Trump’s supporters appear to be reconsidering their confidence in his leadership. With approval for his foreign policy at just 34 percent and growing doubt about his economic strategies, the president may face increasing resistance from independents and moderate Republicans alike.

As Trump attempts to regain momentum, his administration will need to address both the perception and the reality of its missteps. Without a course correction, public opinion may continue to trend downward, especially if economic conditions worsen or additional controversies emerge.

At the start of his second term, the president enjoyed a 47 percent approval rating. The subsequent decline to 43 percent reflects the mounting challenges and controversies that have marked recent months. Whether Trump can reverse the trend remains uncertain, but as the Reuters/Ipsos and Harvard CAPS/Harris polls suggest, the road ahead will likely be difficult.

In the coming weeks, Trump is expected to continue promoting his economic and national security policies in public appearances and campaign events. However, the current data suggest that simply reiterating past achievements may not be enough to shift public perception.

With less than a year before voters head to the polls, how the administration responds to these mounting challenges may ultimately determine the trajectory of Trump’s second term — and whether it ends in political recovery or further decline.

Spring Elections Signal Challenges for Trump and Republicans

A trio of spring elections delivered early warning signs for both President Donald Trump and the Republican Party on Tuesday, as Democrats mobilized against his efforts to shrink the federal government and the significant role played by billionaire Elon Musk in the early days of Trump’s new administration.

In the high-profile Wisconsin Supreme Court race, the conservative candidate, backed by Trump and Musk with $21 million in support, suffered a 10-point defeat in a state Trump had won in November. Additionally, while Republicans managed to hold two of the most pro-Trump House districts in Florida, both GOP candidates failed to match Trump’s performance from the presidential election.

These elections—marking the first major contests since Trump reassumed office—were widely viewed as an initial gauge of voter sentiment. Trump has moved swiftly to reshape the federal government, frequently clashing with the courts while pushing the limits of executive power and seeking retribution against opponents.

Historically, the party that loses the presidency in November tends to gain seats in the subsequent midterm elections. Tuesday’s results offered a glimmer of hope for Democrats, who have been grappling with both internal divisions and external criticism regarding their response to Trump’s administration, that they could follow this historical trend.

Republican Strategist Highlights Voter Turnout Problem

Charlie Kirk, a prominent conservative activist and podcaster whose organization collaborated with Musk to support conservative Brad Schimel in Wisconsin, acknowledged that Tuesday’s Supreme Court loss underscored a major challenge for Republicans—particularly in elections where Trump himself is not on the ballot.

“We did a lot in Wisconsin, but we fell short. We must realize and appreciate that we are the LOW PROP party now,” Kirk posted on X, referencing low-propensity voters who do not consistently participate in elections. “The party has been remade. Special elections and off-cycle elections will continue to be a problem without a change of strategy.”

Wisconsin Shifts Left in Key Contest

Trump had secured Wisconsin in November by a narrow margin of 0.8 percentage points, translating to fewer than 30,000 votes. However, the first significant election since he assumed office in January indicated a notable shift toward Democrats, and not just in traditional liberal strongholds.

Sauk County, located northwest of Madison, serves as a political bellwether for the state. Trump had won the county in November by 626 votes, yet in this election, it swung 16 percentage points in favor of Judge Susan Crawford, the liberal candidate backed by national Democratic leaders and billionaire donors like George Soros.

Crawford’s victory was driven not only by robust Democratic turnout but also by improved performance in suburban Milwaukee counties, where Republicans typically count on strong margins.

She secured wins in Kenosha and Racine counties, both of which had supported Trump over Democratic candidate Kamala Harris in November. In these areas, she led by about 10 percentage points.

Voter participation was just under 50%, a significant increase of 10 percentage points from the previous record turnout for a Wisconsin Supreme Court election, which had been set only two years prior.

Voters Express Opposition to Trump and Musk

In conversations with voters across the state—including more than 20 in Waunakee, a politically mixed town north of Madison—many Democrats indicated that their votes were not just about the state Supreme Court’s future but also a referendum on Trump’s early months in office.

“This is our chance to say no,” said Linda Grassl, a retired OB-GYN registered nurse, after casting her ballot at the Waunakee Public Library.

Theresa Peer, a 49-year-old business owner from Milwaukee, echoed this sentiment, calling the election a “fight for our democracy.” She expressed hope that Crawford’s victory would be seen as a “symbol of opposition” to Trump’s policies, particularly regarding reproductive rights and cuts to education funding.

Some voters also voiced concern over Musk’s substantial involvement in the race.

“I don’t like Elon Musk spending money for an election he should have no involvement in,” said Antonio Gray, a 38-year-old security guard from Milwaukee. “They should let the voters vote for who they want to vote for instead of inserting themselves like they have.”

Schumer Calls Results a Political Warning

Senate Democratic Leader Chuck Schumer interpreted the results as a rebuke of Trump’s leadership.

“This is a political warning shot from the American people,” Schumer said in a floor speech Wednesday, adding that the results demonstrated “Democrats’ message is resonating.”

“Just 70 days into Trump 2.0, Americans are tired of the chaos. They are tired of Elon Musk attacking Social Security, Medicaid, Medicare,” he stated.

Republican Leaders Caution Against Overinterpretation

Former Wisconsin Governor Scott Walker acknowledged that one of the GOP’s challenges in the race was making the contest about Trump—a difficult task in a judicial election. He speculated that the outcome might have been different had Trump visited the state rather than merely participating in a telephone town hall.

“If you’re somebody who showed up for Trump because you feel forgotten, you don’t typically show up to vote in” these types of elections, Walker explained, suggesting that many Republican voters may have questioned, “What does this have to do with Trump?”

Despite the outcome, Walker advised against drawing broad national conclusions from the results.

“I’d be a little bit careful about reading too much into what happens nationally,” he cautioned.

Florida Republicans Hold Seats but Underperform

Trump had more success in Florida, where Republican Randy Fine secured victory in the 6th Congressional District to replace Mike Waltz, who had resigned to serve as Trump’s national security adviser. However, Fine’s margin of victory was 14 percentage points lower than Waltz’s, who had won the district by 33 points just five months earlier.

“This is the functional equivalent of Republicans running a competitive race in the district that is represented by Representative Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez,” said House Democratic Leader Hakeem Jeffries before the election, referencing the progressive New York congresswoman whom Trump frequently criticizes. “Kamala Harris won that district by 30 points. Do you think a Republican would even be competitive in that district in New York, currently held by Alex? Of course, not.”

Additionally, Florida’s Chief Financial Officer Jimmy Patronis fended off a challenge from Democrat Gay Valimont to retain the northwest Florida seat vacated by Matt Gaetz. However, Patronis also failed to match Gaetz’s previous margin of victory.

The two Republican wins expanded the party’s House majority to 220-213, a factor that had previously raised concerns within the GOP about maintaining control. Those concerns had influenced Trump’s decision to withdraw the nomination of New York Representative Elise Stefanik for the position of U.S. ambassador to the United Nations.

Trump Remains the Central Draw for Republican Voters

For many voters in these Florida districts, their primary motivation was Trump himself.

Teresa Horton, 72, admitted she was unfamiliar with the candidates on her ballot but voted Republican without hesitation.

“I don’t even know these people that are on there,” she said. “I just went with my ticket.”

Brenda Ray, 75, a retired nurse, shared a similar perspective, stating that she didn’t know much about Patronis but supported him because she believed he would “vote with our president.”

“That’s all we’re looking for,” she added.

Despite being significantly outspent by their Democratic challengers, both Fine and Patronis managed to secure victories. Michael Whatley, chairman of the Republican National Committee, framed this as a testament to the party’s resilience rather than a cause for concern.

“The American people sent a clear message tonight: they want elected officials who will advance President Trump’s America First agenda, and their votes can’t be bought by national Democrats,” Whatley said in a statement.

USCIS Reaches FY 2026 H-1B Cap, Selected Petitioners Notified

U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) has received a sufficient number of electronic registrations for unique beneficiaries during the initial registration period to meet the fiscal year (FY) 2026 H-1B numerical allocations, including the advanced degree exemption (master’s cap). USCIS has randomly selected enough beneficiaries from properly submitted registrations and has informed all petitioners with selected beneficiaries that they are eligible to file an H-1B cap-subject petition.

Registrants can check their status through their online accounts. More details are available on the H-1B Electronic Registration Process page.

Starting April 1, 2025, USCIS will begin accepting H-1B cap-subject petitions for FY 2026, including those qualifying for the advanced degree exemption, provided they are for selected beneficiaries and based on a valid registration. Only petitioners with selected registrations may submit H-1B cap-subject petitions.

To be considered, petitions must be correctly filed at the designated location or online at my.uscis.gov within the filing period specified on the selection notice. This filing window will last at least 90 days. Petitioners must include a copy of the selection notice with their submission.

Additionally, petitioners are required to provide evidence of the beneficiary’s valid passport or travel document that was used during registration.

Even if selected, petitioners must still submit supporting evidence to establish eligibility for approval, as selection only determines the right to file the H-1B cap-subject petition, not its final approval.

Goldman Sachs Slashes U.S. Economic Outlook as Trump’s Tariffs Stoke Recession Fears

Goldman Sachs has taken a significantly more negative stance on the U.S. economy and stock market due to President Donald Trump’s tariff policies. The firm now joins a growing number of economists warning that the ongoing trade war could push the U.S. into a recession and cause further trouble for stock market investors.

Goldman Sachs economists, led by Ronnie Walker, have adjusted their forecast to anticipate a 15% average tariff rate on all goods this year. This revision came in a Sunday note to clients and reflects Trump’s latest aggressive stance ahead of his scheduled “Liberation Day” tariff announcement on Wednesday. The president has indicated that he intends to impose even steeper tariffs than originally planned.

As a result, Goldman’s economic outlook has become more bearish. The firm has raised its probability of a U.S. recession within the next year from 20% to 35%. Additionally, Goldman economists have revised several key projections. Their end-of-2025 inflation estimate has been increased to 3.5%, up from 2.8% just last month. Their unemployment forecast now stands at 4.5%, which would be the highest since October 2021. Meanwhile, the firm expects gross domestic product (GDP) growth to slow to 1%, the lowest level since 2020.

Stock market expectations have also been downgraded in response to these economic concerns. Goldman strategists, led by David Kostin, warned clients that they expect the S&P 500 index to decline by 5% over the next three months. They have set a price target of 5,300 for the index in that time frame. Over the next year, they project the S&P 500 will rise by only 6%, setting a new year-ahead target of 5,900. This marks a substantial downward revision from Goldman’s previous forecast of 6,500, which was issued as recently as February 28. The nearly 10% cut in expectations reflects the increasing uncertainty surrounding Trump’s trade policies.

Big Number

6.3%—That is how much the S&P 500 declined in March through Friday’s close, putting it on track for its worst month since September 2022. This figure does not even account for an additional drop of more than 1% in premarket trading on Monday.

Key Background

On Sunday, Trump announced that he plans to impose “substantial” import taxes on “all countries” through his new reciprocal tariff policy. This marks a shift from his position just a week earlier, when he suggested that the upcoming tariffs would be “more lenient.”

Trump’s top economic official, Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent, has acknowledged that a recession is possible but has argued that any downturn would be due to unsustainable economic growth fueled by excessive government spending and imbalanced trade relationships. However, some economists have cautioned that Trump’s policies could push the U.S. into an avoidable recession. UCLA Anderson School of Management economist Clement Bohr issued a stark warning to Trump earlier this month: “If all your wishes come true, you could very well be the author of a deep recession.”

The financial markets are particularly concerned about the potential inflationary effects of tariffs. Higher tariffs typically lead to higher prices for imported goods, which could drive overall inflation upward. Persistent inflation, in turn, might force the Federal Reserve to reconsider its plans for further interest rate cuts. If the Fed decides to keep rates high to combat inflation, borrowing costs would remain elevated, potentially hurting corporate profit margins and weakening consumer demand.

Trump’s trade policies have been a point of contention among economists and investors alike. While he has long argued that tariffs will protect American industries and create jobs, critics say that the economic consequences—including higher costs for businesses and consumers—outweigh any potential benefits. Goldman’s latest forecast suggests that these concerns are becoming more widely accepted on Wall Street.

The uncertainty surrounding Trump’s tariff policy has already taken a toll on the stock market. The S&P 500’s steep decline in March suggests that investors are increasingly worried about the economic outlook. Should Trump move forward with his plans for aggressive tariffs, market volatility could continue in the coming months.

Goldman Sachs is not alone in its pessimism. Other major financial institutions have also sounded alarms about the potential economic impact of Trump’s trade policies. Many analysts believe that if tariffs remain in place or are expanded further, the risks of a prolonged economic slowdown will increase.

While the White House has maintained that tariffs will ultimately benefit the economy by reducing reliance on foreign goods, the short-term consequences appear to be negative. Businesses that rely on imported materials are already facing higher costs, and many have signaled that they will pass these costs on to consumers. This could exacerbate inflationary pressures at a time when the Federal Reserve is trying to bring inflation under control.

The bond market has also reacted to these developments, with yields on long-term U.S. Treasury bonds rising in response to inflation concerns. Higher bond yields can lead to tighter financial conditions, further slowing economic growth.

As uncertainty looms, investors will be closely watching Trump’s official announcement on Wednesday to see if his latest tariff proposals will be as severe as he has suggested. If the tariffs are implemented as planned, further market turbulence could follow.

For now, Goldman Sachs’ downgrade serves as a stark reminder of the risks facing the U.S. economy. The firm’s decision to cut its stock market targets and raise its recession probability reflects growing concerns that Trump’s trade policies could have unintended economic consequences. With inflation, unemployment, and GDP growth all expected to worsen, the outlook for the economy remains uncertain.

In the weeks ahead, economic data and corporate earnings reports will provide further insight into how businesses and consumers are responding to these policy changes. If inflation continues to rise and economic growth slows further, the Fed may have to reconsider its monetary policy stance, which could add another layer of complexity to an already volatile market environment.

Ultimately, the extent to which Trump’s tariffs impact the economy will depend on how businesses, consumers, and policymakers respond. If companies find ways to absorb higher costs without passing them on to consumers, the inflationary impact could be limited. However, if prices rise significantly, the Fed may have no choice but to keep interest rates high, potentially leading to a broader economic slowdown.

In the meantime, investors should brace for continued uncertainty. Goldman Sachs’ revised forecast suggests that market conditions could remain challenging in the near term. While long-term economic fundamentals remain strong, the immediate risks posed by Trump’s trade policies cannot be ignored.

With the S&P 500 already experiencing its worst month since 2022, the coming weeks will be critical in determining whether the market can stabilize or if further declines are ahead. The outcome of Trump’s tariff policy will likely play a key role in shaping economic and market trends for the remainder of the year.

As always, market participants will be watching closely to see how the administration’s policies evolve and whether additional economic measures are introduced to counteract potential negative effects. For now, Goldman Sachs’ latest predictions underscore the uncertainty and risks facing the U.S. economy in 2025.

Elon Musk to Step Down from Trump Administration After $1 Trillion Deficit Cut

Tech billionaire Elon Musk announced on Thursday that he will step down from his position in the Donald Trump administration at the end of May after overseeing a $1 trillion reduction in the U.S. deficit. Musk, who was appointed as a “special government employee” for a 130-day term, has led cost-cutting initiatives as the head of the Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE).

Musk Calls It a ‘Revolution in Government’

In an interview with Fox News, Musk described his tenure as a historic transformation in federal spending.

“This is a revolution, possibly the biggest in government since the original revolution,” Musk said. “In the end, America will be in a much stronger position, with a fantastic future ahead.”

Musk, 53, who also heads Tesla and SpaceX and owns social media platform X, has received both praise and criticism for his aggressive cost-cutting strategies. Under DOGE, an agency composed of engineers and entrepreneurs, tens of thousands of federal employees have been laid off, and funding for multiple programs has been slashed.

Musk Confirms 130-Day Term Limit

When asked if he would extend his tenure, Musk stated that he believes his objectives will be largely completed by then.

“I think we will have accomplished the majority of what’s needed to cut the deficit by $1 trillion within that timeframe,” he said.

According to DOGE’s website, as of March 27, the agency has saved American taxpayers approximately $130 billion, equating to about $807 per person.

Eliminating Waste and Fraud: A 15% Cut is ‘Achievable’

Musk and his seven-member DOGE team—including Steve Davis, Joe Gebbia, Aram Moghaddassi, Brad Smith, Anthony Armstrong, Tom Krause, and Tyler Hassen—have focused on reducing government inefficiencies.

“Our goal is to cut spending by eliminating waste and fraud, aiming for a 15% reduction, which seems entirely realistic,” Musk told Fox News’ Bret Baier.

“The government operates inefficiently, with significant waste and fraud. We are confident that a 15% cut can be achieved without impacting critical services.”

Federal Credit Card Oversight: ‘This Doesn’t Make Sense’

A key area of DOGE’s focus has been federal credit card usage. DOGE member Steve Davis pointed out that there are around 4.6 million government-issued credit cards for an estimated 2.3 to 2.4 million employees.

“This doesn’t add up,” Davis said. “We’ve asked agencies whether they actually need all these cards, if they are being used, and if they can physically account for them.”

Musk called the situation absurd.

“There shouldn’t be more government credit cards than there are employees,” he said.

Criticism Over Lack of Oversight

Despite the administration’s claims of efficiency, critics argue that DOGE wields too much authority with insufficient oversight. Opponents allege that Musk’s team has unilaterally canceled federal contracts and implemented budget cuts without congressional approval.

Musk dismissed these concerns, insisting that his team takes a meticulous approach to decision-making.

“Some may say we’re making impulsive cuts, but that’s far from the truth,” Musk said. “We double-check, even triple-check, before making a decision.”

He also acknowledged that mistakes can happen.

“That’s not to say we don’t make errors. Expecting a flawless approach is like demanding a baseball player to bat a thousand—it’s impossible. When we make mistakes, we correct them quickly and move forward.”

Donald Trump’s Approval Rating Declines as Economic Concerns Mount

Approval Ratings Slip Below Water

President Donald Trump’s approval rating has dipped into negative territory, with nearly every major pollster now showing more Americans disapprove of his job performance than approve. According to Newsweek’s tracker, Trump’s approval rating stands at 48%, while disapproval is at 49%, marking a one-point drop since Friday.

The Fox News poll, conducted between March 14-17, also found that 51% of respondents disapprove of Trump’s performance, while 49% approve, giving him a net rating of -2. Meanwhile, the latest YouGov/Economist and Morning Consult polls recorded a net approval of -3.

Trump’s Handling of the Economy Draws Criticism

Dissatisfaction with Trump’s economic policies appears to be a key driver of his declining popularity. A Fox News poll found that 56% of Americans disapprove of Trump’s handling of the economy, while only 43% approve. The latest Reuters/Ipsos poll paints an even bleaker picture, with only 38% approving of Trump’s economic leadership and a mere 34% expressing confidence in his ability to manage the cost of living.

Adding to concerns, 71% of Americans believe the economy will enter a recession this year, while Trump’s trade policies—especially tariffs on Canada, Mexico, and China—are fueling fears of higher inflation. Goldman Sachs previously estimated that these tariffs could push inflation up by 1% and provoke retaliatory actions from other countries.

Comparisons to Biden and First-Term Approval

At this point in his presidency, Trump’s 48% approval rating is lower than Joe Biden’s 53% approval rating on March 26, 2021, according to RealClearPolitics. However, compared to his first term, Trump’s popularity has improved. On March 26, 2017, his approval rating stood at just 43%, with a disapproval rating of 52%, giving him a net approval of -9.

Despite the recent dip, some polls remain favorable. Rasmussen Reports, known for producing more Republican-leaning results, places Trump’s net approval at +4. Meanwhile, RMG Research, founded by Scott Rasmussen, gave him a net approval of +8, with 53% approving and 45% disapproving.

Outlook and Potential Shifts

Trump’s approval rating will likely continue to fluctuate in the coming weeks, influenced by economic developments, U.S. trade policies, ongoing tensions over the Russia-Ukraine war, and the potential for a recession. His ability to regain public trust on economic issues could be a crucial factor in shaping political dynamics ahead of the midterm elections.

Supreme Court Upholds Biden-Era Regulations on Ghost Guns

The U.S. Supreme Court on Wednesday upheld Biden-era federal regulations on ghost guns, mail-order kits that allow individuals to assemble untraceable firearms at home. The ruling marks a significant victory for gun control advocates at a time when the court’s conservative majority has generally moved to the right on gun laws.

Justice Neil Gorsuch wrote the 7-2 majority opinion, which included both liberal and conservative justices. “Perhaps a half hour of work is required before anyone can fire a shot,” Gorsuch noted, emphasizing that these kits contain all necessary components to build a fully functional firearm. “Really, the kit’s name says it all: ‘Buy Build Shoot.’”

Regulations and Rising Concerns

The regulations, introduced by the Biden administration in 2022, require ghost gun manufacturers to include serial numbers on the kits and conduct background checks on purchasers. The Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF) implemented the rules in response to a dramatic rise in ghost guns appearing at crime scenes. In 2017, authorities submitted about 1,600 ghost guns for tracing, but by 2021, that number had surged to more than 19,000.

Several individuals and manufacturers challenged the regulations, arguing that the kits were merely firearm parts rather than weapons. However, the Supreme Court ultimately sided with the ATF’s interpretation of the 1968 Gun Control Act, which mandates background checks and serial numbers for firearms sold by manufacturers and dealers.

It remains unclear how former President Donald Trump’s administration, if re-elected, would approach the issue. In February, Trump signed an order directing the Attorney General to review gun regulations imposed during Biden’s presidency.

Gorsuch Cites Technological Advances

Gorsuch highlighted the significant changes in firearm manufacturing since the passage of the 1968 law. At that time, the cost of milling equipment and raw materials made home gun production impractical for most individuals.

“With the introduction of new technologies like 3D printing and reinforced polymers, that is no longer true,” Gorsuch wrote. “Today, companies are able to make and sell weapon parts kits that individuals can assemble into functional firearms in their own homes.”

A Rare Gun Control Victory

Despite the conservative tilt of the Supreme Court, this case saw a mix of ideological alliances. The ruling contrasts with the court’s decision last year to strike down a ban on bump stocks, which allow semi-automatic rifles to fire at machine gun speeds.

Prior to hearing oral arguments, the justices had already indicated some support for the Biden administration’s position. In an emergency ruling, the court had voted 5-4 to allow the ATF regulation to remain in effect while litigation proceeded.

While the Biden administration views the ruling as a win for public safety, the decision has drawn criticism from gun rights advocates. The Firearms Policy Coalition, one of the groups that challenged the ATF rule, called the ruling “misguided” and pledged to continue fighting for gun rights.

“This is only one battle in a multi-generational war over the scope of government and the pre-existing right to keep and bear arms,” the group said in a statement.

Dissenting Opinion from Justice Thomas

Justice Clarence Thomas was among the two dissenting justices, arguing that the ATF exceeded its authority.

“Congress could have authorized ATF to regulate any part of a firearm or any object readily convertible into one. But it did not,” Thomas wrote. “I would adhere to the words Congress enacted.”

The lawsuit against the regulation originated in Texas, where a U.S. district court struck down the rule. The conservative 5th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals mostly upheld that decision before the Supreme Court reversed it.

Debate Over Hobbyists and Firearm Kits

During oral arguments in October, several conservative justices expressed skepticism about claims that ghost gun kits were primarily for gunsmithing hobbyists. Chief Justice John Roberts dismissed the idea that assembling these kits was equivalent to restoring a classic car.

“Drilling a hole or two, I would think, doesn’t give the same sort of reward that you get from working on your car on the weekends,” Roberts told the manufacturers’ attorney. “My understanding is that it’s not terribly difficult for someone to do this.”

Gun control advocates hailed the ruling as a crucial step in addressing the rise of untraceable weapons.

“Ghost guns are the gun industry’s way of skirting commonsense gun laws and arming dangerous people without background checks,” said David Pucino, legal director of the Giffords Law Center. “We are thrilled that the Supreme Court has upheld the ATF rule that treats ghost guns as what they are: guns.”

With the decision now in place, the ATF will continue enforcing regulations that ensure ghost gun kits undergo the same scrutiny as traditional firearms, requiring serial numbers and background checks to curb their use in crimes.

Trump Signs Executive Order Mandating Voter ID for Federal Elections, Sparking Legal Challenges

President Donald Trump signed a sweeping executive order Tuesday that aims to overhaul election procedures nationwide, introducing stringent voter identification requirements to prove U.S. citizenship for federal elections. The move is expected to face significant legal challenges from voting rights groups.

Non-U.S. citizens are already barred from voting in federal elections. However, Trump’s order mandates that applicants using the national mail voter registration form must provide a U.S. passport, a REAL ID-compliant driver’s license or state-issued card, or another “valid Federal or State government-issued photo identification” as proof of citizenship.

The order also directs states and local election officials to verify and record these documents, warning that federal election-related funds could be withheld from states that fail to comply. Additionally, the directive targets mail-in voting—long criticized by Trump—by instructing Attorney General Pam Bondi to ensure states do not count absentee ballots arriving after Election Day.

Trump’s order represents a significant shift in federal election oversight, traditionally managed at the state and county levels. “This country is so sick because of the fake elections and the bad elections, and we’re going to straighten it out one way or the other,” Trump said before signing the order.

The directive also mandates that all ballots produce a voter-verifiable paper record to prevent fraud and errors. White House Staff Secretary Will Scharf called it “the farthest-reaching executive action taken in the history of the Republic to secure our elections.”

Currently, 36 states require some form of voter identification at the polls, while 14 states and Washington, D.C., do not impose such restrictions, according to the National Conference of State Legislatures.

Voting rights advocates argue that strict voter ID laws disproportionately impact seniors, minorities, low-income individuals, and students. UCLA law professor Rick Hasen warned that the order could “stop millions of eligible voters, who do not have easy access to documents such as passports, from registering to vote.”

Sophia Lin Lakin, director of the ACLU’s Voting Rights Project, denounced the move as a “blatant overreach” that could disenfranchise tens of millions of eligible voters. “This measure will no doubt disproportionately impact historically excluded communities, including voters of color, naturalized citizens, people with disabilities, and the elderly,” she said.

With his signature, Trump also revoked President Joe Biden’s 2021 executive order that expanded voter registration access through federal agencies. Scharf defended the repeal, claiming the Biden-era order “weaponized government to corrupt and pollute our election process.”

Trump’s directive is expected to face immediate legal challenges, with critics arguing it undermines state control over elections and places unnecessary barriers to voting.

U.S. Happiness Declines to Record Low, Driven by Young Adults’ Well-Being Crisis

The United States has hit a new low in the World Happiness Report’s annual ranking, dropping to No. 24, the worst position in the report’s 13-year history. Last year, the U.S. fell out of the top 20 for the first time, sliding from No. 15 to No. 23. The ranking, based on how residents across more than 140 countries rate their quality of life, highlights a troubling trend: a significant decline in well-being among young Americans.

“That gradual decline in well-being in the United States is, if you start digging into it, especially driven by people that are below 30,” says Jan-Emmanuel De Neve, a professor of economics at the University of Oxford and editor of the World Happiness Report. “Life satisfaction of young people in the U.S. has declined.”

If only Americans under 30 were assessed, the U.S. would not even rank in the top 60 happiest countries, the report finds. This demographic trend has played a major role in the country’s consistent drop in rankings.

The Growing Happiness Gap

The U.S.’s overall decline is largely explained by increasing inequality, especially in comparison to the Nordic nations that continue to dominate the rankings. Finland remains the world’s happiest country at No. 1, followed by Denmark (No. 2) and Iceland (No. 3).

“In these Nordic Scandinavian countries, a rising tide lifts all boats, so the levels of economic inequality are much less, and that reflects in well-being as well,” De Neve explains. “In Finland, most people will rate their happiness as a seven or an eight. But in the U.S., there are a lot of 10s and a lot of ones—a much wider gap.”

Loneliness and Declining Social Support

One of the key findings of this year’s report is the strength of social support and how much people trust others, both critical predictors of happiness. In 2023, nearly one in five young adults in the U.S. reported having no one they could count on for support.

Another indicator of rising social isolation is the 53% increase in people dining alone since 2003. This year’s report included data on shared meals across a week, which researchers found correlated with higher well-being.

“You see an extraordinary increase in dining alone over the past two decades in the U.S.,” says De Neve, noting how this deepens social mistrust. “People are increasingly on their own, isolated. Their political thinking, their theories around life and society, are no longer tested by others … In our echo chambers, we develop these notions that others are to be distrusted.”

Mistrust and Social Fragmentation

The researchers also tracked trust levels by asking participants whether they believed a lost wallet would be returned. Compared to Nordic countries, Americans were far more likely to assume it would not be.

“It requires that strangers are to be trusted, that they will go beyond the call of duty and be kind,” says De Neve. “That single item of the wallet drop is very powerful.”

The Future of Happiness in the U.S.

The continuous decline in the U.S.’s happiness ranking, particularly among young people, suggests a deepening crisis of social isolation, inequality, and mistrust. Experts stress the importance of social connections and community engagement in reversing this trend.

With the U.S. slipping further down the rankings, researchers warn that without intervention, the country may continue to fall behind in global happiness.

Trump Demands Supreme Court Halt Nationwide Injunctions Against His Policies

President Donald Trump has intensified his criticism of federal judges who have blocked his administration’s policies, portraying them as threats to the nation and urging the Supreme Court to intervene.

In a Truth Social post on Thursday, Trump lashed out at judges who issued nationwide injunctions against his executive actions, calling them “radical left judges” and “lunatics” attempting to “assume the Powers of the Presidency, without having to attain 80 Million Votes.” (Trump won the 2024 election with 77 million votes, and federal judges are appointed, not elected.)

“STOP NATIONWIDE INJUNCTIONS NOW, BEFORE IT IS TOO LATE,” Trump wrote, directly appealing to Chief Justice John Roberts. “If Justice Roberts and the United States Supreme Court do not fix this toxic and unprecedented situation IMMEDIATELY, our Country is in very serious trouble!”

The following morning, Trump reiterated his claims on Truth Social, again accusing federal judges of trying to take over presidential duties.

Trump’s administration has faced more than 100 lawsuits challenging his policies, with the former president arguing that nationwide injunctions have been unfairly used to block his agenda. White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt accused these judges of acting as “partisan activists” in remarks to reporters on Wednesday.

“They are trying to dictate policy from the president of the United States,” Leavitt said. “They are trying to clearly slow-walk this administration’s agenda, and it’s unacceptable.”

Both Republican and Democratic administrations have encountered nationwide injunctions, but Trump and his supporters claim that he has faced an unprecedented number. According to the Harvard Law Review, Trump’s first term saw 64 nationwide injunctions—far more than any president since 2001.

However, Trump has exercised executive power in ways that previous presidents have not, and in his second term, he has aggressively pushed to expand the scope of his authority. As political analyst Steve Benen noted, Trump and his allies are framing judicial opposition as part of a broad conspiracy rather than acknowledging that his actions may be legally questionable.

Trump and billionaire Elon Musk have also called for judges who rule against the administration to be impeached. This prompted a rare public response from Chief Justice Roberts, who stated, “Impeachment is not an appropriate response to disagreement concerning a judicial decision.”

The Justice Department is currently awaiting a Supreme Court ruling on its request to narrow the reach of several judicial orders blocking Trump’s birthright citizenship executive order. However, as The Associated Press noted, the court does not appear to be rushing its decision.

MEA Urges Indian Students in US to Follow Local Laws Amid Visa Issues

The Ministry of External Affairs (MEA) has emphasized that Indian students in the United States must comply with American laws, following the detention of a postdoctoral fellow at Georgetown University and the self-deportation of another student to Canada.

External Affairs Ministry spokesperson Randhir Jaiswal stated on Friday that neither individual sought assistance from Indian missions in the US.

Visa Revocations and Deportation Cases

Badar Khan Suri, a postdoctoral fellow at Georgetown University in Washington, D.C., was detained by the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) on Monday night over allegations of “actively spreading Hamas propaganda.” However, a US federal judge has blocked his deportation.

This incident follows the case of Ranjani Srinivasan, an Indian student at Columbia University, who self-deported to Canada after her visa was revoked. She was accused of “advocating for violence and terrorism” and participating in activities supporting Hamas.

MEA’s Response

Addressing media inquiries, Jaiswal reiterated that visa and immigration policies fall under the sovereign jurisdiction of respective nations and must be adhered to.

“When it comes to visa and immigration policy, it is something that lies within the sovereign functions of a country,” Jaiswal said. “Just as we expect foreign nationals in India to follow our laws, Indian nationals abroad must also comply with local regulations.”

On Suri’s detention, Jaiswal noted that the Indian government has only learned about the situation through media reports. “Neither the US government nor this individual has approached us or the embassy,” he said.

Regarding Srinivasan’s case, Jaiswal stated that Indian authorities were not contacted for assistance. “We only came to know of her departure from the US from media reports… We understand that she has gone to Canada,” he added.

US Authorities’ Claims

According to the Department of Homeland Security, Srinivasan, who was enrolled as a doctoral student in Urban Planning at Columbia University under an F-1 visa, was allegedly “involved in activities supporting” Hamas.

Her visa was revoked by the Department of State on March 5, and DHS reportedly obtained video evidence of her using the Customs and Border Protection (CBP) Home App to self-deport on March 11.

India-US Educational Ties

Despite these incidents, Jaiswal reaffirmed India’s commitment to strengthening educational ties with the US, noting that a significant number of Indian students pursue higher education in American institutions.

“The knowledge partnership and participation of our students in US universities is an important element of our relationship, and we want to foster these ties further,” he said.

Trump Announces Boeing’s F-47 as Winner of U.S. Air Force’s NGAD Fighter Contract

U.S. President Donald Trump, alongside Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth and U.S. Air Force Chief Gen. David Allvin, announced Boeing’s F-47 as the winning design for the U.S. Air Force’s Next-Generation Air Dominance (NGAD) manned fighter contract. The selection follows months of budget uncertainties and a detailed program review.

“An experimental version of the plane has secretly been flying for almost five years, and we’re confident that it massively overpowers the capabilities of any other nation,” Trump stated while introducing the F-47. He also hinted at possible toned-down versions for U.S. allies.

The contract, worth at least $20 billion, was contested between Boeing and Lockheed Martin’s Phantom Works and Skunk Works divisions. The NGAD fighters are expected to cost around $300 million each, with total program spending potentially reaching hundreds of billions over its lifetime.

The Air Force’s final decision was initially set for late 2024 under former Air Force Secretary Frank Kendall but was deferred to the new administration for further analysis. Gen. Allvin reinforced the importance of the NGAD program, emphasizing the need for a “high-end penetrating capability” to maintain U.S. air superiority.

Trump’s announcement included two images of the F-47, which some speculate is named in reference to him being the 47th U.S. president. A statement from Gen. Allvin highlighted the aircraft’s technological advancements, cost efficiency, and adaptability compared to existing fighters like the F-22. The F-47 boasts enhanced stealth, greater range, and higher operational availability.

NGAD is the Air Force’s most expensive research and development program, with a proposed $19.6 billion budget over the next five years. However, congressional proposals for 2025 include a $325 million funding cut.

The NGAD program originated from a 2016 Air Force study on “Air Superiority 2030.” It gained public attention in 2020 when Dr. Will Roper revealed that an experimental full-scale prototype had already flown. The initiative focused on rapid development cycles, modular designs, and digital engineering, allowing frequent fighter upgrades without costly service life extensions.

Amid rising costs and shifting priorities, the program underwent a strategic pause in 2024 to reassess operational requirements, including integration with autonomous systems like Collaborative Combat Aircraft (CCA). The review concluded in December, affirming the necessity of a manned next-generation fighter while considering future unmanned capabilities.

With Trump’s approval, Boeing’s F-47 is now set to enter production, with expectations that it will fly before the end of his administration.

Trump Faces Widespread Disapproval Across Key Issues, Polls Show

President Donald Trump is facing significant disapproval across multiple issues, with a Fox News host stating Thursday that he is “underwater on everything” when it comes to his approval ratings.

Jessica Tarlov cited a new Quinnipiac poll released this week, which found that 53% of voters disapprove of Trump’s performance during his second term. Voters were surveyed on various topics, including trade policies with China and Canada, immigration, foreign relations, military affairs, the economy, and the federal workforce.

Since the start of his second term, the stock market has been experiencing a downturn, thousands of federal workers have lost their jobs, and Trump has created tension with some of the country’s strongest trade partners.

“The Democratic messaging actually has been going pretty well,” Tarlov said on Fox News’ The Five, despite a separate poll indicating that Democrats have struggled to respond effectively to Trump’s policies. She noted that Democrats have been emphasizing, “They’re trying to cut your healthcare while giving tax breaks to the rich.”

“There’s over 50% disapproval of Trump himself, how he’s handling the economy, how he’s handling the federal workforce, how he’s handling Ukraine-Russia, how he’s handling trade with Mexico, how he’s handling trade with Canada,” Tarlov added. “So basically, he’s underwater on everything.”

Trump’s approval ratings had already been struggling before his joint session of Congress address on March 4. Another Quinnipiac poll from last month showed that 45% of voters approved of his performance, while 49% disapproved.

A CNN poll released this week reported similar findings, with 54% of voters disapproving of Trump’s performance compared to 45% who approved. Additionally, a Reuters poll found that many voters viewed Trump’s economic policies as too “erratic.”

Tarlov attributed part of Trump’s declining approval ratings to recent town halls held by both Democratic and Republican congressional members. These events have drawn large crowds seeking clarification on the Trump administration’s policies, particularly regarding federal workforce reductions.

On the Republican side, social media footage has captured GOP lawmakers facing backlash for supporting the Department of Government Efficiency, which is overseeing these workforce cuts.

“And we know about the Republicans having town halls and then having to run away or asking questions like, ‘What do you think of DOGE?’ and expecting people to say something positive and then they are screaming,” Tarlov said.

House Speaker Mike Johnson has suggested, without evidence, that some of the outraged town hall attendees are “paid actors.”

This week, North Carolina Republican Representative Chuck Edwards faced an intense confrontation with constituents demanding explanations for his support of cuts to the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs. He was met with boos and was eventually escorted out of the meeting.

Trump Administration Releases Previously Classified JFK Assassination Files

President Donald Trump’s administration on Tuesday began declassifying all government files related to the 1963 assassination of President John F. Kennedy, making potentially tens of thousands of unredacted pages available to the public for the first time.

This release follows Trump’s executive order, signed on his first day in office in January, directing the full disclosure of government documents concerning the assassinations of Kennedy, his brother and presidential candidate Sen. Robert F. Kennedy, D-N.Y., and civil rights leader Martin Luther King Jr.

The specific contents of these newly available documents, and whether they contain any previously undisclosed information, remain unclear. Historians noted they would need time to analyze the files to determine whether they offer any significant new insights.

Thus far, the documents have not altered the longstanding conclusion that Lee Harvey Oswald acted alone in assassinating Kennedy on Nov. 22, 1963, as the president rode in a Dallas motorcade.

Public Access to the JFK Files

The newly released JFK files can be accessed on the National Archives’ website. Most are scanned documents, some of which have faded or become difficult to read over time. The collection also includes photographs and sound recordings, predominantly from the 1960s.

Report from Russia: Oswald’s Poor Marksmanship

One document dated Nov. 20, 1991, appears to summarize U.S. intelligence findings on Lee Harvey Oswald, detailing his time in the Soviet Union, his tumultuous marriage to his Soviet wife, and his reportedly poor shooting skills.

According to the document, KGB official Nikonov reviewed Soviet security service files to determine if Oswald had ever been a KGB agent.

“Nikonov is now confident that Oswald was at no time an agent controlled by the KGB,” the document states.

The report, citing American professor E.B. Smith, describes how Nikonov examined five extensive files on Oswald and doubted that anyone could control him. However, the KGB reportedly monitored him closely while he was in the USSR.

The files also document Oswald’s troubled relationship with his wife and suggest that his marksmanship was subpar. “The KGB files reflected that Oswald was a poor shot when he tried target firing in the USSR,” the document notes.

Some conspiracy theorists have pointed to inconsistencies in Oswald’s behavioral records in CIA files, arguing that they support theories suggesting he did not act alone or was not involved in Kennedy’s assassination.

References to Conspiracy Theories in the Files

The newly disclosed documents reference conspiracy theories suggesting that Oswald left the Soviet Union in 1962 with the intent to assassinate Kennedy.

Documents from the Department of Defense, dated 1963, focus on Cold War tensions and U.S. efforts to counter Cuban leader Fidel Castro’s support for communist movements in Latin America.

The records suggest Castro was unlikely to instigate a war with the U.S. but might “intensify his support of subversive forces in Latin America.”

Experts’ Initial Reactions

James Johnston, author of Murder, Inc.: The CIA under John F. Kennedy, told USA Today that he did not expect any major revelations, given that the CIA and other agencies had already transferred their records to the National Archives in 1988.

“If it was going to embarrass the agency or tell a different story, they wouldn’t have turned them over to the National Archives in the first place,” said Johnston, who was a congressional investigator on the 1975 Church Committee, which examined CIA activities.

Johnston cited one notable document missing from the release: a transcript of the first conversation between President Lyndon Johnson and CIA Director John McCone after Kennedy’s assassination.

McCone had long been suspected of withholding information from the Warren Commission, the investigative panel established by Johnson. According to Philip Shenon, author of A Cruel and Shocking Act: The Secret History of the Kennedy Assassination, McCone initially pledged full cooperation but later withheld certain details.

McCone testified that the CIA had no evidence linking Oswald to any conspiracy, foreign or domestic. His testimony aligned with the Warren Commission’s conclusion that Oswald, a former Marine and self-proclaimed Marxist, acted alone.

Years later, however, the CIA acknowledged that McCone had not been entirely forthcoming with the Warren Commission.

The Warren Commission’s Findings

Several of the newly released documents pertain to the Warren Commission, which was created by President Johnson to investigate Kennedy’s assassination.

The commission concluded that Oswald, who was arrested but later killed by nightclub owner Jack Ruby on live television, acted alone. However, Kennedy’s assassination has remained the subject of intense debate, with numerous theories challenging the official findings. Polls have consistently shown that many Americans believe the assassination was part of a broader conspiracy.

Trump’s Push for ‘Maximum Transparency’

Trump did not immediately comment on the document release, but Director of National Intelligence Tulsi Gabbard praised the move, calling it part of Trump’s pledge for “maximum transparency and a commitment to rebuild the trust of the American people in the Intelligence Community.”

For years, critics have accused the intelligence community, particularly the CIA, of withholding key information about Kennedy’s assassination. However, intelligence officials have insisted that all essential files have already been released and that any remaining redactions were necessary to protect intelligence sources and methods.

Gabbard stated that she issued a directive following Trump’s announcement, instructing all intelligence agencies to provide unredacted records for immediate public release.

Digital Release and Remaining Files

The newly released documents were made public just before 7 p.m. Tuesday. The National Archives and Records Administration, which manages the files, issued a statement confirming that all records previously withheld for classification were now released in accordance with Trump’s directive.

The National Archives noted that while some files are available online, others can only be accessed in person at the National Archives facility in College Park, Maryland.

“As the records continue to be digitized, they will be posted to this page,” the statement read, indicating that some documents are not yet available in digital form.

The agency also noted that certain information remains restricted under court seals or grand jury secrecy laws, while tax return records are protected under federal regulations.

Public Anticipation and Reaction

The document release followed Trump’s visit to the John F. Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts, where he now serves as board chairman.

“People have been waiting for decades for this,” Trump told reporters. “We have a tremendous amount of paper. You’ve got a lot of reading. I don’t believe we’re going to redact anything.”

The CIA and FBI, both of which played roles in JFK assassination investigations, declined immediate comment.

Expert Analysis on the Newly Released Files

JFK scholar Jefferson Morley called the release “an encouraging start.”

“We now have complete versions of approximately a third of the redacted JFK documents held by the National Archives,” said Morley, vice president of the Mary Ferrell Foundation, a nonprofit organization that advocates for historical government transparency.

He added that seven out of ten JFK files sought by researchers are now fully public, providing new insights into Kennedy’s distrust of the CIA, attempts to assassinate Castro, surveillance of Oswald in Mexico City, and CIA propaganda efforts involving Oswald.

However, Morley noted that two-thirds of the promised files remain unreleased, including over 500 IRS records and 2,400 recently discovered FBI documents.

“Nonetheless, this is the most positive news on the declassification of JFK files since the 1990s,” Morley said.

The Justice Department’s Effort to Meet Trump’s Deadline

Trump’s order reportedly triggered a rush within the Justice Department to meet his deadline. ABC News and Reuters reported that a senior official in the DOJ’s Office of Intelligence sent an internal email just before 5 p.m. Monday, instructing attorneys to conduct a final review of the documents.

The push for full declassification began with Trump’s first executive order on Jan. 20, when he directed agencies to release files related to the assassinations of Kennedy, Robert F. Kennedy, and Martin Luther King Jr.

FBI Unveils Additional 2,400 JFK Records

Last month, the FBI announced the discovery of approximately 2,400 additional records connected to Kennedy’s assassination. These files are in the process of being transferred to the National Archives, but their contents remain unclear.

While previous investigations found no evidence of a government conspiracy, Robert F. Kennedy Jr., Trump’s Secretary of Health and Human Services, has advocated for releasing the files to examine whether U.S. officials were involved in a cover-up.

The National Archives continues to review and release documents in compliance with Trump’s directive.

Chief Justice Roberts Rebukes Trump’s Call to Impeach Federal Judges

Chief Justice John Roberts issued a rare public statement on Tuesday, pushing back against former President Donald Trump’s increasingly aggressive rhetoric targeting the federal judiciary. The statement appeared to be a direct response to Trump’s call for the impeachment of judges who have ruled against him.

“For more than two centuries, it has been established that impeachment is not an appropriate response to disagreement concerning a judicial decision,” Roberts said in a statement released by the Supreme Court. “The normal appellate review process exists for that purpose.”

Although Roberts did not mention Trump by name, his remarks came shortly after the former president escalated his attacks on federal judges. Earlier in the day, Trump had singled out U.S. District Judge James Boasberg, who temporarily blocked the deportation of alleged Venezuelan gang members, calling for his impeachment.

Trump’s allies, including Elon Musk, have for weeks been advocating for the impeachment of judges amid a series of unfavorable preliminary rulings against Trump’s administration. The former president’s criticism of the judiciary has become significantly more intense compared to his first term, sparking concerns over a constitutional crisis.

Some Republican lawmakers have taken action in response to Trump’s statements. Texas Representative Brandon Gill announced on social media that he had introduced articles of impeachment against Boasberg.

“This Radical Left Lunatic of a Judge, a troublemaker and agitator who was sadly appointed by Barack Hussein Obama, was not elected President—He didn’t WIN the popular VOTE (by a lot!), he didn’t WIN ALL SEVEN SWING STATES,” Trump wrote on Truth Social. “This judge, like many of the Crooked Judges I am forced to appear before, should be IMPEACHED!!!”

Later that evening, Trump addressed Roberts’ statement in an interview with Fox News’ Laura Ingraham.

“Well, (Roberts) didn’t mention my name in the statement, and I just saw it quickly,” Trump said. “He didn’t mention my name—but many people have called for (Boasberg’s) impeachment, the impeachment of this judge.”

However, Trump maintained that he had no intention of defying court orders.

“No, I never did defy a court order… you can’t do that,” Trump said. “However, we have bad judges, we have very bad judges, and these are judges that shouldn’t be allowed—I think at a certain point you have to start looking at, what do you do when you have a rogue judge?”

Roberts’ Complicated Relationship with Conservatives

Roberts has had a strained relationship with some conservatives, particularly after his 2012 vote to uphold the Affordable Care Act. Although he has frequently sided with conservatives on issues such as gun rights, abortion, affirmative action, and religious liberty, some on the right have never fully trusted him.

The Supreme Court currently has a 6-3 conservative majority, with three justices appointed by Trump. While the court has ruled in Trump’s favor on key issues, including a landmark decision last year granting broad immunity to former presidents for official acts, it has also ruled against him in a series of emergency cases since he returned to the White House.

Despite this, Trump appeared eager to gain Roberts’ favor. During his address to Congress earlier this month, Trump was overheard telling the chief justice, “Thank you again. I won’t forget it.” He later claimed on social media that he was simply thanking Roberts for swearing him in at his inauguration.

Gabe Roth, executive director of the watchdog group Fix the Court, acknowledged the significance of Roberts’ statement but criticized the chief justice’s past decisions.

“Roberts made an important point, but it’s a little rich coming from the guy that, by giving Donald Trump near-total immunity in a major decision last year, helped usher in the present era of lawlessness,” Roth said.

Impeachment Threats and Legal Fallout

Until now, Roberts and the Supreme Court have largely remained silent as Trump and his allies ramp up their attacks on the judiciary. Many of the recent rulings against Trump’s administration are expected to be appealed, with some cases potentially reaching the Supreme Court.

While Roberts’ statement did not directly reference a specific case, it coincided with an ongoing legal battle in Washington, D.C., where the Biden administration and the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) are disputing the deportation of Venezuelan nationals.

The Justice Department’s handling of the case has raised questions about whether the White House ignored a court order requiring it to halt deportations immediately. Boasberg’s order was a temporary measure intended to allow more time for legal arguments, but the administration has framed the judge’s actions as an overreach.

During a Monday hearing, Boasberg demanded to know what steps the administration had taken after his ruling. Justice Department lawyers initially refused to respond, citing national security concerns. On Tuesday, immigration officials submitted a sworn declaration asserting that the deported Venezuelans were subject to removal orders under laws other than the Alien Enemies Act.

Trump is invoking the Alien Enemies Act, a 1798 law that permits expedited deportations of foreign nationals from hostile countries during times of war or invasion. Critics argue that the U.S. is not formally at war and question whether the administration’s definition of “invasion” meets the law’s criteria.

The issue is likely to be resolved in the courts, including the Supreme Court.

Roberts’ Previous Defense of Judicial Independence

Roberts’ statement on Tuesday echoed his 2018 rebuke of Trump’s criticism of the judiciary. At the time, Trump had attacked a federal judge from California who issued an injunction against his asylum restrictions, calling him an “Obama judge.”

“It’s a disgrace when every case gets filed in the 9th Circuit,” Trump complained, referring to the historically liberal appeals court. “That’s not law. Every case in the 9th Circuit we get beaten and then we end up having to go to the Supreme Court, like the travel ban, and we won. Every case, no matter where it is, they file… they file it in what’s called the 9th Circuit. This was an Obama judge. I’ll tell you what, it’s not going to happen like this anymore.”

In response, Roberts issued a rare statement defending the judiciary’s independence.

“We do not have Obama judges or Trump judges, Bush judges or Clinton judges,” Roberts, who was nominated by President George W. Bush, said at the time. “What we have is an extraordinary group of dedicated judges doing their level best to do equal right to those appearing before them. That independent judiciary is something we should all be thankful for.”

Despite Roberts’ insistence on judicial neutrality, Trump and his allies continue to attack judges who rule against them. With impeachment articles already introduced in Congress, and legal battles mounting, the clash between the judiciary and the executive branch is unlikely to subside anytime soon.

Polls Show Declining Public Confidence in Trump’s Economic Management

Recent surveys indicate growing public dissatisfaction with President Donald Trump’s handling of the U.S. economy. For the first time, a majority of Americans disapprove of his economic policies, according to an NBC News poll. Conducted from March 7 to 11, the survey of 1,000 registered voters found that 54 percent disapprove of Trump’s economic management, while 44 percent approve. The poll has a margin of error of plus or minus 3.1 percentage points. NBC News noted this marks the first instance in its national polling where Trump’s economic approval rating has fallen into majority disapproval.

Why It Matters

Economic trust has been central to Trump’s appeal, especially in contrast to former Vice President Kamala Harris. His economic management was seen as crucial to securing a Republican victory in 2024. However, growing frustration among voters about unmet campaign promises, fears of a potential recession, and proposed tariffs on imports are contributing to declining support.

What to Know

Despite Trump achieving one of his highest overall approval ratings at 47 percent, concerns about the economy persist. The NBC poll shows that 55 percent disapprove of his approach to inflation and the cost of living, with only 42 percent approving. Additionally, just 18 percent of respondents describe the economy as “good” or “excellent,” while 43 percent view it as poor, and 39 percent rate it as “fair.”

A CNN poll conducted from March 6 to 9 by SSRS similarly found that 56 percent disapprove of Trump’s economic management. This represents the highest level of economic disapproval recorded during his presidency. The survey, which included 1,206 U.S. adults, has a margin of error of plus or minus 3.3 percentage points.

Another YouGov/Economist poll conducted from March 9 to 11 among 1,699 U.S. adults found that 47 percent disapprove of Trump’s handling of jobs and the economy, while 43 percent approve. This marks a shift from a late-January poll in which 49 percent approved, and 37 percent disapproved, indicating a 10-point rise in economic disapproval in just over a month. The margin of error for this poll is plus or minus 3.2 percentage points.

What People Are Saying

Kristen Hopewell, an economist and director at the University of British Columbia’s Liu Institute for Global Issues, commented on the potential impact of Trump’s tariff policies. She told Newsweek, “There’s no state that won’t be harmed by Trump’s tariffs—but some will be hit even harder than others. Tariffs on steel and aluminum will raise costs for manufacturers across the U.S., undermining their competitiveness. This will hurt the biggest hubs of American manufacturing—California, Texas, Illinois, Ohio, Michigan, Pennsylvania, New York, Indiana, Wisconsin, and North Carolina—hardest.”

Mark A. DiPlacido, a policy adviser at the conservative think tank American Compass, defended Trump’s tariff policies in a March 17 opinion piece for Newsweek. He wrote, “The tariffs President Trump levied under his first administration raised more than $230 billion in revenue while reducing U.S. dependence on tariffed goods and avoiding inflation. Given the persistence of the U.S. trade deficit, President Trump is right to take tariffs to the next level. Whether through a simple global tariff of 10-20 percent—which could raise as much as $2.2 trillion in revenue over 10 years—or a wider set of reciprocal tariffs based on our trade balance with each foreign nation, the United States must assert its economic interests against the unfair practices of our trading partners.”

Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent addressed recession concerns during an appearance on NBC News’ Meet the Press, stating, “There are no guarantees. Like, who would’ve predicted COVID? I can predict that we’re putting in robust policies that will be durable. And could there be an adjustment? Because I tell you that this massive government spending that we’ve had, if that had kept going, we would have to wean our country off of that.”

President Trump himself weighed in on economic concerns via Truth Social on February 2. He wrote, “THIS WILL BE THE GOLDEN AGE OF AMERICA! WILL THERE BE SOME PAIN? YES, MAYBE (AND MAYBE NOT!). BUT WE WILL MAKE AMERICA GREAT AGAIN, AND IT WILL ALL BE WORTH THE PRICE THAT MUST BE PAID. WE ARE A COUNTRY THAT IS NOW BEING RUN WITH COMMON SENSE — AND THE RESULTS WILL BE SPECTACULAR!!!”

What Happens Next

The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) has warned that Trump’s tariff policies against Canada and Mexico could negatively impact U.S. GDP growth. The OECD’s latest projections indicate that U.S. economic growth will be 2.2 percent in 2025 and 1.6 percent in 2026—both revised downward from previous estimates of 2.4 percent and 2.1 percent, respectively.

Approval Ratings Breakdown

Poll Approval Disapproval Margin of Error
NBC News 44% 54% ±3.1%
CNN 42% 56% ±3.3%
YouGov/Economist 43% 47% ±3.2%

With declining approval ratings on economic matters, Trump faces a crucial challenge in convincing voters that his policies will lead to long-term growth. The coming months will determine whether he can regain confidence or if economic concerns will become a liability in the 2024 election.

U.S. Added to Watchlist for Faltering Civic Freedoms Amid Concerns Over Trump’s Actions

A global watchdog organization has placed the United States on a list of countries experiencing “faltering civic freedoms” following concerns over President Donald Trump’s recent actions and policies.

CIVICUS, a nonprofit that advocates for democracy and human rights, included the U.S. in its first watchlist of the year on Monday. The organization noted that America, previously regarded as “a global champion for democracy and human rights,” has drawn scrutiny due to Trump’s efforts to reshape the federal government to align with his vision while distancing the U.S. from global affairs.

The United States is now listed among 37 other nations, including the Democratic Republic of the Congo, Pakistan, Chile, and Slovakia, under the category of countries with “narrowed” civic freedoms.

“This is an unparalleled attack on the rule of law in the United States, not seen since the days of McCarthyism in the twentieth century,” said Mandeep Tiwana, the interim co-secretary-general of CIVICUS, in a statement.

Tiwana further elaborated, saying, “Restrictive executive orders, unjustifiable institutional cutbacks, and intimidation tactics through threatening pronouncements by senior officials in the administration are creating an atmosphere to chill democratic dissent, a cherished American ideal.”

The “narrowed” designation by CIVICUS signifies that while people in these countries can still exercise civil liberties, violations of these rights occur periodically. This is the second-highest rating level, following the “open” category.

One of the primary concerns cited by the organization is Trump’s decision to dismiss large numbers of federal employees and replace them with individuals who demonstrate unwavering loyalty to him, a move that CIVICUS warns could “severely impact constitutional freedoms.”

Trump has deliberately chosen appointees based on their personal allegiance to him rather than their qualifications or expertise.

Among those involved in restructuring the government is billionaire Elon Musk, who, despite lacking an official title, has served as a “special government employee.” Musk has played a role in identifying areas within the federal workforce for reduction, seeking to eliminate what the administration views as inefficient or wasteful expenditures.

This initiative has led to significant changes within key government agencies. The U.S. Agency for International Development has been stripped of much of its authority to provide humanitarian aid and assistance, while the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has seen a reduction in its ability to regulate and enforce protections against fraud and unfair business practices.

Additionally, Trump has employed executive orders to consolidate power within the executive branch, thereby increasing his administration’s ability to oversee and control federal agencies, ensuring they align with his policy priorities.

These measures have included halting all diversity, equity, and inclusion initiatives, suppressing pro-Palestinian student demonstrations, and promoting policies that reflect his administration’s ideological stance.

“The Trump administration seems hellbent on dismantling the system of checks and balances, which are the pillars of a democratic society,” Tiwana warned in the CIVICUS statement.

Monday’s designation is not the first time the U.S. has been downgraded on the watchdog’s list. In 2020, CIVICUS lowered the country’s status to “obstructed” after determining that the Trump administration had repressed mass protests.

Trump Invokes Alien Enemies Act to Deport Venezuelan Migrants, Faces Legal Hurdles

On Saturday, President Donald Trump invoked the Alien Enemies Act of 1798, asserting that the U.S. was under invasion by a Venezuelan gang. The law, originally designed for wartime, grants the president significant authority, enabling him to accelerate mass deportations of undocumented immigrants. This move signals a potential intensification of Trump’s immigration enforcement efforts.

Trump’s order specifically targets the Tren de Aragua gang, which he claims is operating as a hostile force under the Venezuelan government’s direction. “Over the years, Venezuelan national and local authorities have ceded ever-greater control over their territories to transnational criminal organizations, including TdA,” Trump stated, as reported by the Associated Press. He further argued, “The result is a hybrid criminal state that is perpetrating an invasion of and predatory incursion into the United States, and which poses a substantial danger to the United States.”

The declaration came on the same day that a federal judge in Washington blocked the administration from deporting five Venezuelans under the anticipated order, indicating potential legal resistance. Even before Trump’s official announcement, a federal judge had intervened to prevent these deportations using the Alien Enemies Act, signaling an immediate legal battle.

Legal Challenges and Court Rulings

Civil rights organizations, including the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) and Democracy Forward, quickly filed an urgent lawsuit in Washington’s federal court. They argued that Trump’s order classified Tren de Aragua as a “predatory incursion” orchestrated by a foreign government, a move that could lead to indiscriminate deportations of Venezuelans.

DC Circuit Chief Judge James E. Boasberg issued a temporary restraining order, valid for 14 days, to shield five Venezuelans in immigration custody who were at risk of imminent deportation under the act. Boasberg’s ruling sought to preserve the current situation while scheduling a hearing to determine whether broader protections should be extended to all Venezuelans in the U.S.

The Trump administration swiftly challenged the restraining order, arguing that blocking presidential action before its execution would significantly hinder executive operations. The Justice Department warned that allowing such judicial interventions could enable district courts to obstruct crucial national security measures, including intelligence operations, drone strikes, or counterterrorism efforts. The administration urged the court to prevent such a precedent from taking hold.

What Is the Alien Enemies Act?

The Alien Enemies Act, part of the Alien and Sedition Acts of 1798, is a law designed for use during wartime or when the U.S. faces an imminent invasion threat from a foreign nation. It grants the president the authority to detain or deport foreign nationals from enemy countries during conflicts, with a particular focus on recent immigrants who might be perceived as aligning with U.S. adversaries.

When Was the Alien Enemies Act Last Used?

According to CNN, legal experts believe invoking the act outside of wartime—especially in response to threats from criminal gangs or cartels—would present legal challenges unless the U.S. were under direct attack by a foreign government.

The Alien Enemies Act has been invoked three times in U.S. history, each instance occurring during wartime. As noted by the Brennan Center, it was used during World War I and World War II to detain and deport individuals from Germany, the Austro-Hungarian Empire, Italy, and Japan. Additionally, the act played a central role in the internment of Japanese Americans during World War II, a highly controversial episode in U.S. history.

Presidential Powers Under the Alien Enemies Act

The act grants the president broad authority, including:

  • Detention and Deportation: The president can detain or deport any male over the age of 14 from an enemy nation if they are deemed a potential threat.
  • National Security Measures: The act provides a legal framework for mitigating risks posed by foreign nationals from hostile nations to protect U.S. interests.
  • Restrictions on Movement and Property: The president can impose travel restrictions or require individuals to report regularly to authorities.
  • Expedited Mass Deportations: The act allows the president to bypass certain immigration and criminal law protections, facilitating rapid deportations of individuals designated as threats.

Key Implications of Trump’s Order

1. Legal Challenges and Constitutional Concerns

Civil rights organizations, including the ACLU, have already initiated lawsuits, arguing that Trump’s order violates due process and immigrants’ legal rights. A federal judge’s temporary block on some deportations suggests a prolonged legal battle is ahead.

2. Targeting of Venezuelan Migrants

Trump has justified his order by focusing on the Tren de Aragua gang, alleging that it has connections to Venezuela’s government. However, this designation could impact thousands of Venezuelan migrants in the U.S., many of whom fled economic hardship and political repression.

3. Potential Diplomatic Fallout

Trump’s move may strain U.S.-Venezuela relations, particularly if deported individuals face persecution under President Nicolás Maduro’s regime. Maduro’s government has long been at odds with the U.S., and mass deportations could heighten tensions.

4. Uncertainty for Undocumented Immigrants

The order has created widespread fear and uncertainty among undocumented Venezuelan migrants, who now face the possibility of detention or deportation without standard legal protections.

5. Use of Detention Centers and International Transfers

The Trump administration has announced plans to relocate approximately 300 suspected gang members to detention facilities in El Salvador. This decision has drawn criticism from human rights groups concerned about the treatment of detainees in these facilities.

6. Broader Immigration Crackdown

Trump’s move signals his commitment to aggressively pursuing stricter immigration policies, potentially laying the groundwork for more expansive crackdowns if he secures a second term. The use of the Alien Enemies Act in this context raises concerns about its future application beyond Venezuelan migrants.

A Test for Executive Power

Trump’s decision to invoke the Alien Enemies Act marks a significant escalation in his immigration policy. While his administration argues that this move is necessary for national security, legal experts caution that using a wartime law to target migrant groups could face substantial constitutional hurdles.

The federal court’s intervention suggests that judicial challenges will continue to shape the fate of Trump’s order. The restraining order issued by Judge Boasberg may be just the first of many legal barriers Trump faces in implementing this measure.

The Road Ahead

With ongoing court battles, diplomatic considerations, and human rights concerns, Trump’s use of the Alien Enemies Act remains a contentious issue. While supporters see it as a necessary tool to combat transnational crime, opponents view it as an overreach that could set a dangerous precedent for future immigration policies.

The coming weeks will be crucial as the administration seeks to defend its actions in court, while advocacy groups continue their efforts to challenge what they see as an unlawful and unconstitutional policy. The ultimate outcome of this legal battle could have lasting implications for immigration enforcement and executive authority in the U.S.

Trump Administration Asks Supreme Court to Allow End of Birthright Citizenship

The administration of President Donald Trump filed a series of emergency appeals with the Supreme Court on Thursday, seeking approval to proceed with plans to end birthright citizenship. This move elevates a controversial legal theory that multiple lower courts have strongly rejected.

In its emergency appeals, the Trump administration argued that lower courts had overstepped their authority by issuing nationwide injunctions that blocked the policy. It urged the Supreme Court to limit the scope of these orders.

A federal judge in January ruled that Trump’s executive order was “blatantly unconstitutional” and halted its implementation. Shortly afterward, a Maryland judge stated that the order “runs counter to our nation’s 250-year history of citizenship by birth.” Despite appeals, courts have consistently declined to pause the lower court rulings, which imposed nationwide injunctions on Trump’s order issued on the first day of his second term.

For over 150 years, courts have interpreted the 14th Amendment to ensure citizenship to anyone “born or naturalized in the United States,” regardless of their parents’ immigration status. A landmark 1898 Supreme Court decision affirmed this interpretation, and the current Court has not indicated any intention to reconsider that precedent.

However, some conservative legal scholars argue that this long-standing interpretation is incorrect. They point to a phrase in the 14th Amendment that states citizenship applies only to those “subject to the jurisdiction” of the United States. According to this perspective, immigrants who are in the country illegally remain under the jurisdiction of their home nations and should not be granted U.S. citizenship at birth.

Federal courts in Maryland, Massachusetts, and Washington have all issued injunctions preventing the policy’s implementation. These rulings came in response to lawsuits filed by over 20 states, two immigrant rights organizations, and seven individual plaintiffs.

Cody Wofsy, deputy director of the ACLU Immigrants’ Rights Project and lead attorney in one of the lawsuits challenging the administration, criticized the executive order, saying, “The president’s executive order is outrageously illegal and cruel, and it should not be applied to a single baby in this country.” He added, “We are going to continue fighting to ensure that no child is denied their citizenship by this executive order.”

The Trump administration’s Supreme Court appeals do not directly address whether the executive order is constitutional. Instead, they make what the administration calls a “modest” request to narrow the scope of the injunctions. If granted, this request would allow the government to enforce the policy against individuals not currently covered by ongoing litigation.

The Justice Department, in its emergency appeals, expressed frustration with the increasing use of nationwide injunctions, arguing, “Universal injunctions have reached epidemic proportions since the start of the current administration.” It continued, “Those universal injunctions prohibit a Day 1 Executive Order from being enforced anywhere in the country, as to ‘hundreds of thousands’ of unspecified individuals who are ‘not before the court nor identified by the court.’”

As an alternative measure, the administration requested permission to issue guidance on how it would implement the policy, even if the Court did not fully lift the injunctions.

While the focus of the administration’s legal challenge is on lower court rulings that blocked the executive order, the Justice Department used its Supreme Court appeal to outline broader arguments against birthright citizenship.

“During the 20th century,” the administration argued, “the executive branch adopted the incorrect position that the citizenship clause extended birthright citizenship to almost everyone born in the United States – even children of illegal aliens or temporarily present aliens.” It further claimed, “That policy of near-universal birthright citizenship has created strong incentives for illegal immigration.”

With the Supreme Court now reviewing the case, it is expected to establish a briefing schedule that will require the parties challenging the executive order to submit their responses quickly, possibly within just a few days.

Trump Signs Executive Order to Eliminate Seven Federal Agencies

President Trump signed an executive order on Friday aimed at dissolving seven federal agencies, including those overseeing media, libraries, museums, and homelessness initiatives.

The directive instructs these government entities to be “eliminated to the maximum extent consistent with applicable law,” asserting that they should “reduce the performance of their statutory functions and associated personnel.” Agency heads are required to submit a compliance report to the Office of Management and Budget within seven days.

Among the agencies targeted is the U.S. Agency for Global Media, which oversees Voice of America (VOA). The order also seeks to dismantle the Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars, a think tank within the Smithsonian Institution, and the Institute of Museum and Library Services, which provides support to libraries, archives, and museums nationwide.

Additionally, the executive action eliminates the United States Interagency Council on Homelessness, which works to prevent and address homelessness across the country. Other agencies affected include the Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service, which helps resolve labor disputes and work stoppages, the Community Development Financial Institutions Fund, which promotes economic opportunities in underserved communities, and the Minority Business Development Agency, which supports the growth of minority-owned businesses.

Trump’s decision has raised concerns about the future of VOA, particularly following his selection of former Arizona gubernatorial and Senate candidate Kari Lake to lead the outlet. Speaking at the Conservative Political Action Conference last month, Lake assured that under her leadership, the international broadcaster would not become “Trump TV.”

While the president does not directly appoint VOA’s leader, Trump has nominated conservative activist L. Brent Bozell III to head the U.S. Agency for Global Media. If confirmed by the Senate, Bozell would have the authority to appoint Lake to the position.

The U.S. Agency for Global Media also supervises Radio Free Asia, which broadcasts and publishes content for audiences in Asia, serving as a countermeasure against Chinese state propaganda.

The Trump administration has been pursuing a broad restructuring of the federal government, with tech billionaire Elon Musk leading efforts to cut spending and reduce the workforce. However, these efforts have faced legal challenges. On Thursday, federal judges in Maryland and Northern California issued rulings blocking mass dismissals of government employees.

In response, the White House announced on Friday that it would appeal the court decisions, which have required the administration to reinstate probationary federal workers.

Judge Orders Reinstatement of Thousands of Federal Workers Fired by Trump Administration

A federal judge ruled Thursday night that thousands of federal employees dismissed under the Trump administration must be temporarily reinstated.

U.S. District Judge James Bredar in Maryland issued a temporary restraining order against multiple federal agencies, departments, and their leadership, which had terminated workers as part of a workforce reduction initiative.

“In this case, the government conducted massive layoffs, but it gave no advance notice. It claims it wasn’t required to because, it says, it dismissed each one of these thousands of probationary employees for ‘performance’ or other individualized reasons,” Bredar stated in his ruling.

“On the record before the Court, this isn’t true. There were no individualized assessments of employees. They were all just fired. Collectively,” he added.

Earlier that day, a separate federal judge in California directed several federal departments, including Veterans Affairs, Defense, Energy, Interior, Agriculture, and Treasury, to reinstate thousands of probationary employees who had been terminated the previous month. The Justice Department responded by filing a notice of appeal in that case.

Bredar’s order specifically applies to 12 federal departments that dismissed probationary workers. These include the Departments of Agriculture, Commerce, Education, Energy, Health and Human Services, Homeland Security, Housing and Urban Development, Interior, Labor, Transportation, Treasury, and Veterans Affairs.

Additionally, the ruling covers recently terminated probationary workers at several federal agencies, including the U.S. Agency for International Development, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, the Environmental Protection Agency, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the General Services Administration, and the Small Business Administration.

Bredar set a deadline of March 17 at 1 p.m. ET for these agencies to reinstate the affected employees.

The judge acknowledged the scale of his ruling, considering the government had dismissed approximately 200,000 probationary employees—workers who were either newly hired or had recently changed positions—since Donald Trump assumed office in January.

“The Court is not blind to the practical reality that the relief being ordered today will have far-reaching impacts on the federal workforce and will require the Government to expend considerable resources in an effort to undo the [reductions in force] that have been put into place,” Bredar noted.

“When, as is likely the case here, the Government has engaged in an illegal scheme spanning broad swaths of the federal workforce, it is inevitable that the remediation of that scheme will itself be a significant task,” he continued.

A coalition of Democratic attorneys general had initiated the lawsuit, seeking a temporary restraining order that would reinstate the terminated employees. They argued that the Trump administration had disregarded established protocols in executing mass terminations of federal workers.

However, Bredar ruled that certain federal entities, including the Defense Department, the Office of Personnel Management, and the National Archives, would not be subject to his order. He cited “insufficient evidence” that a workforce reduction had taken place at these agencies.

California Attorney General Rob Bonta expressed support for the ruling in a post on X, formerly known as Twitter.

“We’re pleased with the court’s decision to restrain the Trump Admin’s reckless directive and we’ll continue to monitor and ensure compliance,” he wrote.

The White House has yet to provide a response to the ruling.

Senate Passes GOP-Drafted Funding Bill, Averting Government Shutdown

The Senate voted primarily along party lines on Friday to pass the House Republican-drafted bill funding the government through September, narrowly avoiding a shutdown just hours before the deadline.

President Trump is expected to sign the measure into law.

The final vote stood at 54-46, with two Democratic caucus members—Sen. Jeanne Shaheen (D-N.H.), who is set to retire at the end of her term, and Sen. Angus King (I-Maine), who caucuses with Democrats—siding with Republicans. Meanwhile, Sen. Rand Paul (R-Ky.) voted against the bill.

With the passage of this legislation, Congress will not have to address government funding again until the fall. This clears the path for Republicans to focus on advancing Trump’s policy agenda, including securing funds for border security and extending the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act.

The House narrowly approved the spending bill on Tuesday with a 217-213 vote, with only one Democrat supporting it.

The bill’s passage in the Senate followed intense internal debate among Senate Democrats, as the package had been crafted in the House without any Democratic input.

The legislation increases defense spending by $6 billion while boosting funds for border enforcement. However, it also includes a $13 billion cut to nondefense spending.

A key concern for many Democrats was the absence of language directing the Trump administration on how to allocate these funds. Some Democratic lawmakers feared this would enable Trump and his advisors to redirect money according to their own priorities, rather than congressional intent.

Senate Democrats, led by Sen. Patty Murray (D-Wash.), the top Democrat on the Senate Appropriations Committee, and Sen. Jeff Merkley (D-Ore.), the ranking member of the Senate Budget Committee, urged their colleagues to reject the House’s proposal in favor of a clean 30-day stopgap funding measure.

Merkley strongly opposed the House bill, telling CNN he was “hell no” on supporting it.

He argued that passing the Republican-crafted legislation would only serve to embolden Trump and Elon Musk, the head of the Department of Government Efficiency.

“You don’t stop a bully by handing over your lunch money, and you don’t stop a tyrant by giving him more power,” Merkley said.

Leading progressives, including Sens. Elizabeth Warren (D-Mass.) and Bernie Sanders (I-Vt.), joined the push to defeat the bill, rallying progressive activists against it.

Only centrist Sen. John Fetterman (D-Pa.) openly supported advancing the House bill early on, cautioning that a government shutdown could cause chaos and potentially push the country into a recession.

Throughout the week, Senate Democrats held lengthy lunch meetings to deliberate their approach to the funding impasse. The discussions became so heated that senators’ raised voices could be heard through the thick oak doors of the Lyndon Baines Johnson Room, located just off the Senate floor.

With Senate Republicans holding 53 seats, they needed at least eight Democratic votes to break a filibuster and proceed to a final vote—especially after Paul announced his opposition to the House bill.

Filibuster rules typically require 60 votes to advance controversial legislation.

House Republicans, after passing their funding bill on Tuesday, adjourned and made it clear they would not return to Washington before the Friday deadline.

This left Senate Democrats in a difficult position—if they blocked the House bill, a government shutdown was almost inevitable.

The bill’s fate remained uncertain until Thursday, when Senate Minority Leader Chuck Schumer (D-N.Y.) announced on the Senate floor that he would support advancing the measure.

Schumer acknowledged the bill was “very bad” but argued that a government shutdown would be “much, much worse.”

He warned that a shutdown would grant Trump and Musk “carte blanche to destroy vital government services at a significantly faster rate than they can right now.”

Schumer later told reporters that efforts to pass a clean 30-day stopgap funding bill failed to secure any Republican support.

Schumer’s decision prompted strong backlash from liberal Democrats, particularly Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez (D-N.Y.), who accused him of a “betrayal.”

“There is a deep sense of outrage and betrayal,” Ocasio-Cortez told reporters after learning of Schumer’s stance.

“And this is not just about progressive Democrats. This is across the board, the entire party,” she added.

Ocasio-Cortez expressed frustration that House Democrats in competitive districts, where Trump won in 2024, had taken politically risky votes against the bill earlier in the week—only for Senate Democrats to give in.

She argued those vulnerable House Democrats “took a tough vote to defend the American people, in order to defend Social Security, Medicaid and Medicare, just to see some Senate Democrats” give in to Musk’s demands.

“I think it is a huge slap in the face,” she said.

Fetterman, in response to Ocasio-Cortez’s criticism, dismissed her concerns and questioned whether she had a viable strategy to end a government shutdown.

“I hope you can relay how little I care about her views on this,” Fetterman said when asked about her comments.

“I’m going to stand on what I happen to believe is the right thing to do, but ask her, ‘What’s the exit plan once we shut the government down?’ What about all the millions of Americans who are going to have their lives damaged?”

He also noted that federal employees would be affected by a shutdown, pointing out that Ocasio-Cortez would still receive her paycheck.

With Schumer’s support providing political cover, eight other Democrats ultimately voted to advance the bill.

Along with Schumer, those voting in favor included Sens. Catherine Cortez Masto (D-Nev.), Dick Durbin (D-Ill.), Kirsten Gillibrand (D-N.Y.), Maggie Hassan (D-N.H.), Gary Peters (D-Mich.), Brian Schatz (D-Hawaii), Shaheen, and Fetterman. King, an Independent who caucuses with Democrats, also voted to bring the measure to a final vote.

Before final passage, the Senate debated and rejected several proposed amendments.

Sen. Tammy Duckworth (D-Ill.) sponsored an amendment seeking to reinstate veterans who had been dismissed from federal jobs under Trump.

Sen. Chris Van Hollen (D-Md.) introduced an amendment to dismantle the Department of Government Efficiency.

Merkley put forward an amendment that would have reversed the $20 billion reduction in IRS tax enforcement funding, a provision inserted by House Republicans.

Paul also proposed an amendment that would have codified the Department of Government Efficiency’s recommended cuts to foreign aid.

Ultimately, Senate Republicans successfully blocked all Democratic amendments, while a bipartisan majority defeated Paul’s proposal. Any modifications to the bill would have required it to return to the House for final approval, delaying its enactment beyond the funding deadline.

Trump Orders Airstrikes on Houthi-Held Areas in Yemen, Vows ‘Overwhelming Lethal Force’

President Donald Trump announced that he had ordered airstrikes targeting Houthi-controlled areas in Yemen on Saturday, vowing to continue using “overwhelming lethal force” until the Iran-backed rebels cease their attacks on ships navigating a crucial maritime route. According to the Houthis, the strikes resulted in the deaths of at least 18 civilians.

“Our brave Warfighters are right now carrying out aerial attacks on the terrorists’ bases, leaders, and missile defenses to protect American shipping, air, and naval assets, and to restore Navigational Freedom,” Trump stated in a social media post. “No terrorist force will stop American commercial and naval vessels from freely sailing the Waterways of the World.”

Trump also issued a stern warning to Iran, demanding that it stop providing support to the Houthi rebels. He promised to hold Iran “fully accountable” for its role in backing the group. His decision to take military action follows a recent attempt to engage Iran diplomatically. Two weeks earlier, he had sent a letter to Iranian leaders proposing renewed negotiations over Iran’s nuclear program, which he has repeatedly insisted he will not allow to become operational.

The airstrikes took place on Saturday evening, targeting multiple Houthi strongholds, including the capital Sanaa and Saada province in the north, which borders Saudi Arabia. Additional strikes were reported early Sunday in those regions, along with attacks in the provinces of Hodeida, Bayda, and Marib. Images circulating online depicted plumes of black smoke rising over the Sanaa airport complex, an area that includes a large military installation.

The Houthi-run health ministry reported that at least 18 people were killed in the attacks—13 in Sanaa and five in Saada. Additionally, 24 others sustained injuries, with nine wounded in Sanaa and 15 in Saada.

A U.S. official, speaking on condition of anonymity, indicated that these airstrikes were just the beginning of an ongoing military operation targeting Houthi positions. The official did not specify how long the campaign would last.

Despite the strikes, Houthi officials maintained that they would not back down. Nasruddin Amer, the deputy head of the group’s media office, stated that the airstrikes would not deter them and vowed retaliation against the United States. “Sanaa will remain Gaza’s shield and support and will not abandon it no matter the challenges,” Amer wrote in a social media post.

Mohamed Abdulsalam, another Houthi spokesman, dismissed Trump’s claims that the rebels posed a threat to international shipping routes, calling them “false and misleading” in a post on X.

The latest escalation follows a statement from the Houthis days earlier in which they declared their intent to resume targeting Israeli vessels sailing near Yemen. They cited Israel’s ongoing blockade of Gaza as their reason for renewing hostilities. Their warning covered a wide geographical area, including the Red Sea, the Gulf of Aden, the Bab el-Mandeb Strait, and the Arabian Sea.

However, no additional Houthi attacks have been reported since that announcement.

Earlier in the month, Israel had suspended the flow of aid into Gaza and warned of “additional consequences” for Hamas if the fragile ceasefire between the two sides was not extended. Talks are ongoing about entering a second phase of the ceasefire agreement.

Between late 2023—when the war between Israel and Hamas erupted—and January of this year, when the ceasefire was put in place, the Houthis had carried out attacks on over 100 merchant vessels. These assaults, which included the use of missiles and drones, led to the sinking of two ships and the deaths of four sailors. The Houthis targeted both military and civilian ships during this period.

The attacks have helped the group raise its international profile even as Yemen remains locked in a prolonged and devastating war. The country, the poorest in the Arab world, has faced years of conflict and humanitarian crises.

Following Saturday’s U.S. strikes, the Houthi media office claimed that a residential area in Sanaa’s northern Shouab district was among the targets. Residents described scenes of devastation, with at least four powerful explosions hitting the Eastern Geraf neighborhood. Women and children were reportedly terrified by the blasts.

“The explosions were very strong,” said Abdallah al-Alffi, a local resident. “It was like an earthquake.”

Eastern Geraf is known to house key Houthi military facilities as well as the group’s political headquarters. These sites are located within a densely populated part of the city.

Later on Saturday, the Houthis reported additional airstrikes in Yemen’s southwestern Dhamar province. According to their statements, the strikes hit areas on the outskirts of the provincial capital, also named Dhamar, as well as the district of Abs.

The U.S., along with Israel and the United Kingdom, has previously launched military strikes on Houthi-controlled areas in Yemen. However, Israel’s military declined to comment on Saturday’s operation.

A U.S. official confirmed that this latest strike campaign was conducted solely by the U.S. military. It marks the first time Trump has ordered an attack against the Yemen-based Houthis since the start of his second term.

Broad missile strikes like these were also carried out under the Biden administration. They were launched in response to repeated Houthi attacks on both commercial and military vessels operating in the region.

Saturday’s air operation was supported by the USS Harry S. Truman carrier strike group. The group, stationed in the Red Sea, consists of the aircraft carrier USS Harry S. Truman, three Navy destroyers, and one cruiser. The USS Georgia, a guided-missile submarine, has also been deployed in the region.

Trump revealed the military action while spending the day at his Trump International Golf Club in West Palm Beach, Florida.

“These relentless assaults have cost the U.S. and World Economy many BILLIONS of Dollars while, at the same time, putting innocent lives at risk,” he wrote in a social media post.

The situation remains fluid, with expectations that U.S. airstrikes will continue in an effort to suppress further Houthi attacks on international shipping. However, with the Houthis promising retaliation, the risk of further escalation in the region remains high.

Trump’s Approval Ratings Hold Steady Despite Chaotic Start and Tariff Wars

Donald Trump’s presidential approval ratings remained stable throughout his first month in office, despite a tumultuous beginning that involved mass government layoffs, surging egg prices, stock market volatility, and escalating global tariff conflicts.

On Wednesday, Trump implemented a sweeping 25% tariff on steel and aluminum, asserting that these measures were necessary to address trade imbalances and rejuvenate domestic industries. In response, Canada and Europe swiftly retaliated with billions in countertariffs.

In a recent address to Congress, Trump acknowledged that his presidency had begun at a rapid and intense pace. He defended many of his administration’s contentious policies, including substantial government spending cuts, widespread layoffs, the elimination of diversity and inclusion initiatives in workplaces and schools, the 25% tariffs levied on Canada and Mexico, and his stringent stance on immigration and border security. Trump described his approach as a “swift and unrelenting” start.

The latest Gallup poll showed that Trump’s job approval rating averaged 46% since the beginning of his second term. By comparison, his first-term average stood at 41%. Throughout both terms, his approval ratings have fluctuated between a low of 34% and a high of 49%.

A Reuters/Ipsos poll found that 44% of respondents approved of Trump’s first month in office. Reports also indicated that his current approval ratings surpass those from his first term and exceed those of his predecessor, former President Joe Biden.

Breaking down specific policies, the Reuters poll revealed that 47% of respondents approved of Trump’s immigration approach, while 42% disapproved.

According to the ABC News project538 poll, Trump’s approval rating as of Friday morning stood at 47.7%. The same poll indicated that 54.4% of Americans disapproved of Congress. Additionally, Vice President JD Vance had a slightly higher disapproval rating, with 42.8% viewing him unfavorably compared to 40.8% who held a favorable opinion.

The recently imposed tariffs and ongoing stock market instability were expected to influence Trump’s approval ratings. Here’s a look at how Americans currently perceive his performance based on recent polling data.

How Are Americans Reacting to Trump’s Presidency Amid Trade Conflicts?

A SSRS/CNN poll released Wednesday found that 45% of Americans approved of Trump’s overall job performance, while 54% disapproved. However, approval ratings varied depending on the issue. For instance, 51% of respondents approved of his immigration policies, 48% supported his management of the federal budget, and 45% approved of his economic policies.

Trump faced challenges in public perception regarding tariffs, as only 39% approved of his handling of trade policies, whereas 61% disapproved.

An Emerson College Polling survey conducted after Trump’s 50th day in office found that 47% of voters approved of his performance, while 45% disapproved. This represented a decline from the 49% approval and 41% disapproval ratings recorded at the start of his second term.

Federal Judges Facing Threats Amid Attacks on Judiciary Independence

Federal judges who have ruled against the Trump administration this year are experiencing a surge in threats, raising concerns about their personal safety and the broader independence of the judiciary.

Earlier this month, Supreme Court Justice Amy Coney Barrett’s sister received a bomb threat. Additionally, lower court judges who have temporarily halted aspects of President Trump’s efforts to dismantle federal agencies and programs have been targeted on social media.

Some Republican lawmakers aligned with Trump have even suggested impeachment proceedings against several of these judges, despite their lifetime appointments.

Elon Musk, who oversees the Department of Government Efficiency and has been instrumental in making cuts to federal agencies, has frequently posted on social media advocating for the impeachment of judges who obstruct or delay Trump’s initiatives.

These attempts to undermine the judiciary coincide with the administration’s moves to dismiss attorneys from the Justice Department and the Pentagon, penalize private law firms that have represented clients Trump opposes, and withdraw from engagement with the American Bar Association.

Judge Richard Sullivan of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit emphasized that in his lifetime, four federal judges have been murdered in retaliation for their judicial rulings.

“This is not hypothetical,” Sullivan stated during a news conference this week. As chair of a Judicial Conference panel on security matters, he underscored the gravity of the issue. “It’s real. It’s happened before. We have to be certain that it doesn’t happen again,” he added.

The Federal Judges Association, a voluntary organization representing over 1,000 judges nationwide, stressed the crucial role of the judiciary in upholding democracy and maintaining a lawful society.

“Judges must be able to do their jobs without fear of violence or undue influence,” the association asserted in a written statement to NPR.

Escalating Threats at an Early Stage

Legal experts have noted a disturbing trend: attacks on judges are occurring at a notably early stage in legal proceedings—sometimes even before the Supreme Court has had an opportunity to weigh in as the final arbiter.

“We have a system of justice that allows for appeals,” remarked Judge Jeffrey Sutton, chief judge of the Sixth Circuit Court of Appeals. “That’s typically the way it works. Impeachment is not and shouldn’t be a short-circuiting of that process. And so it is concerning if impeachment is used in a way that is designed to do just that.”

Historically, only 15 federal judges have been impeached over the past two centuries, mostly for serious offenses such as bribery, corruption, or perjury.

Georgetown University law professor Stephen Vladeck pointed out that the likelihood of a judge being successfully impeached is minimal since removing a judge requires a two-thirds majority vote in the Senate.

“The more that people like Elon Musk are putting on the wall the idea that it’s appropriate to attack these judges for nothing more than ruling against the federal government, the more that we’re normalizing what really are in the main very serious threats to judicial independence,” Vladeck said.

The Rule of Law at Risk

Paul Grimm, who served as a federal judge for 26 years, argued that even the mere suggestion of impeachment can serve as an intimidation tactic.

“And if you try to intimidate judges, if that’s your goal, so that they do not do their constitutional duty, then you jeopardize the rule of law,” said Grimm, now the director of the Bolch Judicial Institute at Duke Law School. “And without the rule of law, every liberty and every right that we cherish as Americans is vulnerable.”

Grimm expressed particular concern about online posts revealing the personal addresses of judges and their family members, describing this as a severe transgression.

Nearly five years ago, a disgruntled litigant murdered the son of U.S. District Judge Esther Salas at her home in New Jersey.

In 2022, a man armed with a gun and zip ties traveled to the residence of Justice Brett Kavanaugh. Upon noticing a security detail, he turned away. He later pleaded not guilty to attempted assassination charges and is awaiting trial this year.

Additionally, in 2023, a state court judge in Maryland was shot and killed in his driveway.

Threats Linked to Judicial Decisions

The U.S. Marshals Service has reported a sharp increase in threats against federal judges, with numbers having doubled in recent years, according to the latest data. These threats have targeted judges appointed by both Democratic and Republican administrations.

Justice Barrett faced intense criticism this month from right-wing political commentators after she joined Chief Justice John Roberts and the court’s liberal justices in ruling against Trump’s attempt to freeze foreign aid.

Meanwhile, lower court judges have been subjected to online attacks for their rulings on Musk’s Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE) team, efforts to restore government web pages, and the freeze on foreign aid.

Although the U.S. Marshals are responsible for protecting federal judges, their oversight falls under the U.S. attorney general rather than the judiciary itself, a situation that has raised alarms in Congress.

“A judge’s security is dependent in many ways on the Marshals Service who the president appoints to protect the judges, and if a president doesn’t like a decision that’s coming from a judge, theoretically they could pull their security,” warned Rep. Eric Swalwell, a Democrat from California, during a congressional hearing this month.

This year, the Trump administration has already revoked security protections for former military and national security officials who had previously opposed Trump during his first term.

Swalwell suggested that Congress should explore the possibility of establishing an independent security force for judges, separate from the executive branch’s control.

Privatization of U.S. Postal Service Could Lead to Higher Rates and Reduced Service, Experts Say

If the U.S. Postal Service (USPS) were fully privatized, it would likely result in more frequent rate increases, reduced service days, and a restructured network resembling that of FedEx and UPS, according to industry experts.

Former President Donald Trump has proposed the idea of privatizing the nearly 250-year-old institution as part of efforts to address its financial losses. Elon Musk, CEO of Tesla and an influential figure in the Trump administration, also supported the idea during a recent Morgan Stanley conference, according to reports.

However, the prospect of privatization has drawn opposition from postal employees and lawmakers, who argue that it could jeopardize service in rural areas, raise costs, and threaten jobs within the agency. In a video message to USPS employees on February 25, Postmaster General Louis DeJoy acknowledged that any structural changes would ultimately be determined by Congress and the president.

“To the degree possible postal leadership will be involved, so that we ensure the nation’s leaders are aware of how future proposed changes may impact our organization’s ability to serve the American people,” DeJoy stated.

The State of USPS

USPS is already working toward financial stability through DeJoy’s 10-year “Delivering for America” plan, which involves various network adjustments aimed at reducing costs while increasing revenue from package deliveries. Despite these efforts, the agency continues to struggle.

In fiscal year 2024, USPS reported a loss of $9.5 billion, with 80% of the deficit attributed to factors beyond management’s control, such as unfunded pension liabilities. To address these challenges, DeJoy has advocated for administrative and legislative reforms, including changes to pension funding.

The Trump administration and lawmakers are now evaluating whether privatization—turning USPS into a profit-driven enterprise without regulatory constraints—would be beneficial for the country.

Despite its financial struggles, USPS remains a key component of the nation’s infrastructure. A 2018 report by a task force established during Trump’s first term emphasized that its delivery network “is a critical part of the nation’s infrastructure that cannot be replicated by private actors.”

Aaron Alpeter, founder of supply chain consultancy Izba, pointed out that defining USPS’s role is essential before making any structural changes.

“We have to really understand, what is the Post Office?” Alpeter said. “Is it meant to compete with commercial interests that are out there, or is meant to provide a safety net for things that commercial interests are not interested in?”

Currently, USPS faces operational constraints in its cost-cutting efforts. DeJoy noted last June that over half of its carrier routes operate at a loss. However, due to its universal service obligation, the agency cannot simply eliminate these routes, as it is legally required to deliver mail promptly and reliably across the country.

This obligation includes servicing costly-to-reach areas such as Hawaii, Alaska, and Puerto Rico. Anthony Pizza, Vice President of Growth and Innovation at SpeedX, a parcel carrier that also operates in Hawaii, highlighted the inherent cost challenges in reaching such locations.

“There’s a certain floor for the cost to move things there,” Pizza explained.

Unlike private courier companies, USPS does not receive tax funding to cover the added expenses associated with delivering to remote areas. Any changes to its universal service obligation would require oversight by Congress and the Postal Regulatory Commission.

Even if privatized, USPS could still be required to maintain certain service standards. For instance, the privatized Royal Mail in the United Kingdom is mandated to deliver and collect letters six days a week at affordable rates.

“If we’re going to keep the service standards as they are today, you have to be very realistic to think about what privatization can actually accomplish,” said Derek Lossing, founder of Cirrus Global Advisors and a former Amazon Logistics leader. “Again, if you look at the Royal Mail, I don’t think it’s accomplished nearly what they thought it could.”

Potential Changes Under Privatization

Experts predict that a privatized USPS would likely scale back its six-day-a-week delivery service in less profitable rural areas to cut costs. This would align with the agency’s existing cost-reduction efforts in remote regions.

Another major shift could involve significantly reducing USPS’s physical footprint of over 33,000 post offices. Lossing suggested that, like UPS, the agency could shift to using local businesses as pickup and drop-off locations instead of maintaining standalone post offices.

“Your footprint would look more like a UPS or FedEx,” Lossing noted.

Expected Rate Hikes

Privatization would also likely lead to more aggressive rate increases. Analysts at Wells Fargo estimated that USPS would need to raise parcel delivery prices by at least 30% to achieve financial independence. Their February 27 research report indicated that USPS’s pricing was 25% to 60% lower than FedEx and UPS in the fourth quarter of 2024, depending on the service.

“I don’t know how they would be able to sustain delivery with the current price structure,” said Helaine Rich, Vice President of Strategic Sales and Administration at ePost Global.

While raising prices and cutting service days might help USPS improve its financial outlook, experts warned that such measures carry significant risks, especially in package delivery. If USPS reduces delivery days in certain areas, businesses and consumers may increasingly turn to alternative carriers.

On the other hand, USPS’s ability to reliably deliver to rural communities remains a competitive advantage, particularly for e-commerce companies seeking nationwide coverage, according to Lossing.

The Wells Fargo report also pointed out that substantial rate hikes by a privatized USPS could benefit competitors like FedEx and UPS by “increasing the floor for” delivery rates. Additionally, higher postage costs could accelerate declines in mail volume as businesses and individuals seek digital alternatives.

The Road Ahead

Instead of fully privatizing USPS, the U.S. government could opt for a partial approach by keeping the mail business under federal control while privatizing the package delivery segment, which competes with private companies. Several experts believe such a model could limit disruptions to mail service while allowing for competitive efficiencies in package shipping.

“I don’t see it happening, obviously, on the letter mail side of things,” Rich said regarding privatization.

No matter the approach, transitioning to a privatized model would be a lengthy process. Mark Waverek, Managing Partner at PlaidMark Management and Consulting Services, compared it to the multi-year restructuring efforts seen in countries like Germany.

“You just can’t snap your fingers and turn it on tomorrow,” Waverek said. “This is going to take a well-thought-out process of what those cuts are going to be, what it’s going to mean to the people on the service side [and] what alternatives are going to be in place. It’s going to take time.”

Congress Avoids Government Shutdown, Exposing Democratic Divisions

Congress narrowly avoided a government shutdown Friday, mere hours before the deadline, as the Senate approved a spending bill that had already cleared the House. However, the passage of this stopgap measure revealed deep fractures within the Democratic Party.

The legislation, designed to keep the government funded into the fall, now awaits the signature of President Donald Trump, who is expected to approve it.

Senate Democrats faced mounting pressure to reject the Trump-backed bill, and Minority Leader Chuck Schumer, along with other Democrats who facilitated its passage, is now facing backlash from within his party.

The internal discord became increasingly apparent as lawmakers raced against the clock to prevent a shutdown that could have had significant consequences across federal agencies. The episode underscored the Democrats’ ongoing struggle to counter Trump and the Republican dominance in Washington.

Roughly 90 minutes before Senate Republicans averted the shutdown in a near party-line vote, Schumer and nine other Democrats crossed the aisle to advance the bill in a critical procedural vote. Despite mounting pressure from within their caucus to block it entirely, the bill required only a simple majority to pass, and nearly all Democrats who had initially supported the procedural step ultimately voted against it in the final tally.

Schumer defended his decision, arguing that the Democrats faced an impossible dilemma: either shut down the government for an indefinite period to challenge Trump or accept a Republican bill that they believed would slash spending on programs such as veterans’ health care and public services in Washington, DC.

“I believe it is the best way to minimize the harm that the Trump administration will do to the American people,” Schumer stated, explaining his reasoning for enabling the bill’s passage.

“Clearly, this is a Hobson’s choice. The CR is a bad bill, but as bad as the CR is, I believe allowing Donald Trump to take even much more power via a government shutdown is a far worse option,” he continued.

Trump, in turn, praised Schumer for his stance, telling reporters after the vote, “I appreciate Senator Schumer, and I think he did the right thing, really. I’m very impressed by that.”

Despite Schumer’s efforts, discontent within the Democratic Party was palpable. Many Senate and House Democrats viewed the move as a concession, squandering a crucial opportunity to exert leverage against Trump in his second term.

Democrats across the country closely followed the procedural vote, seeing it as a key test of their party’s resolve in standing up to the president.

In the end, the Senate passed the stopgap bill in a 54-46 vote, securing government funding through September 30. Among Democrats, Sen. Jeanne Shaheen of New Hampshire and independent Sen. Angus King of Maine, who caucuses with the party, supported the measure. The only Republican to vote against it was Sen. Rand Paul of Kentucky.

“Once I had voted for cloture, it was an opportunity to pass the bill, and I thought it was more honest to vote for it,” Shaheen told CNN. She added, “I thought, much as I didn’t like the CR, I thought a government shutdown would be worse and would give Trump and Elon Musk and the DOGE operation more of an opportunity to fire people, to shut down agencies and to close the work of the government.”

Following the passage of the stopgap measure, the Senate also approved a separate bill to allow Washington, DC, to maintain control over its funds. This move came after Democrats warned that the Republican funding plan would cut $1.1 billion from the city’s budget. The House must now approve this measure, but its fate remains uncertain.

Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez and other prominent Democrats had urged voters to pressure senators into blocking the bill and taking a stand against Trump’s attempts to dismantle federal agencies. Many within the party now believe Schumer failed this test.

The fallout from Schumer’s decision has reverberated throughout the Democratic Party, with critics emerging from various factions. However, no senators have publicly declared their intention to challenge his leadership.

Earlier in the week, House Minority Leader Hakeem Jeffries led an aggressive effort to whip votes against the bill. In the end, House Democrats lost only one member to the opposing side, but their efforts were insufficient to prevent the bill from passing in the House on Tuesday.

Jeffries declined to comment on whether he had lost confidence in Schumer due to their differing stances on the funding issue. When asked about it on Friday, he simply responded, “Next question.”

Democrats Reflect on Next Steps

In the aftermath of the vote, Senate Democrats are now grappling with how to move forward as a unified caucus, given the internal divisions exposed by the spending bill.

Schumer told CNN’s Jake Tapper on Friday evening that he had anticipated disagreements within his party but maintained that a government shutdown would have been the worse outcome.

“My job as leader is to lead the party and if there’s going to be danger in the near future, to protect the party. And I’m proud I did it, I knew I did the right thing, and I knew there would be some disagreements. That’s how it always is,” he said.

Schumer also defended his leadership position, asserting, “My caucus and I are in sync.”

Sen. Martin Heinrich, the top Democrat on the Senate Energy and Natural Resources Committee, refrained from commenting on whether the party needed new leadership, telling reporters, “That’s a conversation for inside the caucus. I’m not going to debate that out here.”

“I think that Leader Schumer has been very effective in a lot of battles, but we also need to — these are new times, and we need to all come together. And so, you know, second guessing Leader Schumer out here isn’t going to accomplish the kind of community that we’re going to need to be able to stand up to the president. So, we’ll have that conversation inside caucus,” Heinrich added.

Meanwhile, Sen. Mark Warner, the top Democrat on the Senate Intelligence Committee, expressed confidence in Schumer but acknowledged that the caucus had endured a turbulent week.

“I voted no on the CR. I heard that overwhelmingly from folks, and again, recognizing I got tons of federal workers. But I have total respect for the folks who reached another conclusion, and the idea that they would have had a shutdown that would have put us into the abyss with, unfortunately, parts of this administration, doesn’t follow the law,” Warner said.

He further emphasized the need for a broader vision for the party, stating, “I think the Democrats need to have a pro-growth agenda that recognizes fairness, and that is, frankly, not the debate though, that we just took place. That we just took place, it was two awful choices.”

As the Democratic Party regroups following this divisive episode, the long-term implications for party unity and strategy remain uncertain. With tensions still simmering, the coming months will test whether the party can reconcile internal disagreements while continuing to challenge the Republican-led government.

United States Added to CIVICUS Monitor Watchlist Amid Concerns Over Civil Liberties

The United States was added to the CIVICUS Monitor Watchlist on Sunday, a global research tool that tracks the status of freedoms and threats to civil liberties worldwide.

CIVICUS, a global alliance of civil society organizations that includes Amnesty International, cited President Donald Trump’s “assault on democratic norms and global cooperation” as a key reason for the U.S. being placed on the watchlist. In a press release, the organization highlighted the Administration’s decision to cut over 90% of its foreign aid contracts, as well as its executive actions against diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) initiatives, which Trump described as “illegal and immoral discrimination programs.”

“The Trump Administration seems hellbent on dismantling the system of checks and balances which are the pillars of a democratic society,” said Mandeep Tiwana, Interim Co-Secretary General of CIVICUS. He added, “Restrictive Executive Orders, unjustifiable institutional cutbacks, and intimidation tactics through threatening pronouncements by senior officials in the Administration are creating an atmosphere to chill democratic dissent, a cherished American ideal.”

Other nations currently on the watchlist include the Democratic Republic of Congo, Italy, Pakistan, and Serbia.

CIVICUS’ Civic Space Rankings

CIVICUS assesses civil liberties in countries through five categories: open, narrowed, obstructed, repressed, and closed. “Open” is the highest classification, indicating that people can freely exercise their civil liberties, while “closed” is the lowest ranking, where severe restrictions on freedoms exist.

The organization defines a decline in “open civic space” as instances where “repressive legislation curtails free speech and dialogue, obstacles to civil society activities and operations arise, and crackdowns on civil disobedience and peaceful demonstrations occur.”

According to CIVICUS, the U.S. falls under the “narrowed” category, meaning that while most citizens can exercise their rights to free speech, assembly, and expression, there are instances where the government attempts to curb these freedoms.

Crackdowns on Protests and Government Response

CIVICUS pointed to the Biden Administration’s response to pro-Palestinian protests as an example of how civil liberties in the U.S. are being challenged. Advocates took to the streets and staged encampments on college campuses to protest American military assistance and funding to Israel. Students involved in these demonstrations demanded that their universities divest from companies with ties to Israel.

“We urge the United States to uphold the rule of law and respect constitutional and international human rights norms,” Tiwana stated. “Americans across the political spectrum are appalled by the undemocratic actions of the current Administration.”

The White House has rejected CIVICUS’ characterization of the U.S. as a “narrowed” civic space. Deputy Press Secretary Anna Kelly dismissed the report, stating in an email on Tuesday, “This is nonsense: President Trump is leading the most transparent administration in history.”

Concerns About Press Freedom

CIVICUS’ “narrowed” label also reflects concerns about press freedom in the U.S. While a free press exists, the organization noted that regulatory policies and political pressure on media ownership could pose restrictions.

The issue of media independence has been widely debated following recent editorial decisions by major media organizations and regulatory actions. In February, the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) launched an investigation into NPR and PBS over concerns that the organizations had violated federal law by airing commercials—an allegation both newsroom CEOs denied. The FCC chair also expressed opposition to public funding for these media outlets.

That same month, Jeff Bezos, the CEO of Amazon and owner of The Washington Post, directed the newspaper to shift the focus of its opinion pages. Bezos told his editorial team that they would be writing “in support and defense of two pillars: personal liberties and free markets.” He added, “We’ll cover other topics too of course, but viewpoints opposing those pillars will be left to be published by others.”

White House Press Access and Media Lawsuit

The White House’s handling of the press has also drawn criticism. In February, the administration announced that it would be selecting the reporters who participate in the press pool. White House Press Secretary Karoline Leavitt defended the decision, stating that it was about “restoring power back to the American people, who President Trump was elected to serve.” However, the move was met with backlash from journalism advocates.

“This move tears at the independence of a free press in the United States,” the White House Correspondents’ Association said in a statement on February 25. “It suggests the government will choose the journalists who cover the president. In a free country, leaders must not be able to choose their own press corps.”

Adding to the concerns over media freedom, the Associated Press has filed a lawsuit against three Trump Administration officials, including Leavitt. The lawsuit claims the news organization was barred from White House press briefings after it refused to comply with an Executive Order signed by Trump in January. The order required media outlets to refer to the Gulf of Mexico as the “Gulf of America,” a rebranding the AP declined to adopt.

Broader Implications

The addition of the United States to the CIVICUS Monitor Watchlist raises broader concerns about the state of democracy and civil liberties in the country. The organization’s assessment suggests that while the U.S. remains a functioning democracy, increasing governmental actions are raising alarms about the erosion of fundamental rights.

As political and legal battles over civil liberties continue to unfold, the U.S. remains under scrutiny from international organizations monitoring the state of democracy and press freedom worldwide.

Schumer Warns Against Government Shutdown, Citing Trump and Musk’s Influence

Senate Majority Leader Chuck Schumer has cautioned that shutting down the government would grant President Donald Trump and his senior adviser, Elon Musk, excessive authority to continue their workforce reductions unchecked.

“A shutdown would give Donald Trump and Elon Musk carte blanche to destroy vital government services at a significantly faster rate than they can right now,” Schumer warned. “Under a shutdown, the Trump administration would have full authority to deem whole agencies, programs, and personnel nonessential, furloughing staff with no promise they would ever be rehired.” He further emphasized, “In short: a shutdown would give Donald Trump, Elon Musk, and DOGE the keys to the city, state, and country.”

On Thursday, Schumer informed his Democratic colleagues during a closed-door lunch that he would support efforts to advance a House-GOP funding bill, according to sources who spoke with ABC News. This decision would enable Republicans to pass the bill with a simple majority.

Senate Democrats, however, remained reserved in their discussions, holding private meetings as the government funding deadline loomed.

“What happens in caucus, stays in caucus,” remarked Democratic Senator Tammy Baldwin as she exited the weekly lunch.

When pressed for a response, Democratic Senator Cory Booker curtly replied, “Ask somebody else.”

Senator Elizabeth Warren also declined to comment, stating, “I don’t have any comment.”

Some Democrats, speaking anonymously, acknowledged that they likely lacked the votes necessary to block the Republican proposal aimed at keeping the government funded through September. Multiple sources confirmed this to ABC News.

Tensions were high during the closed-door discussions. Senator Kirsten Gillibrand was reportedly so vocal about the repercussions of a government shutdown that her voice could be heard through the walls.

One Democratic senator, choosing to remain unnamed, told ABC News, “We lost this two weeks ago … we should’ve been beating this drum for a month.”

At that time, only Democratic Senator John Fetterman had publicly committed to voting in favor of keeping the government operational.

Fetterman made it clear that he would not be swayed by political maneuvering, maintaining his consistent stance against government shutdowns. He previously urged Republicans to keep the government running when Democrats held control of the Senate.

“Never, ever, ever, ever, ever shut the government down,” Fetterman stated firmly to reporters at the Capitol on Thursday afternoon. “Democrat, Republican, independents, anyone. Never shut the government down. That’s one of our core responsibilities.”

Acknowledging the mounting pressure within his party, Fetterman described the political climate as “spicy” but reiterated his commitment to his principles.

While recognizing that Republicans were challenging Democrats over the shutdown, Fetterman expressed concern about the consequences for furloughed workers and citizens relying on government services. He emphasized that those individuals would be the ones who suffer the most.

With Republicans successfully advancing their funding bill in the House, Fetterman indicated that he viewed the fight as essentially concluded.

Fetterman pointed out that Democrats only hold leverage when Republicans require their votes in the House.

“The GOP delivered, and that effectively iced this out,” he explained. “And that forces us to say, ‘Are you going to shut the government down, or are you going to vote for a flawed CR?’ And now for me, I refuse to shut the government down.”

Meanwhile, Schumer had announced on Wednesday that Senate Democrats would not provide the necessary votes for Republicans to push forward the House-approved measure funding the government through September. Instead, he proposed a temporary one-month funding extension to allow additional time for appropriators to negotiate and finalize long-term spending bills.

As the shutdown deadline approached, both Republicans and the White House shifted blame toward the Democrats.

“If it closes, it’s purely on the Democrats,” President Donald Trump asserted while addressing reporters during a meeting with NATO Secretary General Mark Rutte in the Oval Office on Thursday.

When asked whether he would personally intervene in negotiations with Democrats, Trump responded that he would step in if Republicans requested his involvement. “If they need me, I’m there 100%,” he assured.

Trump Expresses Confidence in U.S. Annexing Greenland, Suggests NATO Role

On Thursday, former President Donald Trump voiced confidence that the United States would eventually annex Greenland, even hinting that NATO’s leadership could play a role in making the acquisition possible.

“I think it will happen,” Trump told reporters in the Oval Office during a discussion with NATO Secretary-General Mark Rutte.

Trump further elaborated on the idea, stating that he had not given it much consideration before but saw Rutte as someone who could be instrumental in the process. “And I’m just thinking, I didn’t give it much thought before but I’m sitting with a man that could be very instrumental. You know, Mark, we need that for international security,” Trump said, gesturing toward Rutte.

Rutte acknowledged the strategic importance of Greenland and the Arctic region, particularly given the increasing presence of China and Russia. However, he made it clear that the issue of Trump’s efforts to acquire Greenland was beyond his scope.

“I don’t want to drag NATO in that,” Rutte stated.

Trump’s remarks came shortly after Greenland’s recent parliamentary elections, in which the center-right Demokraatit party emerged victorious. The party advocates for a gradual path toward independence from Denmark.

For months, Trump has been vocal about his interest in the United States acquiring Greenland, which remains a territory of Denmark, a NATO ally. The U.S. already maintains a military base on the island.

Even before assuming office, Trump had refused to rule out military action as a potential means to annex the Arctic territory. Earlier this year, his son, Donald Trump Jr., along with a group of allies, visited Greenland in what was seen as part of the broader push toward acquisition.

US Judges Order Reinstatement of Fired Federal Workers, Call Dismissals a “Sham”

Two U.S. judges have ordered multiple federal agencies to restore the jobs of probationary employees who were dismissed en masse by the Trump administration last month.

In California, District Judge William Alsup described the mass firings as part of a “sham” strategy designed to bypass proper protocols for reducing the federal workforce.

His ruling—followed by a similar one from a judge in Maryland—affects thousands of probationary workers dismissed from various departments, including defense, energy, treasury, and veterans affairs.

The Department of Justice (DOJ) has maintained that the terminations were based on guidance rather than a direct order from the Office of Personnel Management (OPM). The BBC has reached out to OPM for comment.

OPM, traditionally a low-profile agency overseeing the federal government’s civil service, has come under scrutiny as President Donald Trump has moved to shrink the size of the federal workforce.

During a hearing in San Francisco, California, on Thursday, Judge Alsup countered the DOJ lawyer’s arguments, citing termination letters that explicitly stated the firings were carried out under OPM’s instructions.

“That should not have been done in our country,” Judge Alsup stated. “It was a sham in order to avoid statutory requirements.”

Danielle Leonard, an attorney representing a coalition of government employee unions, argued that probationary employees had been specifically targeted because they lacked the right to appeal their dismissals.

Judge Alsup also expressed concern over the firing of a government worker in Albuquerque, New Mexico, who had received top performance ratings yet was dismissed under the pretense of poor performance.

“I just want to say it is a sad day when our government would fire a good employee and say it’s for performance when they know good and well that’s a lie,” Judge Alsup said.

Following Alsup’s ruling, District Judge James Bredar in Baltimore, Maryland, issued a similar order, concluding that the Trump administration had violated regulations and casting doubt on claims that employees had been individually terminated for unsatisfactory performance.

Reacting to the initial ruling, White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt accused Judge Alsup of “attempting to unconstitutionally seize the power of hiring and firing from the executive branch.”

She emphasized that the authority to make such decisions rested with the president, arguing that “singular district court judges cannot abuse the power of the entire judiciary to thwart the president’s agenda.”

“The Trump administration will immediately fight back against this absurd and unconstitutional order,” Leavitt added.

Elon Musk’s name was not explicitly mentioned in the California hearing, but he has been entrusted by President Trump with leading efforts to reduce the federal workforce through the newly formed Department of Government Efficiency, informally referred to as Doge.

“He was on everybody’s mind,” said Luz Fuller, president of a Sacramento branch of the American Federation of Government Employees, which represents over 4,500 workers in Northern California.

The White House has denied that Musk is officially heading the agency, though Trump referred to him as such during his Congressional address last week.

-+=